Saṅghabhedavastu · Part 2140

saṃvejaya kāśyapa parṣadam iti /
The twin miracle of Urubilvākāśyapa
atha āyuṣmān urubilvākāśyapo bhagavatā kṛtāvakāśas takrūpaṃ samādhiṃ samāpanno, yathā <svasminn āsane 'ntarhitaḥ> samāhite citte pūrvasyāṃ diśi samabhyudgamya caturvidham īryāpathaṃ kalpayati; tadyathā, caṅkrāmyate, niṣīdati, tiṣṭhati śayyāṃ kalpayati; tejodhātum api samāpadyate; tejodhātusamāpannasya āyuṣmata urubilvākāśyapasya vividhāny arcīṃṣi kāyān niścaranti; tadyathā nīlāni, pītāni, lohitāny, avadātāni, māñjiṣṭhāni, sphaṭikavarṇāni; yamakāny api prātihāryāṇi vidarśayati; adhaḥkāyaḥ prajvalati; uparimāt kāyāc chītalā vāridhārā syandate; uparimaḥ kāyaḥ prajvalati; adhaḥkāyāc chītalā vāridhārā syandate; yathā pūrvasyāṃ diśy evaṃ dakṣiṇasyāṃ, paścimāyām, uttarasyāṃ diśi; iti caturdiśaṃ caturvidham ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ vidarśya tān ṛddhyabhisaṃskārān pratiprasrabhya yena bhagavāṃs tena añjaliṃ praṇamayya bhagavantam idam avocat; śāstā me bhagavān śrāvako 'haṃ bhagavataḥ; śastā me bhagavān śrāvako 'haṃ bhagavataḥ; evam etat kāśyapa, <evam etat kāśyapa>, śrāvakas tvaṃ mama śāstā te 'haṃ kāśyapa; śrāvakas tvaṃ mama; niṣīda tvaṃ ( SBV I 157 ) kāśyapa yathāsvake āsane; athāyuṣmān urubilvākāśyapo bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā ekānte niṣaṇṇaḥ; atha māgadhakānāṃ brāhmaṇagṛhapatīnām etad abhavat: na haiva mahāśramaṇa urubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasyāntike brahmacaryaṃ carati; api tu urubilvākāśyapa eva jaṭilo mahāśramaṇasyāntike brahmacaryaṃ caratīti
The sermon of the Buddha on the production and passing away by dependence
tatra bhagavān rājānaṃ māgadhaṃ śreṇyaṃ bimbisāram āmantrayate: rūpaṃ mahārāja utpadyate 'pi; vyayate 'pi; tasyotpādo 'pi veditavyaḥ, vyayo 'pi; vedanā saṃjñā saṃskārā vijñānaṃ mahārāja utpadyate 'pi; vyayate 'pi; tasyotpādo 'pi veditvyaḥ, vyayo 'pi; rūpasya mahārāja kulaputra utpādavyayadharmatāṃ viditvā tad rūpaṃ parijānāti; vedanāyāḥ saṃjñāyāḥ saṃskārāṇāṃ vijñānasya mahārāja kulaputra utpādavyayadharmatāṃ viditvā tad vijñānaṃ parijānāti; rūpaṃ mahārāja ( A 407a ) kulaputra parijānan nopaiti, nopādatte, nādhitiṣṭhati, nābhiniviśati ātmā me iti; vedanāṃ saṃjñāṃ saṃskārān vijñānaṃ mahārāja kulaputra parijānan nopaiti, nopādatte, nādhitiṣṭhati, nābhiniviśati ātmā me iti; rūpaṃ mahārāja kulaputra anupāyantam anupādadānam anadhitiṣṭhantam anabhiniviśantam anātmamamāyamānam aprameyam asaṅkhyeyaṃ nirvṛtam iti vadāmi; vedanā saṃjñā saṃskārān vijñānaṃ mahārāja kulaputra anupāyantam anupādadānam anadhitiṣṭhantam anabhiniviśamānam anātmamamāyamānam aprameyam asaṅkhyeyaṃ nirvṛtam iti vadāmi; atha māgadhakānāṃ brāhmaṇagṛhapatīnām etad abhavat: sati khalu rūpam anātmā, vedanā saṃjñā saṃskārā vijñānam anātmā; atha ko nv asau bhaviṣyaty ātmā vā satvo jīvo vā jantur vā poṣo vā pudgalo vā manujo vā mānavo vā kartā vā kārako vā janako vā saṃjanako vā utthāpako vā samutthāpako ( SBV I 158 ) vā vadako vā vedako vā <pratisaṃvedako vā>, yo na jantur nābhūn, na bhaviṣyati; nāpy etarhi vidyate; yas tatra kṛtākṛtānāṃ kalyāṇapāpakānāṃ karmaṇāṃ vipākaṃ pratisaṃvedayate; ya imāṃś ca skandhān nikṣipaty anyāṃś ca skandhān pratisaṃdadhāti
The sermon of the Buddha on the unreality of the Self

atha bhagavān māgadhakānāṃ brāhmaṇagṛhapatīnāṃ cetasā cittam ājñāya bhikṣūn āmantrayate sma; ātmā ātmeti bhikṣavo bālo 'śrutavān pṛthagjanaḥ prajñaptim anupatito na cātrāsty ātmā nātmīyaṃ vā; duḥkham idaṃ bhikṣavaḥ utpadyamānam utpadyate; duḥkham idam niruddhyamānaṃ niruddhyate; saṃskārā utpadyamānā utpadyante; niruddhyamānā niruddhyante; tān hetūṃs tān pratyayān pratītya satvānāṃ saṃskārasantatiḥ pravartate; saṃskārasantatipratisandhiṃ khalu bhikṣavas tathāgato viditvā satvānāṃ cyutyupapādaṃ prajñāpayati; paśyāmy ahaṃ bhikṣavo divyena cakṣuṣā viśuddhenātikrāntamānuṣeṇa satvān; paśyāmi cyavamānān apy upapadyamānān api suvarṇān api, durvarṇān api, hīnān api, praṇītān api, sugatim api gacchato, durgatim api gacchataḥ; yathākarmopagān satvān yathābhūtān prajānāmi; amī bhavantaḥ satvāḥ kāyaduścaritena samanvāgatā vāṅmanoduścaritena samanvāgatā āryāṇām apavādakāḥ, mithyādṛṣṭayaḥ mithyādṛṣṭikarmadharmasamādānahetos taddhetutatpratyayaṃ kāyasya bhedāt paraṃ maraṇād apāyadurgativinipātaṃ narakeṣūpapadyante; amī vā punar bhavantaḥ satvāḥ kāyasucaritena ( A 407b ) samanvāgatā vāṅmanassucaritena samanvāgatā āryāṇām anapavādakāḥ samyagdṛṣṭayaḥ samyagdṛṣṭikarmadharmasamādānahetos taddhetutatpratyayaṃ kāyasya bhedāt sugatau svargaloke deveṣūpapadyante; evaṃ cāhaṃ bhikṣavo jānāmy evaṃ paśyāmi; na cāham evaṃ vadāmy ayaṃ me ātmā vā satvo vā jīvo vā jantur vā poṣo vā pudgalo vā manujo vā mānavo vā kartā vā kārako vā janako vā saṃjanako vā utthāpako vā samutthāpako vā vadako vā vedako vā pratisaṃvedako vā, yo na jantur nābhūn na bhaviṣyati, nāpy etarhi vidyate; yas tatra kṛtākṛtānāṃ kalyāṇāpāpakānāṃ karmaṇāṃ vipākaṃ pratisaṃvedayate; imāṃś ca skandhān nikṣipaty anyāṃś ca skandhān pratisandadhāti, nānyatra dharmasaṅketāt; tatrāyaṃ dharmasaṅketo yadutāsmin satīdaṃ bhavati; ( SBV I 159 ) asyotpādād idam utpadyate; yadutāvidyāpratyayāḥ saṃskārāḥ; saṃskārapratyayaṃ vijñānam; vijñānapratyayaṃ nāmarūpam; nāmarūpapratyayaṃ ṣaḍāyatanam; ṣaḍāyatanapratyayaḥ sparśaḥ; sparśapratyayā vedanā; vedanāpratyayā tṛṣṇā; tṛṣṇāpratyayam upādānam; upādānapratyayo bhavaḥ; bhavapratyayā jātiḥ; jātipratyayā jarāmaraṇaśokaparidevaduḥkhadaurmanasyopāyāsāḥ saṃbhavanti; evam asya kevalasya mahato duḥkhaskandhasya samudayo bhavati; yadutāsmin satīdaṃ bhavati; asya nirodhād idaṃ niruddhyate; yadutāvidyānirodhāt saṃskāranirodhaḥ; saṃskāranirodhād vijñānanirodhaḥ; vijñānanirodhān nāmarūpanirodhaḥ; nāmarūpanirodhāt ṣaḍāyatananirodhaḥ; ṣaḍāyatananirodhāt sparśanirodhaḥ; sparśanirodhād vedanānirodhaḥ; vedanārirodhāt tṛṣṇānirodhaḥ; tṛṣṇānirodhād upādānanirodhaḥ; upādānanirodhād bhavanirodhaḥ; bhavanirodhāj jātinirodhaḥ; jātinirodhāj jarāmaraṇaśokaparidevaduḥkhadaurmanasyopāyāsā niruddhyante; evam asya kevalasya mahato duḥkhaskandhasya nirodho bhavati; iti hi bhikṣavo duḥkhāḥ saṃskārāḥ; śāntaṃ nirvāṇām; hetusamudayād duḥkhasamudayaḥ; hetunirodhād duḥkhanirodhaḥ; chinnaṃ vartma na pravartate; apratisandhi niruddhyate; eṣa evānto duḥkhasya; tatra bhikṣavaḥ kaḥ parinirvṛto nānyatra duḥkhaṃ, tan niruddhaṃ; tad vyupaśāntaṃ, ( A 408a ) tac chītībhūtam; śāntam idaṃ bhikṣavaḥ padaṃ yaduta sarvopadhipratiniḥsargaḥ, tṛṣṇākṣayo virāgo nirodho nirvāṇam
The conversion of Bimbisāra
tatra bhagavān dvir api rājānaṃ māgadhaṃ śreṇyaṃ bimbisāram āmantrayate: kiṃ mayase mahārāja rūpaṃ nityaṃ vā anityaṃ vā? anityam idaṃ bhadanta; yat punar anityaṃ duḥkhaṃ vā tan na vā duḥkham? duḥkham idaṃ bhadanta; yat punar anityaṃ duḥkhaṃ vipariṇāmadharmi; api nu tac chrutavān āryaśrāvaka ātmata upagacched etan mama, eṣo 'ham asmi, eṣa me ātmeti? no bhadanta; kiṃ mahārāja vedanā saṃjñā saṃskārā vijñānaṃ nityaṃ vā anityaṃ vā? anityam idaṃ bhadanta; yat punar anityaṃ duḥkhaṃ vā tan na vā duḥkham; duḥkham idaṃ bhadanta; yat punar anityaṃ duḥkhaṃ vipariṇāmadharmi; api nu tacchrutavān āryaśrāvaka ātmata upagacched etan ( SBV I 160 ) mama, eṣo 'ham asmi, eṣa me ātmeti? no bhadanta; tasmāt tarhi te mahārāja yat kiṃcid rūpam atītānāgatapratyutpannam ādhyātmikaṃ vā bāhyaṃ vā odārikaṃ vā sūkṣmaṃ vā hīnaṃ vā praṇītaṃ vā, yad vā dūre, yad vā antike, tat sarvaṃ naitan mama naiṣo 'ham asmi, naiṣa me ātmety evam etad yathābhūtaṃ samyakprajñayā draṣṭavyam; tasmāt tarhi mahārāja yā kācid vedanā saṃjñā saṃskārā yat kiṃcid vijñānam atītānāgatapratyutpannam ādhyātmikaṃ vā, bāhyaṃ vā, odārikaṃ vā, sūkṣmaṃ vā, hīnaṃ vā, praṇītaṃ vā, yad vā dūre, yad vā antike, tat sarvaṃ naitan mama, naiṣo 'ham asmi, naiṣa me ātmety evam etad yathābhūtaṃ samyakprajñayā draṣṭavyam; evaṃdarśī mahārāja śrutavān āryaśrāvakaḥ rūpād api nirvidyate; vedanāyāḥ saṃjñāyā saṃskārebhyo vijñānād api nirvidyate; nirviṇṇo virajyate; virakto vimucyate; vimuktasya vimuktam eva jñānadarśanaṃ bhavati; kṣīṇā me jātir, uṣitaṃ brahmacaryam; kṛtaṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparam asmād bhavaṃ prajānāmīti
asmin khalu dharmaparyāye bhāṣyamāṇe rājño māgadhasya śreṇyasya bimbisārasya virajo vigatamalaṃ dharmeṣu dharmacakṣur utpannam; aśiteś ca devatāsahasrāṇām, anekeṣāṃ ca brāhmaṇagṛhapatiśatasahasrāṇām; atha rājā māgadhaḥ śreṇyo bimbisāro dṛṣṭadharmā prāptadharmā viditadharmā paryavagāḍhadharmā tīrṇakāṅkṣas tīrṇavicikitso 'parapratyayo 'nanyaneyaḥ śāstuś śāsane dharmeṣu vaiśāradyaprāpta utthāyāsanād ekāṃsam uttarāsaṅgaṃ kṛtvā yena bhagavāṃs tenāñjaliṃ praṇamayya bhagavantam idam avocat: abhikrānto 'haṃ bhadantābhikrāntaḥ; eṣo 'haṃ bhagavantaṃ śaraṇaṃ gacchāmi, dharmaṃ ca, bhikṣusaṅghaṃ ca; upāsakaṃ ca māṃ dhārayādyāgreṇa yāvajjīvaṃ prāṇopetaṃ śaraṇāgatam, abhiprasannam; āgacchatu bhagavān rājagṛham; ahaṃ ( A 408b ) bhagavantam upasthāsyami yāvajjīvaṃ cīvarapiṇḍapātaśayanāsanaglānapratyayabhaiṣajyapariṣkāraiḥ sārdhaṃ bhikṣusaṅgheneti; adhivāsayati bhagavān rājño māgadhasya śreṇyasya bimbisārasya tūṣṇīṃbhāvena; atha rājā māgadhaḥ śreṇyo bimbisāro bhagavatas tūṣṇīṃbhāvena adhivāsanāṃ viditvā, bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā, bhagavato 'ntikāt prakrāntaḥ

bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: kiṃ bhadanta rājñā māgadhena śreṇyena bimbisāreṇa saparivāreṇa karma kṛtaṃ, yasya karmaṇo vipākena bhagavato 'ntike satyadarśanaṃ kṛtam iti; bhagavān āha: bimbisāreṇaiva ( SBV I 161 ) bhikṣavo rājñā saparivāreṇa karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni labdhasaṃbhārāṇi pariṇatapratyayāny oghavat pratyupasthitāny avaśyaṃbhāvīni; rājñā bimbisāreṇa saparivāreṇa karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni ko 'nyaḥ pratyanubhaviṣyati; na bhikṣavaḥ karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni bāhye pṛthivīdhātau vipacyante, nābdhātau, na tejodhātau, na vāyudhātau api tūpātteṣv eva skandhadhātvāyataneṣu karmāṇi kṛtāni vipacyante śubhāny aśubhāni ca
na praṇaśyanti karmāṇy api kalpaśatair api /
sāmagrīṃ prāpya kālaṃ ca phalanti khalu dehinām //
The story of the king Kṛki
bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣava atīte 'dhvani aranābhī nāma śāstā loka udapādi vidyācaraṇasaṃpannaḥ sugato lokavid anuttaraḥ puruṣadamayasārathiḥ śāstā devamanuṣyāṇāṃ buddho bhagavān; sa sakalaṃ buddhakāryaṃ kṛtvā nirupadhiśeṣe nirvāṇadhātau parinirvṛtaḥ; tasya mahājanakāyena śarīre śarīrapūjāṃ kṛtvā viviktāvakāśe pṛthivīpradeśe mahān stūpaḥ pratiṣṭhāpitaḥ; tena khalu samayena kṛkir nāma rājā cakravartī aṣṭādaśabhir bhaṭabalāgrakoṭibhir upari vihāyasā anusaṃyān tasya stūpasya samīpam anuprāptaḥ; buddhābhiprasannābhir devatābhis tasya cakraratnaṃ vidhāritam; kṛkī rājā saṃlakṣayati: yathaitac cakraratnam avasthitaṃ, māhaiva me puṇyaparikṣayaḥ syād iti; tasya devatābhir ārocitam: mahārāja na te puṇyaparikṣayaḥ; kintv aranābheḥ samyaksaṃbuddhasya etasmin pradeśe stūpam; tenedaṃ cakraratnam avasthitam; na tasyopariṣṭād gacchatīti; tataḥ kṛkī rājā aṣṭādaśabhir bhaṭabalāgrakoṭibhiḥ sahāvatīrṇo yāvat paśyati stūpam asaṃmṛṣṭam; tena saparivāreṇa saṃmṛjya gandhair mālyair dhūpaiś cūrṇair vādyaiḥ pūjāṃ kṛtvā pādayor nipatya saparivāreṇa praṇidhānaṃ kṛtam: yan mayā evaṃvidhe sadbhūtadakṣinīye kārāḥ kṛtāḥ, anenāhaṃ kuśalamūlena evaṃvidhānām guṇānāṃ lābhī syām; evaṃvidham eva śāstāram ārāgayeyam, mā virāgayeyam iti; kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo yo 'sau tena kālena, tena ( A 409a ) samayena kṛkir nāma rājābhūc cakravartī saparivāra eṣa evāsau rājā bimbisāraḥ tena kālena tena samayena; yad anena aranābhes samyaksaṃbuddhasya ( SBV I 162 ) stūpe saparivāreṇa pūjā kṛtā, tasya karmaṇo vipākena anekāni kalpakoṭīniyutaśatasahasrāṇi divyamānuṣaṃ ca prativiśiṣṭaṃ sukham anubhūtam; yat praṇidhānaṃ kṛtam evaṃvidhānāṃ guṇānāṃ lābhī syām iti; tena mamāntike saparivāreṇa satyadarśanaṃ kṛtam; yat praṇidhānaṃ kṛtam evaṃvidham eva śāstāram ārāgayeyam, mā virāgayeyam iti; aham asmi bhikṣavo aranābhinā samyaksaṃbuddhena samasamaṃ samajavaḥ, samabalaḥ, samadhuraḥ, samasāmānyaprāptaḥ, śāstā ārāgito na virāgitaḥ; iti hi bhikṣava ekāntakṛṣṇānāṃ karmaṇām ekāntakṛṣṇo vipākaḥ, ekāntaśuklānām ekāntaśuklo, vyatimiśrāṇāṃ ca vyatimiśraḥ; tasmāt tarhi bhikṣava ekāntakṛṣṇāni karmāṇy apāsya vyatimiśrāṇi ca, ekāntaśukleṣv eva karmasv ābhogaḥ karaṇīyaḥ; ity evaṃ vo bhikṣavaḥ śikṣitavyaṃ
bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśāyacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: kiṃ bhadanta āyuṣmatā urubilvākāśyapena karma kṛtaṃ, yena pañcabhiḥ prātihāryaśatair vinītaḥ; nadīgayākāśyapau tu alpakṛcchreṇa vinītāv iti; bhagavān āha: ebhir eva bhikṣavaḥ karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni labdhasaṃbhārāṇi pūrvavad yāvat phalanti khalu dehināṃ
The story of the three sons of a Gṛhapati
bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavaḥ asminn eva bhadrake kalpe viṃśativarṣasahasrāyuṣi prayājāṃ kāśyapo nāma śāstā loka udapādi tathāgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddho vidyācaraṇasaṃpannaḥ sugato lokavid anuttaraḥ puruṣadamyasārathiḥ śāstā devamanuṣyāṇāṃ buddho bhagavān; sa vārāṇasīnagarīm upaniśritya viharati ṛṣivadane mṛgadāve; sa sakalaṃ buddhakāryaṃ kṛtvā indhanakṣayād ivāgnir nirupadhiśeṣe nirvāṇadhātau parinirvṛtaḥ; tasya kṛkinā rājñā sarvagandhakāṣṭhaiś citāṃ citvā śarīraṃ dhyāpitam; sā citā kṣīreṇa nirvāpitā; tāny asthīni catūratnamaye kumbhe prakṣipya viviktāvakāśe pṛthivīpradeśe śārīraḥ stūpaḥ pratiṣṭhāpitaḥ, yojanam ucchrāyeṇa ardhayojanaṃ vistāreṇa; tena khalu samayena vārāṇasyām anyatamo gṛhapatir āḍhyo mahādhano mahābhogo vistīrṇaviśālaparigraho vaiśravaṇadhanasamudito vaiśravaṇadhanapratispardhī; tena sadṛśāt kulāt kalatram ānītam; sa ( SBV I 163 ) tayā sārdhām krīḍati ramate paricārayati; tasya krīḍato ramamāṇasya paricārayataḥ kramaśaḥ trayaḥ putrā jātāḥ; yāvad asau gṛhapatir glānyaṃ patitaḥ; sa upasthīyate mūlagandhapatrapuṣpaphalabhaiṣajyaiḥ; na cāsau vyādhir upaśamaṃ gacchati; sa kāladharmaṇā saṃyuktaḥ; tatas taiḥ putrair nīlapītalohitāvadātair vastraiḥ ( A 409b ) śibikām alaṅkṛtya śmaśānaṃ nītvā dhyāpitaḥ; śokavinodanaṃ kṛtvā pituś ca pitṛkāryāṇi dravyavibhāgasañjalpaṃ kartum ārabdhāḥ; jyeṣṭho bhrātā kathayati: dravyaṃ vibhajāma iti; tau kanīyāṃsau bhrātarau necchataḥ; sa nirbandhaṃ kartum ārabdhaḥ; tau kathayataḥ: yady evaṃ pāralaukikaṃ pathyadanaṃ gṛhṇīmaḥ; paścād vibhāgaṃ kariṣyāma iti; sa kathayati: kiṃ kurmaḥ? tau kathayataḥ: kāśyapasya samyaksaṃbuddhasya pūjām iti; sa duḥśraddadhānaḥ; tena kṛcchreṇa pratijñātam; tatas te kāśyapasya samyaksaṃbuddhaysa pūjāṃ kṛtvā praṇidhānaṃ kartum ārabdhāḥ; dvābhyām evaṃ praṇidhānaṃ kṛtam: anena kuśalamūlena yo 'sau bhagavatā kāśyapena samyaksaṃbuddhena uttaro nāma māṇavo vyākṛtaḥ bhaviṣyasi tvaṃ māṇava varṣaśatāyuṣi prajāyāṃ śākyamunir nāma tathāgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddha iti, tasyāvāṃ śāsane pravrajeva viśesaṃ cādhigacchāva iti; tayoḥ praṇidhānaṃ śrutvā sa jyeṣṭho bhrātā pādayor nipatya praṇidhānaṃ kartum ārabdhaḥ; ahaṃ khatuṃko duḥśraddadhānaś ca; anena kuślamūlena mamāpy asau śākyamuniḥ pañcabhiḥ prātihāryaśataiḥ vinīyāt, pravrājayet; prarajitaś ca viśeṣam adhigaccheyam iti; kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavaḥ yo 'sau jyeṣṭho bhrātā khaṭuṃkaḥ duḥśraddadhānaḥ eṣa evāsau urubilvākāśyapaḥ; yau tau kanīyāṃsau bhrātarau etāv etau nadīgayākāśyapau; tatpraṇidhānavaśād urubilvākāśyapaḥ pañcabhiḥ prātihāryaśatair vinītaḥ nadīgayākāśyapau tu alpakṛcchreṇa vinītau
The story of Kalandakanivāpa

yadā rājā bimbisāraḥ kumāro bhavati, tadā rājagṛhe 'nyatamo gṛhapatiḥ; tasyārāmaḥ puṣpaphalasalilasaṃpannaḥ; sa tatrātyartham ( SBV I 164 ) adhyavasitaḥ; yāvad bimbisāreṇa bahirnirgatena tad udyānaṃ dṛṣṭam; so 'tyartham adhyavasitaḥ kathayati: gṛhapate prayaccha mamaitad udyānam iti; sa nānuprayacchati; punar apy upapradānenābhihitaḥ; sa kathayati: kumāra, kāmam ahaṃ deśaparityāgaṃ kuryāṃ, na codyānaṃ dadyām iti; bimbisāraḥ kumāraḥ kathayati: gṛhapate smartavyaṃ te vākyam; yadā ahaṃ rājā bhaviṣyāmi, tadā svayam eva grahīṣyāmīti; sa kathayati: yadā tvaṃ rājā bhaviṣyasi, tadā ahaṃ rājagṛhāt prakramiṣyāmīti; bimbisāraḥ kumāro hum iti kṛtvā prakrāntaḥ; yāvad apareṇa samayena mahāpadmo rājā kālagataḥ; bimbisāraḥ kumāro rājye pratiṣṭhāpitaḥ tena tad udyānaṃ haṭhāt gṛhītam; sa gṛhapatir hṛdrogaṃ patitaḥ, tasminn udyāne atyartham adhyavasitaḥ, kālagataḥ; sa tatraiva āśīviṣa utpannaḥ; sa rājño 'bhīkṣṇaṃ randhrānveṣaṇatatparo 'vatiṣṭhate; yāvad rājā bimbisāraḥ saṃprāpte vasantakālasamaye puṣpiteṣu pādapeṣv antaḥpurasahīyas tad udyānaṃ nirgataḥ; sa tatra niṣpuruṣeṇa antaḥpurajanena sārdhaṃ ratikrīḍāṃ pratyanubhūya middham avakrāntaḥ; puṣpaphalalolupo mātṛgrāmaḥ samantāt paryaṭitum ārabdhaḥ; ekā strī khaḍgaṃ rājña ārakṣikā sthāpitā ..................................................... ( A 410a ) rājñaḥ puṇyānubhāvāt kalandakā nāma pakṣiṇaḥ; tais tam āśīviṣaṃ parivārya kalakalāśabdaḥ kṛtaḥ; yaṃ śrutvā asidhāriṇyā striyā khadgena jīvitād vyaparopitaḥ; santrastayā ca mahān śabdaḥ kṛtaḥ; tato rājā santrasto vibuddhaḥ kathayati, kim etad iti; tayā striyābhihitam: deva eṣa āśīviṣaḥ devaṃ daṣṭum abisaṃprasthitaḥ kalandakaiḥ pakṣibhiḥ kolāhalaśabdaḥ kṛtaḥ mayā jīvitād vyaparopita iti; rājñas tām avasthāṃ pratiśrutya kumārabhaṭabalāgraḥ rājagṛhanivāsī janakāyaḥ sannipatitaḥ; antar bahis tad udyānaṃ mahatā kolahalaśabdena kṣobhitum ārabdham; prajāvatsalo ( SBV I 165 ) rājā; bhūyasā antaḥpurajanakāyo 'śruparyākulekṣaṇo vyavasthitaḥ; tato rājā kathayati: bhavanto yo rājānaṃ kṣatriyaṃ mūrdhābhiṣiktaṃ jīvitenācchādayati, kas tasya vara iti; janakāyaḥ kathayati: upārdhaṃ rājyasyeti; rājā kathayati: bhavantaḥ kalandakaiḥ pakṣibhir mama jīvitaṃ dattam; tad ebhyo dattam upārdhaṃ rājyasya iti; amātyāḥ kathayanti: deva pakṣiṇa ete tiryagyonigatāḥ; kim eṣām upārdharājyena; yasminn ete veṇuvane prativasanti tatraiṣāṃ nivāpaḥ prajñapyatām iti; rājā kathayati: evaṃ kriyatām iti; tad udyānaṃ veṇuvanapariveṣṭitam; amātyais teṣāṃ veṇuvanasāmantake nivāpaḥ prajñaptaḥ; tasya veṇuvanaṃ kalandakanivāpa iti saṃjñā saṃvṛttā; rājño bimbisārasya mātula ājīvikānāṃ madhye pravrajitaḥ; tena tad udyānaṃ tasmai nivāsāya dattaṃ
Bimbisāra presents Veṇuvana to the Buddha
yāvad bhagavān magadheṣu janapadeṣu cārikāṃ caran rājagṛham anuprāpto 'nyatamasmin vṛkṣamūle 'vasthitaḥ; aśrauśīd rājā māgadhaḥ śreṇyo bimbisāraḥ, bhagavān māgadhesu janapadeṣu cārikāṃ caran rājagṛham anuprāpto 'nyatamasmin vṛkṣamūle 'vatiṣṭhatīti; śrutvā ca punar mahatyā rājaṛddhyā, mahatā rājānubhāvena, rājagṛhān niṣkramya yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṅkrāntaḥ; upasaṅkramya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā ekānte niṣaṇṇaḥ; ekāntaniṣaṇṇaṃ rājānaṃ māgadhaṃ śreṇyaṃ bimbisāraṃ bhagavān ramyayā kathayā sandarśayati, samādāpayati, samuttejayati, saṃpraharṣayati; anekaparyāyeṇa dharmyayā kathayā sandarśya samādāpya samuttejya saṃpraharṣya tūṣṇīm; atha rājā māgadhaḥ śreṇyo bimbisāra <utthāyāsanād ekāṃśam uttarāsangaṃ kṛtvā yena bhagavāṃs tenāñjaliṃ praṇamayya bhagavantam idam avocat: adhivāsayatu me bhagavāṃś śvo 'ntargṛhe bhaktena sārdhaṃ bhikṣusaṅghena: adhivāsayati bhagavān rājño māgadhasya śreṇyasya bimbisārasya tūṣṇimbhāvena;> atha rājā māgadhaḥ śreṇyo bimbisāro bhagavatas tūṣṇīṃbhāvenādhivāsanāṃ viditvā, bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā utthāyāsanāt prakrāntaḥ; rājā māgadhaḥ śreṇyo bimbisāras tām eva rātriṃ śuci praṇītaṃ khādanīyabhojanīyaṃ samudānīya kalyam evotthāyāsanāni prajñapya udakamaṇīn pratiṣṭhāpya bhagavato dūtena kālam ārocayati: samayo ( SBV I 166 ) bhadanta; sajjaṃ bhaktam yasyedānīṃ kālaṃ manyate iti; atha ( A 410b ) bhagavān pūrvāhṇe nivāsya, pātracīvaram ādāya bhikṣugaṇaparivṛto bhikṣusaṅghapuraskṛto yena rājño māgadhasya śreṇyasya bimbisārasya nivāsas tenopasaṅkrāntaḥ; upasaṃkramya purastād bhikṣusaṅghasya prajñapta evāsane niṣaṇṇaḥ; atha rājā māgadhaḥ śreṇyo bimbisāraḥ sukhopaniṣaṇṇaṃ buddhapramukhaṃ bhikṣusaṅghaṃ viditvā śucinā praṇītena khādanīyabhojanīyena svahastaṃ santarpayati, saṃpravārayati; anekaparyāyeṇa śucinā praṇītena khādanīyabhojanīyena svahastaṃ santarpya saṃpravārya, bhagavantaṃ bhuktavantaṃ viditvā dhautahastam apanītapātraṃ sauvarṇaṃ bhṛṅgāraṃ gṛhītvā tad udyānaṃ bhagavate niryātayati: idaṃ bhadanta veṇuvanaṃ, kalandakanivāpam; atra bhagavān viharatu yathāsukham iti; tathā sthavirair api sūtrānteṣūpanibaddhaṃ, bhagavān rājagṛhe viharati veṇuvane kalandakanivāpa iti
Anāthapiṇḍada meets the Buddha

tena khalu samayena bhagavān rājagṛhe viharati veṇuvane kalandakanivāpe; rājagṛhe 'nyatamo gṛhapatiḥ; tena bhagavān gṛhe upanimantritaḥ sārdhaṃ bhikṣusaṅghena; tasmiṃś ca samaye anāthapiṇḍado gṛhapatiḥ rājagṛham anuprāptaḥ kenacid eva karaṇīyena; sa tasya gṛhapater niveśane rātriṃ vāsam upagataḥ; atha sa gṛhapatiḥ sarātram evotthāyāntarjanam āmantrayate: uttiṣṭhata āryā uttiṣṭhata bhadramukhāḥ; kaṣṭhāni pāṭayata; samidhaṃ prajvālayata; bhaktaṃ pacata; sūpikaṃ pacata; khādyakāny ullāḍayata; pratijāgṛta maṇḍalavāṭam iti; athānāthapiṇḍadasya gṛhapater etad abhavat: kiṃ punar asya gṛhapater āvāho vā bhaviṣyati, vivāho vā, rāṣṭraṃ vā, śreṇī vā, pūgā vā parṣado vā rājā <vā> anena māgadhaḥ śreṇyo bimbisāraḥ śvo 'ntargṛhe bhaktena nimantrito bhaviṣyati; iti viditvā taṃ gṛhapatim idam avocat: kiṃ punas te gṛhapate āvāho vā bhaviṣyati vivāho vā rāṣṭraṃ vā śreṇī vā pūgā vā parṣado vā rājā vā te māgadhaḥ śreṇyo bimbisāraḥ śvo 'ntargṛhe bhaktenopanimantritaḥ? na me gṛhapate āvāho, na vivāho, na rāṣṭraṃ, na śreṇī, na pūgā, nāpi parṣado, nāpi rājā māgadhaḥ śreṇyo bimbisāraḥ śvo 'ntargṛhe bhaktenopanimantritaḥ; api tu buddhapramukho bhikṣusaṅgho 'ntargṛhe bhaktenopanimantritaḥ; ( SBV I 167 ) anāthapiṇḍadasya gṛhapater buddha ity aśrutapūrvaṃ ghoṣaṃ śrutvā sarvaromakūpāny āhṛṣṭāni; sa āhṛṣṭaromakūpas taṃ gṛhapatim idam avocat: ka eṣa gṛhapate buddho nāma; asti gṛhapate śramaṇo gautamaḥ śākyaputraḥ śākyakulāt keśaśmaśrv avatārya kāṣāyāṇi vastrāṇy ācchādya samyag eva śraddhayā agārād anagārikāṃ pravrajitaḥ; so 'nuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim ( A 411a ) abhisaṃbuddhaḥ; sa eṣa gṛhapate buddho nāma; ka eṣa gṛhapate saṅgho nāma; santi gṛhapate kṣatriyakulād api kulaputrāḥ keśaśmaśrv avatārya kāṣāyāṇy <vastrāṇy> ācchādya samyag eva śraddhayā <agārād anāgarikāṃ> tam eva bhagavantaṃ pravrajitam anupravrajitāḥ; brāhmaṇakulād api vaiśyakulād api śūdrakulād api kulaputrāḥ keśaśmaśrv avatārya kāṣāyāṇi vastrāṇy ācchādya samyag eva śraddhayā <agārād anāgārikāṃ> tam eva bhagavantaṃ pravrajitam anupravrajitāḥ; sa eṣa gṛhapate saṅgho nāma; śvaḥ sa mayā buddhapramukho bhikṣusaṅgho 'ntargṛhe bhaktenopanimantritaḥ; kutra gṛhapate sa bhagavān etarhi viharati? asminn eva rājagṛhe śītavane śmaśāne; labhyaṃ gṛhapate so 'smābhir bhagavān draṣṭum; tena hi gṛhapate āgamaya tāvat tvam; sthānam etad vidyate yad ihāgataṃ śvo drakṣyasi; anāthapiṇdado gṛhapatis tāṃ rātriṃ buddhālambanayā smṛtyā middham avakrāntaḥ; so 'prabhāte prabhātasaṃjñī yena śivikādvāraṃ tenopasaṅkrāntaḥ; tena khalu samayena śivikādvāraṃ rātryā dvau yāmau vivṛtaṃ tiṣṭhati, pūrvakaṃ paścimakaṃ ca, māhaiva āgantukānāṃ gamikānāṃ ca dūtānāṃ vighāto bhaviṣyatīti; yāvat paśyati śivikādvāraṃ vivṛtaṃ tiṣṭhati; sālokena ca sphuṭam; tasyaitad abhavat: nūnaṃ prabhātā rajanī; tathāhi śivikādvāraṃ vivṛtaṃ tiṣṭhati; iti viditvā tenaiva ālokena nagarān niṣkrāntaḥ; samanantaraniṣkrāntasya cāsya ya ālokaḥ so 'ntarhitaḥ; andhakāraṃ prādurbhūtam; tasyābhūd bhayam; abhūc chambhitatvam; abhūd romaharṣaḥ; māhaiva kaścid viheṭhayen manuṣyo vā amanuṣyo vā dhūrtako vā asaṃprāptaṃ vā svāt prabhūtam kulaśulkam iti; viditvā pratinivartitukāmo madhuskandhasya devaputrasya sthaṇḍilaṃ pradakṣiṇīkaroti, namaskaroti ca; atha madhuskandhadevaputrasya etad abhavat: adyaivānāthapiṇḍadena gṛhapatinā satyadarśanaṃ kartavyam; adyaivāyaṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantam apāsya anyadevatā namaskāraṃ kariṣyati; iti viditvā yāvac ca śivikādvāraṃ yāvac ca śītavanaṃ śmaśānam atrāntarād udāreṇāvabhāsenāvabhāsya anāthapiṇḍadaṃ gṛhapatim idam avocat: abhikrama gṛhapate, mā pratikrama; abhikramatas te śreyo bhavati, na pratikramataḥ; tat kasya hetoḥ
śatam aśvā śataṃ niṣkāḥ śatam āśvatarīrathāḥ /
nānāvittasya saṃpūrṇāḥ śataṃ ca vaḍavārathāḥ //
padāvihārasyaikasya kalāṃ nārhanti ṣoḍaśīm /
abhikrama gṛhapate, mā pratikrama; abhikramatas te śreyo <bhavati>, na pratikramataḥ; tat kasya hetoḥ?
śataṃ haimavatā nāgāḥ suvarṇamaṇikalpitāḥ /
īṣādantā mahākāyā vyūḍhavanto mataṅgajāḥ //
padāvihārasyaikasya kalāṃ nārhanti ṣoḍaśīm /
abhikrama gṛhapate, mā pratikrama; abhikramatas ( A 411b ) te śreyo bhavati; na pratikramataḥ; tat kasya hetoḥ
śataṃ kāmbojikākanyāḥ āmuktamaṇikuṇḍalāḥ /
suvarṇakeyūradharāḥ niṣkagrīvāḥ svalaṅkṛtāḥ //
padāvihārasyaikasya kalāṃ nārhanti ṣoḍaśīm /
abhikrama gṛhapate, mā pratikrama; abhikramatas te śreyo bhavati, na pratikramataḥ; athānāthapiṇḍado gṛhapatis taṃ devaputram idam ( SBV I 169 ) avocat: kas tvaṃ bhadramukha; aham asmi gṛhapate madhuskandho nāma māṇavaḥ, tavaiva purāṇo gṛhasakhaḥ; so 'haṃ śāriputramaudgalyāyanayor bhikṣvor antike cittam abhiprasāya <kālagataḥ> cāturmahārājikeṣu deveṣūpapannaḥ, asminn eva śivikādvāre naivāsikaḥ; tasmād aham evaṃ vadāmi: abhikrama gṛhapate mā pratikrama; abhikramatas te śreyo bhavati, na pratikramata iti; athānāthapiṇḍadasya gṛhapater etad abhavat: nāvaro buddho bhaviṣyati, nāvaraṃ dharmākhyānaṃ, yatredānīṃ devatā api autsukyam āpadyante tasya bhagavato darśanāya; iti viditvā yena śītavanaṃ śmaśānaṃ tenopasaṅkrāntaḥ; tena khalu samayena bahir vihārasyābhyavakāśe bhagavān caṅkrame caṅkramyate yadbhūyasā anāthapiṇḍadaṃ gṛhaptim āgamayamānaḥ; adrākṣīt anāthapiṇḍado gṛhapatir bhagavantaṃ dūrād eva; dṛṣṭvā ca punar yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṅkrāntaḥ; upasaṅkramya bhagavantam gṛhapatiḥ pratisaṃmodanayā pratisaṃmodate: kaccid bhagavān sukhaṃ śāyita iti; atha bhagavāṃs tasyāṃ velāyāṃ gāthā bhāṣate;
sarvathā vai sukhaṃ śete brāhmaṇaḥ parinirvṛtaḥ /
lipyate yo na kāmair hi vipramukto nirupadhiḥ //
chitveha sarvam āśaktiṃ vinīya hṛdayajvaram /
upaśāntaḥ sukhaṃ śete śāntiprāptena cetasā //

atha bhagavān anāthapiṇḍadaṃ gṛhapatim ādāya vihāraṃ praviśya prajñapta evāsane niṣaṇṇaḥ; anāthapiṇdado gṛhapatir bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā ekānte niṣaṇṇaṇ; ekānte niṣaṇṇam anāthapiṇḍadaṃ gṛhapatiṃ bhagavān dharmyayā kathayā sandarśayati samādāpayati <samuttejyati>, saṃpraharṣayati; yāsau buddhānāṃ bhagavatāṃ pūrvakālakaraṇīyā dharmyā kathā, tadyathā dānakathā śīlakathā svargakathā kāmānām aśvādādīnavasaṅkleśavyavadānanaiṣkramyapraviveke anuśaṃsavyavadānapakṣyān dharmān vistareṇa saṃprakāśayati; yadā cainaṃ bhagavān adrākṣīt hṛṣṭacittam kalyacittaṃ muditacittaṃ vinivaraṇacittaṃ bhavyaṃ pratibalaṃ sāmutkarṣikīṃ dharmadeśanām ājñātum, tadā yāsau buddhānāṃ bhagavatāṃ sāmutkarṣikī dharmadeśanā tadyathā duḥkhaṃ samudayo nirodho mārgaś catvāry āryasatyāni vistareṇa saṃprakāśayati; athānāthapiṇḍado gṛhapatis tasminn evāsane niṣaṇṇaś catvāry āryasatyāny abhisameti; tadyathā ( SBV I 170 ) duḥkhaṃ samudayo nirodho mārgaḥ; tadyathā śuddhaṃ vastram apagatakālakaṃ rañjanopagaṃ raṅge prakṣiptaṃ samyag eva raṅgaṃ pratigṛhṇāti, evam evānāthapiṇḍado gṛhapatis tasminn eva āsane niṣaṇṇaś catvāry āryasatyāny abhisameti; tadyathā duḥkhaṃ samudayo nirodho mārga iti; anāthapiṇḍado ( A 412a ) gṛhapatir dṛṣṭadharmā prāptadharmā viditadharmā paryavagāḍhadharmā tīrṇakāṅkṣo tīrṇavicikitsaḥ aparapratyayo 'nanyaneyaḥ śāstuś śāsane dharmeṣu vaiśāradyaprāptaḥ utthāyāsanād ekāṃsam uttarāsaṅgaṃ kṛtvā, yena bhagavāṃs tenāñjaliṃ praṇamayya bhagavantam idam avocat: abhikrānto 'haṃ bhadantābhikrāntaḥ; eṣo 'haṃ bhagavantaṃ śaraṇaṃ gacchāmi dharmaṃ ca bhikṣusaṅghaṃ ca; upāsakaṃ māṃ ca dhāraya adyāgreṇa yāvajjīvaṃ prāṇopetaṃ śaraṇāgatam abhiprasannam; atha bhagavān anāthapiṇḍadaṃ gṛhapatim idam avocat; kinnāmā tvaṃ gṛhapate? aham asmi bhadanta sudatto nāmnā; api tv anāthebhyaḥ piṇḍakam anuprayacchāmi; tato mām anāthapiṇḍado gṛhapatir anāthapiṇḍado gṛhapatir iti janaḥ sañjānīte; kutobhūmakas tvaṃ gṛhapate? asti bhadanta prācīneṣu janapadeṣu śrāvastī nāma kosalānāṃ nigamaḥ; tatrāhaṃ prativasāmi
Anāthapiṇḍada invites the Buddha to Śrāvastī
āgacchatu bhagavān śrāvastīm; ahaṃ bhagavantam upasthāsyāmi yāvajjīvaṃ cīvarapiṇḍapātaglānapratyayabhaiṣajyapariṣkāraiḥ sārdhaṃ bhikṣusaṅghena; santi gṛhapate vihārāḥ śrāvastyām? no bhadanta; yatra gṛhapate vihārāḥ santi tatra bhikṣava āgantavyaṃ gantavyaṃ vastavyaṃ manyante; āgacchatu bhagavān; ahaṃ tathā kariṣyāmi yathā śrāvastyāṃ vihārā bhaviṣyanti; bhikṣavaś ca āgantavyaṃ gantavyaṃ vastavyaṃ maṃsyanta iti; adhivāsayati bhagavān anāthapiṇḍadasya gṛhapates tūṣṇīṃbhāvena; anāthapiṇḍado gṛhapatir bhagavatas tūṣṇīṃbhāvenādhivāsanāṃ viditvā bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā ( SBV I 171 ) vanditvā bhagavato 'ntikāt prakrāntaḥ; tato 'sya yāvad rājagṛhe kṛtyaṃ vā karaṇīyaṃ vā tat sarvaṃ kṛtvā pariprāpya yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṅkrāntaḥ; upasaṅkramya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā ekānte niṣaṇṇaḥ; ekāntaniṣaṇṇo 'nāthapiṇḍado gṛhapatir bhagavantam idam avocat: anuprayaccha me bhagavan bhikṣuṃ sahāyakam yena sahāyakena bhagavato 'rthāya vihāraṃ kārayāmīti; bhagavān saṃlakṣayati: katarasya bhikṣor anāthapiṇḍado gṛhapatiḥ saparivāro <śrāvastīnivāsī ca janakāyo> vidheya; paśyati śāriputrasya bhikṣoḥ; tatra bhagavān āyuṣmantam śāriputram āmantrayate: saṃanvāhara śāriputra anāthapiṇḍadaṃ gṛhapatim <saparivāraṃ> śrāvastīnivāsinaṃ ca janakāyam iti; adhivāsayaty āyuṣmāṃś chāriputro bhagavatas tūṣṇīṃbhāvena; athāyuṣmāṃś chāriputro bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā bhagavato 'nitkāt prakrānataḥ
Śāriputra leaves for Śrāvastī

athāyuṣmāṃś chāriputras tasyā eva rātrer atyayāt pūrvāhāṇe nivāsya pātracīvaram ādāya rājagṛhaṃ piṇḍāya prāvikṣat; rājagṛhaṃ piṇḍāya caritvā kṛtabhaktakṛtyaḥ paścādbhaktapiṇḍapātapratikrānto yathāparibhuktaṃ śayanāsanaṃ pratiśamayya, samādāya pātracīvaraṃ, yena śrāvastī tena cārikāṃ prakrāntaḥ; athānāthapiṇḍado gṛhapatiḥ prabhūtaṃ śambalam ādāya ekaikarātrinivāsena śrāvastīm anuprāptaḥ sa praviśann eva śrāvastīm ārāmeṇārāmam ( A 412b ) udyānenodyānam upavanenopavanaṃ caṅkramam anucaṅkramyamāṇo suvicarann evam āha: kataraḥ sa pṛthivīpradeśo bhaviṣyati śrāvastyā nātidūre nātyāsanne divā alpākīrṇo 'lpavilāpo rātrāv alpaśabdo 'lpanirghoṣaḥ alpadaṃśamaśakavātātapasarīsṛpasaṃsparśaḥ, yatrāhaṃ bhagavato 'rthāya vihāraṃ māpayiṣyāmīti; adrākṣīd anāthapiṇḍado gṛhapatir jetasya kumarasyārāmaṃ śrāvastyā nātidūre nātyāsanne divā alpākirṇam alpavilāpaṃ rātrāv alpaśabdam alpanirghoṣam alpadaṃśamaśakavātātapasarīsṛpasparśam; dṛṣṭvā ca punar asyaitad abhavat: atrāhaṃ bhagavato 'rthāya vihāraṃ māpayiṣyāmīti; sa praviṣann eva svaṃ niveśanaṃ yena jetaḥ kumāras tenopasaṅkrāntaḥ; upasaṅkramya jetaṃ kumāram idam avocat: anuprayaccha me kumāra ārāmam; ( SBV I 172 ) ahaṃ tatra bhagavato 'rthāya vihāraṃ kārayāmi iti; sa kathayati:na me gṛhapate sa ārāmaḥ; kintu udyānaṃ tan memeti; dvir api trir apy anāthapiṇḍado gṛhapatir jetaṃ kumāram idam avocat: anuprayaccha me kumāra ārāmam; ahaṃ tatra bhagavato 'rthāya vihāraṃ māpayāmīti; aparityakto <gṛhapate> me ārāmaḥ koṭisaṃstareṇāpi; punar apy anāthapiṇḍado gṛhapatir jetaṃ kumāram idam avocat: kṛtārgho 'si kumāra ārāmasya; pratīccha hiraṇyasuvarṇam; mamārāmaḥ; kaḥ kṛtārghaḥ? tvaṃ kṛtārghaḥ; tau kṛtārgho na kṛtārgha iti vivādam āpannau, yena vyāvahārikapuruṣās tena saṃprasthitāḥ; atrāntare caturṇāṃ lokapālānām etad abhavat: ayam anāthapiṇḍado gṛhapatir udyukto bhagavato 'rthāya vihāraṃ māpayitum; sāhāyyam asyānuṣṭheyam iti; tato vyāvahārikapuruṣam ātmānam abhinirmāya arthādhikaraṇe niṣaṇṇāḥ; anāthapiṇḍado gṛhapatir jetaś ca kumāro vyāvahārikasakāśam upasaṅkrāntau; athānāthapiṇḍako gṛhapatir vyāvahārikapuruṣāṇām etam arthaṃ vistareṇa nivedayati; te kathayanti: kṛtārgho 'si kumāra ārāmasya: pratīccha suvarṇam: gṛhapater ārāma iti; sa tūṣṇīm avasthitaḥ; anāthapiṇḍado gṛhapatiḥ śakatair bhāraiḥ mūṭaiḥ piṭakair uṣṭrair gobhir gardbhaiḥ prabhūtaṃ suvarṇam abhinirhṛtya, sarvaṃ jetavanaṃ saṃstartum ārabdhaḥ; na parisamāpyate; tiṣṭhate evānāstīrṇaḥ kaścit pṛthivīpradeśaḥ; tataḥ anāthapiṇḍado gṛhapatir etam arthaṃ cintayan muhūrtasṃ tūṣṇīm asthāt: katarat tan nidhānaṃ bhaviṣyati? nātistokaṃ, nātiprabhūtaṃ yena ayam anāstīrṇaḥ pṛthivīpradeśaḥ āstariṣyati; na ca punar gopayitavyo bhaviṣyatīti; jetaḥ kumāraḥ saṃlakṣayati: nūnam anāthapiṇḍadsya gṛhapater vipratisāraḥ, kasmād ārāmakāraṇād iyantaṃ mahāntaṃ dhanaskandhaṃ parityajāmi; iti viditvā anāthapiṇḍadaṃ gṛhapatim idam avocat: sacet te ha gṛhapate vipratisāraḥ pratīccha suvarṇam; mamaivārāmaḥ; na me kumāra vipratisāraḥ; api tv aham etam evārtham anucintayan muhūrtaṃ tūṣṇīm avasthitaḥ; katarat tan nidhānaṃ bhaviṣyati? nātistokaṃ nātiprabhūtaṃ, yenāyam anāstīrṇaḥ pṛthivīpradeśaḥ āstariṣyati; na ca prnar gopayitavyo bhaviṣyatīti; atha jetasya kumārasya etad abhavat:na batāvaro ( A 413a ) buddho bhaviṣyati; nāvaraṃ dharmākhyānam; yatredānīm ayaṃ gṛhapatir ārāmakāraṇād iyantaṃ ( SBV I 173 ) mahāntaṃ dhanaskandhaṃ parityajati; iti viditvā anāthapiṇḍadaṃ gṛhapatim idam avocat: anuprayaccha me gṛhapate anāstīrṇaṃ pṛthivīpradeśam; atrāhaṃ bhagavato 'rthāya dvārakoṣṭhakaṃ māpayāmi; anāthapiṇḍado gṛhapatir jetasya kumārasya anāstīrṇaṃ pṛthivīpradeśam anuprayacchati: yatra jetaḥ kumāro bhagavato 'rthāya dvārakoṣṭhakaṃ māpayati
Obstruction by the Tīrthyas

athānāthapiṇḍado gṛhapatir bhagavato 'rthāya vihāraṃ māpayitum ārabdha iti tīvradveṣaparyākulīkṛtamanasas tīrthyās te saṃbhūya yenānāthapiṇḍado gṛhapatis tenopasaṅkrāntāḥ; upasaṅkramya kathayanti: mā tvaṃ gṛhapate śramaṇasya gautamasya arthāyātra vihāraṃ kāraya; kiṃ kāraṇam? asmābhir nagarāṇi bhājitāni; śramaṇasya gautamasya rājagṛham; asmākaṃ śrāvastī; sa kathayati: bhājitāni yuṣmābhir nagarāṇi, na tu madīyaṃ svāpateyam; yasyābhipretaṃ tasya dharmaskandhaṃ kārayāmīti; te rājñaḥ sakāśaṃ gatāḥ; tatrāpy anāthapiṇḍadena parājitāḥ; dhvāṅkṣās tīrthyā avikṛtavadanāḥ kathayanti: gṛhapate na te kāmakāram anuprayacchāmaḥ; śramaṇasya gautamasyāgraśrāvakaḥ āgataḥ; ca yady asmān vādena parājayate kāraya vihāram iti; sa kathayati: obnanam; āryaśāriputraṃ tāvad avalokayāmīti; athānāthapiṇḍado gṛhapatir yenāyuṣmān śāriputraḥ tenopasaṅkrāntaḥ; upasaṅkramyāyuṣmataḥ śāriputrasya pādau śirasā vanditvā ekānte niṣaṇṇaḥ; ekāntaniṣaṇṇo 'nāthapiṇḍado gṛhapatir āyuṣmantaṃ śāriputram idam avocat: tīrthyā bhadante śāriputra evam āhuḥ: gṛhapate na te kāmakāram anuprayacchāmaḥ; śramaṇasya gautamasya agraśrāvaka āgataḥ; sa yady asmān vādena parājayate, kāraya vihāram iti; katham atra pratipattavyam iti; āyuṣmān śāriputraḥ saṃlakṣayati: kim eṣāṃ santi kānicit kuśalamūlāni uta na santīti; paśyati, santi; kasyāntike pratibaddhāni; mamaiva; punaḥ saṃlakṣayati: kim etāvanta eva mama pratibaddhā vineyā āhosvid anye 'pi vādena vineyāḥ santīti; paśyati, santi; kiyaccireṇa sannipatiṣyanti; paśyati, saptāhasyātyayād iti; samanvāhṛtya kathayati: gṛhapate evaṃ bhavatu; kiṃ tu saptame divase; tato 'nāthapiṇḍado gṛhapatiḥ prītiprāmodyajāto yena tīrthyās tena upasaṅkrāntah; upasaṅkramya ( SBV I 174 ) tīrthyān idam avocat: bhadanta āryaśāriputraḥ kathayati: śobhanam, evaṃ bhavatu; kiṃ tu spatame divase iti; te saṃlakṣayanti; dvābhyām atra kāraṇābhyāṃ bhavitavyam; athavāsau niṣpalāyitukāmaḥ; athavā pakṣaṃ samanveṣṭukāmaḥ; kim atra prāptakālaṃ; vayam api pakṣaṃ samanveṣāmaha iti; te pakṣaṃ samanveṣṭum ārabdhāḥ; taiḥ pakṣaṃ samanveṣamānai raktākṣo nāma parivrājako dṛṣṭaḥ; sa tair uktaḥ: tvam asmākaṃ sabrahmacārī; śramaṇasya gautamasyāgraśrāvako 'smābhir vādenāhūtaḥ; ( A 413b ) sa pakṣaṃ samanveṣate; tvam asmākaṃ sāhāyyaṃ kalpaya; kiyatā kālena? itaḥ saptame divase; śobhanam, evaṃ bhavatu; yadā yuṣmākaṃ sannipāto bhavati tadā mamārocayitavyam; tīrthyāḥ śaṅkitodvignamanaso divasānudivasaṃ pakṣaṃ samanveṣayante; divasāṃś ca gaṇayanti
The Tīrthyas and Śāriputra contest
yāvat saptame divase anāthapiṇḍadena gṛhapatinā vistīrṇāvakāśe pṛthivīpradeśe āsanaprajñaptiḥ kāritā; āyuṣmataś ca śāriputrasyārthāya siṃhāsanaṃ prajñaptam; nānādeśanivāsinas tīrthyāḥ sannipatitāḥ; śrāvastīnivāsī janakāyaḥ anekāni ca tatsāmantanivāsīni prāṇiśatasahasrāṇi, kānicir kutūhalajātāni, kānicit pūrvakaiḥ kuśalamūlaiḥ saṃcodyamānāni; tata āyuṣmān śāriputro 'nāthapiṇḍadena gṛhapatinā saparivāreṇa saṃpuraskṛto vādimaṇḍalaṃ praviśya vineyajanam abhisamīkṣya smitapūrvaṃ samaśānteryāpathena siṃhāsanam abhiruhya niṣaṇṇaḥ; sarvaiva sā parṣad avahitacetaskā āyuṣmantam śāriputram abhisamīkṣamāṇā niṣaṇṇā
Defeat of the Tīrthyas

tata āyuṣmān śāriputras tīrthyān āmantrayāmāsa: bhavantaḥ kiṃ tāvat kariṣyatha? āhosivd vikariṣyatha? te kathayanti: vayaṃ kurmaḥ; tvāṃ vikuru; āyuṣmān śāriputraḥ saṃlakṣayati: yady ahaṃ kariṣyāmi; sadevako 'pi loko na śakṣyati vikartum; prāg eva raktākṣaḥ parivrājakaḥ; iti viditvā raktākṣaṃ parivrājakam idam avocat: tvaṃ kuru, ahaṃ vikariṣyāmīti; sa indrajāle kṛtāvī; tena supuṣpitaḥ ( SBV I 175 ) sahakārapādapo nirmitaḥ; āyuṣmatā śāriputreṇa tumulo vātavarṣa utsṛṣṭaḥ; yenāsau samūla utpāṭya itaś cāmutaś ca vikīrṇo yogijanānām apy aviṣayībhūtaḥ; tatas tena padminī nirmitā; āyuṣmatā śāriputreṇa kalabhahastī nirmitaḥ; tena sā samantān marditā; tena saptaśīrṣo nāgo nirmitaḥ; āyuṣmatā śāriputreṇa garuḍo nirmitaḥ yenāsāv apahṛtaḥ; tena vetāḍo nirmitaḥ; āyuṣmatā śāriputreṇa mantraiḥ kīlitaḥ; kuprayukto vetādā ātmavadhāya cetayate; sa tasyaivopari pradhāvitaḥ; tato 'sau bhītas trastaḥ saṃvigna āhṛṣṭaromakūpaḥ āyuṣmataḥ śāriputrasya pādayor nipatitaḥ: ārya śāriputra trāyasva śaraṇāgato 'smīti; tata āyuṣmatā śāriputreṇa mantrā utkīlitāḥ; sa vetāḍo vyupaśāntaḥ; tasyāyuṣmatā śāriputreṇa dharmo deśitaḥ; sa prasādajātaḥ kathayati: labheyāham āryaśāriputra svākhyāte dharmavinaye pravrajyām upasaṃpadaṃ bhikṣubhāvam; careyam aham āryaśāriputrasyāntike brahmacaryam iti; āyuṣmatā śāriputreṇa sa pravrājitaḥ upasaṃpāditaḥ; avavādo dattaḥ; tenodyacchamena ghaṭamānena vyāyacchamānena sarvakleśaprahāṇād arhatvaṃ sākṣākṛtam; arhan saṃvṛttaḥ; traidhātukavītarāgaḥ samaloṣṭakāñcana ākāśapāṇitalasamacitto vāsīcandanakalpo vidyāvidāritāṇḍakośo ( A 414a ) vidyābhijñāpratisaṃvitprāpto bhavalābhalobhaparāṅmukhaḥ, sendropendrāṇāṃ devānāṃ pūjyo mānyo 'bhivādyaś ca saṃvṛttaḥ; tataḥ sā parṣad vismayotphullalocanā saṃvṛttā; āyuṣmati śāriputre 'bhiprasannā kathayati: mahān āryaśāriputreṇa vādivṛṣabho nigṛhītaḥ; iti viditvā ayuṣmataḥ śāriputrasya mukhe 'valokikāḥ saṃvṛttāḥ; tata āyuṣmatā śāriputreṇa tasyāḥ parṣadaḥ āśayānuśayaṃ dhātuṃ prakṛtiṃ ca jñātvā tādṛśī caturāryasatyasaṃprativedhikī dharmadeśanā kṛtā; yāṃ śrutvā anekaiḥ satvasahasraiḥ mahān viśeṣa āgataḥ; kaiścic chrāvakabodhau cittāny utpāditāni; kaiścit pratyekāyāṃ bodhau; kaiśid anuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau; kaiścic charaṇagamanaśikṣāpadāni gṛhītāni; kaiścit srotaāpattiphalaṃ sākṣātkṛtam; kaiścit sakṛdāgāmiphalam; kaiścid anāgāmiphalam; kaiścit pravrajya sarvakleśasaṃprahāṇād arhatvaṃ sākṣātkṛtam; yadbhūyasā sā parṣad buddhanimnā, dharmapravaṇā, saṅghaprāgbhārā, ( SBV I 176 ) vyavasthāpitā; tīrthyāḥ saṃlakṣayanti: na śakyam asmābhir ayaṃ vāde nigrahītum; upāyasaṃvidhānaṃ kartavyam; atraiva bhṛtikayā karma kurmaḥ; tataś chidraṃ labdhvā baiṣkeṇainaṃ praghātayāma iti; te sarve saṃbhūya anāthapiṇḍadasya gṛhapateḥ sakāśaṃ gatvā kathayanti: gṛhapate tvayāsmākaṃ sarvāṇi vṛttipadāni samucchinnāni; tad anukampāṃ kuru; tvadīyavihāre bhṛtikayā karma kurmaḥ; ciraṃ vayam atra avasthitāḥ; mā deśaparityāgaṃ kurma iti; anāthapiṇḍadaḥ kathayati: āryaśāriputraṃ tāvad avalokayāmi; sa yenāyuṣmān śāriputras tenopasaṅkrāntaḥ; upasaṅkramyāyuṣmantaṃ śāriputram idam avocat: <ārya>, tīrthyāḥ kathayanti, asmākaṃ tvayā sarvāṇi vṛttipadāni samucchinnāni; tad anukampāṃ kuru; tvadīye vihāre bhṛtikayā karma kurmaḥ; ciraṃ vayam atrāvasthitāḥ; mā deśaparityāgaṃ kurma iti; āyuṣmāṃś chāriputraḥ samanvāhartuṃ pravṛttaḥ: kiṃ teṣāṃ santi kānicit kuśalamūlāni āhosvin na santi iti; paśyati, santi; kasyāntike pratibaddhāni; mamaiveti; samanvāhṛtya kathayati: gṛhapate evaṃ bhavatu, ko 'tra virodha iti; te tasmin vihāre bhṛtikayā karma kartum ārabdhāḥ; āyuṣmatā śāriputreṇa latāvārikaḥ puruṣo raudro nirmitaḥ; sa tat karma kārayitum ārabdhaḥ; āyuṣmān śāriputraḥ teṣāṃ vinayakālaṃ jñātvā tatsamīpe vṛkṣamūlasyādhastāc caṅkramyamāṇas tiṣṭhati; sa tair
dṛṣṭaḥ; te saṃlakṣayanti, ayam asya kāla praghātayituṃ pravivikte tiṣṭhatīti; te tasya sakāśaṃ upasaṅkramya parivārya avasthitāḥ; āyuṣmān śāriputraḥ saṃlakṣayati: kīdṛśena cittena ete matsakāśam upasaṅkrāntā iti; yāvat paśyati vadhakacittena; tenāsau latāvāriko nirmita utsṛṣṭaḥ; tena te 'bhidrutā gacchata karma kuruteti; te kathayanti: ārya śāriputra paritrāyasva; sa kathayati: āyuṣman gaccha; viśrāmyantu tāvad iti; te saṃlakṣayanti: īdṛśo 'sty ayaṃ mahātmā; vayam asya vadhakacittāḥ; eṣo 'smākaṃ maitracittaḥ iti viditvā abhiprasannāḥ; tata āyuṣmatā ( SBV I 177 ) śāriputreṇa teṣām āśayānuśayaṃ dhātuṃ prakṛtiṃ ca jñātvā tādṛśī caturāryasatyasaṃprativedhikī dharmadeśanā kṛtā ( A 414b ) yāṃ śrutvā viṃśatiśikharasamudgataṃ satkāyadṛṣṭiśailaṃ jñānavajreṇa bhitvā srotaāpattiphalaṃ sākṣātkṛtaṃ
Conversion of the Tīrthyas
te dṛṣṭasatyāḥ kathayanti: labhemahi vayaṃ śāriputra svākhyāte dharmavinaye pravrajyām upasaṃpadaṃ bhikṣubhāvam; carema vayaṃ bhadantaśāriputrasyāntike brahmacaryam iti; te āyuṣmatā śāriputreṇa pravrājitā upasaṃpāditāḥ; avavādo dattaḥ; tair yujyamānair, ghaṭamānair, vyāyacchamānair idam eva pañcagaṇḍakaṃ saṃsāracakraṃ calācalaṃ viditvā sarvasaṃskāragatīḥ śatanapatanavikiraṇavidhvaṃsanadharmatayā parāhatya sarvakleśaparahāṇād arhatvaṃ sākṣātkṛtam ity arhantaḥ saṃvṛttāḥ; traidhātukavītarāgāḥ samaloṣṭakāñcanā ākāśapāṇitalasamacittā vāsīcandanakalpā vidyāvidāritāṇḍakośā vidyābhijñāpratisaṃvitprāptā bhavalābhalobhasatkāraparāṅmukhāḥ sendropendrāṇāṃ devānāṃ pūjyā mānyā abhivādyāś ca saṃvṛttāḥ
Construction of Vihāras

tatra āyuṣmatā śariputreṇa vihārasūtram ekānte gṛhītam; anāthapiṇḍadenāpi gṛhapatinā ekānte gṛhītam; āyuṣmān śāriputraḥ smitaṃ prāviṣkartum ārabdhaḥ; anāthapiṇḍado gṛhapatiḥ kathayati: nāhetvapratyayam āryaśāriputra tathāgatā vā tathāgataśrāvakā vā smitaṃ prāviṣkurvanti; kaḥ āryaśāriputra hetuḥ? kaḥ pratyayaḥ smitasya prāviṣkaraṇāya? evam etad gṛhapate, evam etat; nāhetvapratyayaṃ tathāgatā vā tathāgataśrāvakā vā smitaṃ prāviṣkurvanti; tvayā ceha sūtraṃ gṛhītam; tuṣite devanikāye sauvarṇaṃ bhavanam abhinirvṛttam; tato 'nāthapiṇḍado gṛhapatir vismayotphullalocanaḥ kathayati: āryaśāriputra yady evaṃ, tena hi punaḥ sūtraṃ prasāraya bhūyasyā mātrayā; cittam abhiprasādayāmīti; āyuṣmatā śāriputreṇa tat sūtram gṛhītam; anāthapiṇḍadena gṛhapatinā bhūyasyā mātrayā tīvreṇa prasādavagena cittam abhiprasāditam; yena prasādajātena samanantaram eva tat sauvarṇaṃ bhavanaṃ catūratnamayaṃ saṃvṛttam; āyuṣmatā cāsya śāriputreṇa niveditam; tato 'nāthapiṇḍadena gṛhapatinā uttarottarapravṛddhapuṇyasantatinā ( SBV I 178 ) ṣoḍaśamahallikā vihārā māpitāḥ; ṣaṣṭiś ca kuṭikāvastūni; ṣoḍaśamahallikān vihārān māpayitvā ṣaṣṭiṃ ca kuṭikāvastūni sarvopakaraṇaiḥ pūrayitvā yenāyuṣmān śāriputras tenopasaṅkrāntaḥ; upasaṅkramyāyuṣmantaṃ śāriputram idam avocat: kiyatpramāṇair āryaśāriputra prayāṇakair bhagavān adhvānaṃ gacchati; tadyathā gṛhapate rājā cakravartī; kiyatpramāṇai rājā cakravartī; daśakrośakair gṛhapate rājā cakravartī prayāṇakair adhvānaṃ gacchati; tato 'nāthapiṇḍadena gṛhapatinā yāvac ca śrāvastī yāvac ca rājagṛham atrāntarād vāsakān parisaṅkhyāya parikramaṇakā māpitāḥ; dānaśalā kāritā; kālārocakaḥ puruṣaḥ sthāpitaḥ; chatradhvajapatākāśobhitāś candanavāripariṣiktāḥ surabhidhūpaghaṭikopanibaddhās toraṇāḥ kāritāḥ; kālikāni yāmikāni ca bhaiṣajyāny upasthāpitāni
Messenger to the Buddha
tataḥ saṃbhṛtasaṃbhāro 'nyatamaṃ puruṣam āmantrayate: ehi tvaṃ bhoḥ puruṣa; yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṅkrāma; upasaṅkramyāsmākaṃ vacanena bhagavataḥ pādau vanditvā alpābādhatāṃ ca pṛccha alpātaṅkatāṃ ca, laghūtthānatāṃ ca yātrāṃ ca, balaṃ ca, sukhaṃ ca anavadyatāṃ ( A 415a ) ca, sparśavihārataṃ ca; evaṃ ca vada, āgacchatu bhagavān śrāvastīm; ahaṃ bhagavantam upasthāsyāmi yāvajjīvaṃ cīvarapiṇḍapātaśayanāsanaglānapratyayabhaiṣajyapariṣkāraiḥ sārdhaṃ bhikṣusaṅghena <iti>; evam ārya iti sa puruṣo 'nāthapiṇḍadasya gṛhapateḥ pratiśrutya yena rājagṛhaṃ tena samprasthitaṃ; anupūrveṇa rājagṛham anuprāptaḥ; tato mārgaśramaṃ prativinodya yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṅkrāntaḥ; upasaṅkramya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā ekānte 'sthāt; ekāntasthitaḥ sa puruṣo bhagavantam idam avocat: anāthapiṇḍado bhadanta gṛhapatir bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vandate; pūrvavad yāvat sparśavihāratāṃ ca; sukhī bhavatu bhoḥ puruṣa anāthapiṇḍado gṛhapatis tvaṃ ca; anāthapiṇḍado bhadanta gṛhapatir evam āha: āgacchatu bhagavān śrāvastīm; ahaṃ bhagavantam upasthāsyāmi yāvajjīvaṃ cīvarapiṇḍapātaśayanāsanaglānapratyayabhaiṣajyapariṣkāraiḥ sārdhaṃ bhikṣusaṅgheneti; adhivāsayati ( SBV I 179 ) bhagavāṃs tasya puruṣasya tūṣṇīṃbhāvena; atha sa puruṣo bhagavatas tūṣṇīṃbhāvenādhivāsanāṃ viditvā bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā bhagavato 'ntikāt prakrāntaḥ
The Buddha arrives at Śrāvastī
tato bhagavān dānto dāntaparivāraḥ, śānto śāntaparivāraḥ, mukto muktaparivāraḥ, āśvasta āśvastaparivāraḥ, vinīto vinītaparivāraḥ, arhann arhatparivāraḥ, vītarāgo vītarāgaparivāraḥ, prāsādikaḥ prāsādikaparivāraḥ, ṛṣabha iva gogaṇaparivṛtaḥ, gaja iva kalabhaparivṛtaḥ, siṃha iva daṃṣṭrigaṇaparivṛtaḥ, haṃsa iva haṃsagaṇaparivṛtaḥ, suparṇīva pakṣigaṇaparivṛto, vipra iva śiṣyagaṇaparivṛtaḥ, suvaidya ivāturagaṇaparivṛtaḥ, śūra iva yodhagaṇaparivṛto, daiśika ivādhva gagaṇaparivṛtaḥ, sārthavāha iva vaṇiggaṇaparivṛtaḥ, śreṣṭhīva parijanaparivṛtaḥ, koṭṭarāja iva mantrigaṇaparivṛtaḥ, cakravartīva putrasahasraparivṛtaḥ, candra iva nakṣatragaṇaparivṛtaḥ, sūrya iva raśmisahasraparivṛtaḥ, dhṛtarāṣṭra iva gandharvagaṇaparivṛtaḥ, virūḍhaka iva kumbhāṇḍagaṇaparivṛtaḥ, virūpakṣa iva nāgagaṇaparivṛtaḥ, dhanada iva yakṣagaṇaparivātaḥ, vemacitrīva asuragaṇaparivṛtaḥ, śakra iva tridaśagaṇaparivṛtaḥ, brahmeva brahmakāyikaparivṛtaḥ, stimita iva jalanidhiḥ, sajala iva jaladharaḥ, vimada iva gajapatiḥ, sudāntair indriyair asaṃkṣobhiteryāpathapracāraḥ, dvātriṃśatā mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇaiḥ samalaṅkṛtaḥ, aśītyā cānuvyañjanair virājitagātraḥ, vyāmaprabhālaṅkṛtamūrtiḥ, sūryasahasrātirekaprabhaṃ, jaṅgama iva ratnaparvataḥ, samantatobhadrako, daśabhir balaiś, caturbhir vaiśāradyais, tribhir āveṇikaiḥ smṛtyupasthānair mahākaruṇayā ca samanvāgataḥ, mahatā bhikṣusaṅghena, anāthapiṇḍadena gṛhapatinā śrāvastīnivāsinā ca mahājanakāyena, anekaiś ca devatāśatasahasrair anugamyamānaḥ, ( A 415b ) śrāvastīnagarīm anuprāptaḥ; yadā ca bhagavatā śrāvastīṃ nagarīṃ ( SBV I 180 ) praviśatā sābhisaṃskāraṃ nagarendrakīle dakṣiṇaḥ pādo nyastaḥ tadā ṣaḍvikāraḥ pṛthivīkampo jātaḥ; iyaṃ mahāpṛthivī calati, saṃcalati, saṃpracalati; vyathate, pravyathate, saṃpravyathate; pūrvo digbhāga unnamati; paścimo 'vanamati; paścima unnamati; pūrvo 'vanamati; dakṣina unnamati; uttaro 'vanamati; uttara unnamati; dakṣiṇo 'vanamati; anta unnamati; madhyo 'vanamati; madhya unnamati; anto 'vanamati; sarvaś cāyaṃ loka udāreṇa avabhāsena sphuṭaḥ saṃvṛttaḥ sārdhaṃ lokāntarikābhiḥ; antarīkṣe ca devadundubhayas tāditāḥ; gaganatalasthā devatā <bhagavata> upariṣṭād divyāny utpalāni kṣeptum ārabdhāḥ; padmāni, kumudāni, puṇḍarīkāṇy, agarucūrṇāni, tagarucūrṇāni, candanacūrṇāni, kuṅkumacūrṇāni, tamālapatrāni, divyāni ca māndārakāṇi puṣpāṇi <kṣipanti> cailavikṣepāṃś cākārṣuḥ
Effects felt following Buddha's arrival

bhagavataḥ purapraveśe imāny evaṃvidhāścaryāṇy abhūvan; aparāṇi ca; saṃkṣiptāni viśālībhavanti; nīcāny uccāni bhavanti; uccāni samāni bhavanti; hastinaḥ krauñcanti; aśvā heṣante; ṛṣabhā nardanti; gṛhagatāni vividhāni vāditrabhāṇḍāni svayam nadanti; andhāś cakṣuṃṣi pratilabhante; badhirāḥ śrotram; mūkāḥ pravyāharaṇasamarthā bhavanti; pariśiṣṭendriyavikalā indriyāṇi pratilabhante; madyamadākṣiptā vimadībhavanti; viṣapāyitā nirviṣībhavanti; anyonyavairiṇo maitrīṃ pratilabhante; gurviṇyaḥ svastinā prasūyante; bandhanabaddhā mucyante; adhanā dhanāni prailabhante; imāni cānyāni ca bhagavataḥ purapraveśe adbhutaśatasahasrāṇi prādurbhavanti
The Jetavana
tato bhagavān evaṃvidhena mahatā satkāreṇa śrāvastīṃ praviṣṭaḥ; praviśya purastād bhikṣusaṅghasya prajñapta evāsane niṣaṇṇaḥ; anāthapiṇḍado gṛhapatiḥ suhṛtsaṃbandhibāndhavajanaparivṛtaḥ sauvarṇaṃ ( SBV I 181 ) bhṛṅgāram ādāya vāridhārāṃ pātayitum ārabdhaḥ; sā na prapatati; anāthapiṇḍado gṛhapatir durmanāḥ saṃlakṣayati: mā mayā kānicit sāpakṣālāni karmāṇi kṛtāni syur iti; bhagavān āha: na tvayā gṛhapate kānicit sāpakṣālāṇi karmāṇi kṛtāni; api tv etasmin pradeśe sthitena tvayā pūrvakāṇāṃ samyaksaṃbuddhānām ayam eva pradeśo niryātitaḥ; anyasmin pradeśe sthitvā <pātaya; tenānyasmin pradeśe sthitvā> pātitā; bhagavān pañcāṅgopetena svareṇa svayam eva jetavanam udghoṣayati; udghoṣyamāṇe jetavane jetaḥ kumāraḥ saṃlakṣayati: aho bata bhagavān mamāpi tatprathamato nāmodgrahaṇaṃ kuryād iti; bhagavatā jetasya kumārasya cetasā cittam ājñāya tatprathamato nāmodgrahanaṃ kṛtam: idaṃ bhikṣavo jetavanam anāthapiṇḍadadasyārāmaḥ; iti śrutvā jetaḥ kumāro 'tīva prasannaḥ mama bhagavatā tatprathamato nāmodgrahaṇaṃ kṛtam iti; tatprītiprāmodyajātena tad dravyajātaṃ bhagavato 'rthāya catūratnamayaṃ dvārakoṣṭhakaṃ kāritam; tathā saṅgītikārair api sthavirais sūtrānta upanibaddham: ( A 416a ) bhagavān śrāvastyāṃ viharati jetavane 'nāthapiṇḍadasyārāme iti
King Prasenajit meets the Buddha
aśrauṣīd rājā prasenajit kauśalaḥ śramaṇo gautamaḥ kauśaleṣu janapadeṣu cārikāṃ caran śrāvastīm anuprāptaḥ; śravastyāṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍadasyārāme; sa khalu bhagavān gautamo 'nuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbuddho 'smīty ātmānaṃ pratijānīta iti; śrutvā ca punar yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṅkrāntaḥ; upasaṅkramya bhagavatā sārdhaṃ saṃmukhaṃ saṃmodanīṃ saṃrañjanīṃ vividhāṃ kathāṃ vyatisārya ekānte niṣaṇṇaḥ; ekāntaniṣaṇṇo rājā prasenajit kauśalo bhagavantam idam avocat: śrutaṃ me bho gautama bhavān gautamo 'nuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbuddho 'smīty ātmānaṃ pratijānīta iti; ye te bho gautama evam āhuḥ kaccit te evaṃ vyākurvāṇā, no ca bhavantaṃ gautamam abhyācakṣate, nātisaranti; uktavādināś ca te bhavato gautamasya <dharmavādinaś ca dharmasya> cānudharmaṃ vyākurvanti? na ca teṣāṃ kaścid āgacchet parataḥ sahadharmeṇa vādānuvādaṃ garhāsthānīyo dharmaḥ; ye te mahārāja evam ( SBV I 182 ) āhus tathyata evaṃ vyākurvāṇā no ca mām abhyācakṣate, nātisaranti; uktavādinaś ca te dharmavādinaś ca dharmasya cānudharmaṃ vyākurvanti; na ca teṣāṃ kaścid āgacchet parataḥ sahadharmeṇa vādānuvādaṃ garhāsthānīyo dharmaḥ; tat kasya hetor? aham asmi mahārāja anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbuddhaḥ; kiṃ cāpi bhavān gautama evam āha; api tu nāhaṃ bhavato gautamasya śraddhādeyo gacchāmi; tat kasya hetor? ye tāvad ime, bho gautama, vṛddhavṛddhāḥ, śramaṇabrāhmaṇāḥ, tadyathā pūraṇaḥ kāśyapo, maskarī gośalīputraḥ, sañjayī vairaḍīputraḥ, ajitaḥ keśakambalaḥ, kakudaḥ kātyayano, nirgrantho jñātiputraḥ, te tāvan nānuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbuddhā sma ity ātmānaṃ pratijānate? kutaḥ punar bhavān gautamo dahraś ca jātyā, navakāś ca pravrajyayā?
The four small ones
bhagavān āha: catvāra ime mahārāja dahrā nāvamantavyāḥ; na paribhavitavyāḥ; katame catvāraḥ? kṣatriyo, mahārāja, dahro nāvamantavyaḥ, <dahro> na paribhavitavyaḥ; uraga, mahārāja, dahro nāvamantavyaḥ, dahro na paribhavitavyaḥ; agnir, mahārāja, stoko nāvamantavyaḥ, stoko na paribhavitavyaḥ; bhikṣur, mahārāja, dahro nāvamantavyaḥ, dahro na paribhavitavyaḥ; tat kasya hetor? dharaś cāpi bhikṣur bhavati arhan mahardhiko; mahānubhāvaḥ; idam avocat bhagavān; idam uktvā sugato by athāparam etad uvāca śāstā:
kṣatriyaṃ vyañjanopetam abhijātaṃ yaśasvinam /
dahraṃ taṃ nāvajānīyān nainaṃ paribhaved budhaḥ //
sthānaṃ hi rajyate rājan yad rājyaṃ prāpya kovidaḥ /
kṣatriyo daṇḍam ādadhyāt tasmāt taṃ praṇamet bhṛśam //
tasmāt taṃ nāvajānīyād rakṣan jīvitam ātmanaḥ /
samyak cainaṃ pariharet saṃpaśyann artham ātmanaḥ //
grāme vā yadi vāraṇye yatra paśyed bhujaṅgamam / ( SBV I 183 )
dahraṃ taṃ nāvajānīyān nainaṃ paribhaved budhaḥ //
uccāvaceṣu varṇeṣu nāgaś carati haiṣiṇām /
āsādya bālān dahati narān nārīś ca naikaśaḥ //
tasmāt taṃ nāvajānīyād rakṣan jīvitam ātmanaḥ /
samyak cainaṃ pariharet saṃpaśyann artham ātmanaḥ //

prabhūtapakṣo jvalanaḥ kṛṣṇavartmā hutāśanaḥ /
stokaṃ taṃ nāvajānīyān ( A 416b ) nainaṃ paribhaved budhaḥ //
stokaṃ bhūtvā bahur bhavaty upādānena pāvakaḥ /
tejasā dahati kṣipraṃ grāmāṃś ca nagarāṇi ca //
tasmāt taṃ nāvajānīyād rakṣan jīvitam ātmanaḥ /
samyak cainaṃ pariharet saṃpaśyann artham ātmanaḥ //
yam agnir dahate dāvaṃ grāmāṃś ca nagarāṇi ca /
jāyante pallavās tatra ahorātrānvayāḥ kvacit //
yas tarhi śīlasaṃpannaṃ bhikṣum āsādya dahyate /
na tasya putrā pautrā vā dāyādaṃ na sa vindati //
na cirāt tālamastakavad uddāyādā bhavanti te /
tasmāt taṃ nāvajānīyād rakṣan jīvitam ātmanaḥ //
samyak cainaṃ pariharet saṃpaśyann artham ātmanaḥ /
kṣatriyaṃ vyañjanopetam uragaṃ pāvakaṃ tatha //
bhikṣuṃ ca śīlasaṃpannaṃ nainān paribhaved budhaḥ //
tasmāt tān nāvajānīyād rakṣan jīvitam ātmanaḥ /
samyak cainān pariharet saṃpaśyann artham ātmanaḥ //
atha rājā prasenajit kauśalo bhagavato bhāṣitam abhinandya anumodya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā bhagavato 'ntikāt prakrāntaḥ
Udāyin brings messages from Śuddhodana and his own conversion
tatra buddho bhagavān śrāvastyāṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍadasyārāme; rājñā prasenajitā kauśalena rājñaḥ śuddhodanasya ( SBV I 184 ) lekho 'nupreṣitaḥ: deva diṣṭyā vardhasva; putreṇa te amṛtam adhigatam; amṛtena jagat santarpayati iti; śrutvā rājñā śuddhodanena dūto 'nupreṣitaḥ; sa tatraiva pravrajitaḥ; dvitīyo dūto 'nupreṣitaḥ; so 'pi tatraiva pravrajitaḥ; svākhyātatvād dharmavinayasya yaṃ yaṃ dūtam anupreṣayati, sa tatraiva pravrajati; rājā kare kapolaṃ datvā cintāparo vyavasthitaḥ: yaṃ yam eva dūtaṃ preṣayāmi sa tatraiva pravrajati svākhyātatvād dharmavinayasya;
udāyinā dṛṣṭa uktaś ca: deva kasyārthe tvaṃ kare kapolaṃ datvā cintāparas tiṣṭhasīti; sa kathayati: udāyin katham ahaṃ na cintāparo bhavāmi? yadā sarvārthasiddhaḥ kumāro duṣkarāṇi carati tadāhaṃ vṛttāntavāhakān puruṣān preṣayāmi; te samāgatyārocayanti; anena cānena <ca> vihāreṇa sarvārthasiddhaḥ kumāro viharatīti; idānīm ahaṃ vṛttāntavāhakān puruṣān preṣayāmi na kaścid vṛttāntaṃ gṛhītvā āgacchati; udāyī kathayati: deva ahaṃ gacchāmi; vṛttāntaṃ gṛhītvā āgamiṣyāmīti; rājā śuddhodanaḥ kathayati: udāyin yo gacchati <sa> śāsanasaṃpattiṃ dṛṣṭvā tatraiva tiṣṭhati; sthānam etad vidyate yat tvam api tatraiva gatvā sthāsyasīti; udāyī kathayati, deva āgamiṣyāmīti; tato rajñā śuddhodanena svayam eva lekho likhitaḥ:
garbhāt prabhṛty upādāya bhavān saṃvardhito mayā /
kleśāgnisaṃprataptena jinavṛkṣaḥ praropitaḥ //
tasya te 'dya vivṛddhasya śiṣyaśākhāpraśākhinaḥ /
anye sukhena modante vayaṃ duḥkhasya bhāginaḥ //
yenāsi vṛkṣaka ivāṅkuramātrapakṣaḥ
saṃvardhito śiśur apatyam idaṃ mameti /
prāpte tanūja viṣayasya phalopabhoge
tasmin guṇair aphalato na tavāsti dainyam //
yadāsi prathamaṃ jāta pratijñātaṃ tadā tvayā /
kṛtvā svakāryaṃ sumahat kariṣye jñātyanugraham // ( SBV I 185 )
tat te 'vāptaṃ padaṃ ( A 417a ) śāntaṃ kuruṣvāgamane matim /
anukampām upādāya mama jñātigaṇasya ca //
udāyī lekhaṃ gṛhītvā saptame divase śrāvastīm anuprāptaḥ; mārgaśramaṃ prativinodya bhagavatsakāśaṃ upasaṅkrāntaḥ; upasaṅkramya lekham upanāmayati: bhagavan rājñā śuddhodanena lekho 'nupreṣita iti; bhagavatā svayam eva gṛhītvā vācitaḥ; vācayitvā lekha ekānte sthāpitaḥ; udāyī kathayati: kiṃ bhagavān gamiṣyati kapilavastv iti; bhagavān kathayati; gamiṣyāmy udāyinn iti; udāyī bhagavataḥ pūrvam atīva kṛtapraṇayaḥ; sa tenaiva pūrvakeṇa praṇayena kathayati: yadi bhavān na gamiṣyati, ahaṃ balān neṣyāmīti; atha bhagavān asyām utpattau gāthā bhāṣate:
yasya jālinī viṣaktikā tṛṣṇā na kvacid asti netrikā /
taṃ buddham anantagocaram apadaṃ kena padena neṣyasi //
yasya jālinī viṣaktikā tṛṣṇā na kvacid asti netrikā /
taṃ buddham anantagocaram apadaṃ kena padena neṣyasi //
yasya jitaṃ nopacīyate jitam asya nānveti kathaṃcid eva /
taṃ buddham anantagocaram apadaṃ kena padena neṣyasi //

yasya jitaṃ nopacīyate jitam asya nānveti kathaṃcid eva /
taṃ buddham anantagocaram apadaṃ kena padena neṣyasi //
sa uttare pratibhānam alabhamānaḥ kathayati: bhagavan gacchāmi; rājñaḥ śuddhodanasya kathayāmīti; udāyinn evaṃvidhā buddhadūtā bhavanti; udāyī kathayati, bhagavan kīdṛśā bhavanti; pravrajitāḥ; tvam api pravrajeti; bhagavan mayā rājñaḥ śuddhodanasya pratijñātam āgamiṣyāmīti; bhagavān āha: udāyin yathāpratijñātaṃ kuru; pravrajitvā gaccha; tathā hi bhagavatā bodhisatvabhūtena mātāpitror ācāryopādhyāyānāṃ gurūṇāṃ gurusthānīyānāṃ ca dharmyā ājñā na kadācit prativyūḍhapūrvā; udāyī kathayati: bhagavan yady evaṃ pravrajāmīti
Udāyin made a monk
tatra bhagavān āyuṣmantaṃ śāriputram āmantrayate: pravrājaya śāriputra udāyinam; tadāsya bhaviṣyati dīrgharātram arthāya hitāya ( SBV I 186 ) sukhāyeti; evaṃ bhadanta ity āyuṣmān śāriputro bhagavataḥ pratiśrutya udāyinaṃ pravrājitaḥ upasaṃpāditaṃ; vistareṇa cāsya āsamudācārikam ārocitam idaṃ te karaṇīyam iti; adyāgreṇa te udāyin mātṛgrāmeṇa sārdham ekāgāre śayyā na kalpayitavyeti; evaṃ bhadantety udāyī āyuṣmataḥ śāriputrasya pādau śirasā vanditvā prakrāntaḥ; yena bhagavāṃs tena upasaṅkrāntaḥ; upasaṅkramya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā bhagavantam idam avocat: bhagavan kapilavastu gamiṣyāmīti
Instructions to Udāyin
bhagavān āha: udāyin gaccha; na te sahasaiva rājakulaṃ praveṣṭavyam; dvāre sthitvā vaktavyam, śākyabhikṣur āgata iti; yadi kathayanti praviśeti, praveṣṭavyam; praviṣṭasya yadi kathayanti, santy anye 'pi śākyabhikṣava iti, vaktavyaṃ santīti; yadi kathayanti sarvārthasiddhasyāpi kumārasya evaṃvidha eva veṣa iti, vaktavyam evaṃvidha eveti; na ca te rājakule vastavyam; yadi kathayanti sarvārthasiddhaḥ kumāro rājakule vāsaṃ na kalpayatīti; vaktavyaḥ, na kalpayatīti; yadi pṛcchanti kutra vāsaṃ kalpayatīti, vaktavyam araṇye vihāre vā; yadi pṛcchanti ka evaṃvidho vihāra iti, jetavanākāreṇa likhitvā darśayitavyam; yadi pṛcchanti, āgamiṣyati sarvārthasiddhaḥ kumāra iti, vaktavyam ( A 417b ) āgamiṣyati; kiyaccireṇa? saptāhasyātyayad iti
Udāyin returns
sa kathayati: bhagavan gacchāmīti; bhagavān āha: gaccheti; vacasā mahīpatīnāṃ samṛddhyati, cittena devānāṃ, cittotpādena tathā samṛddhyati dhyāyināṃ sarvam iti, sa bhagavatā tathādhiṣṭhito yathāyuṣmān udāyī tatkṣaṇād eva kapilavastu nagaraṃ gataḥ; āyuṣmata udāyinaḥ bhagavato 'ntike tīvraḥ prasādo jātaḥ; sa rājakuladvāre sthitvā kathayati, bhavanta rājño nivedayata śākyabhikṣur āgata iti, te kathayanti: kim anye 'pi santi śākyabhikṣavaḥ; bhavantaḥ santi; tai rājño niveditaṃ, śākyabhikṣur āgata iti; rājā kathayati: ( SBV I 187 ) praviśatu; sa praviṣṭaḥ; rājñā śuddhodanena dṛṣṭa uktaś ca; udāyin pravrajito 'si? <deva> pravrajito 'smi; nanu bhavatābhihitam āgamiṣyāmīti, tat katham etat; udāyī kathayati; deva uktaṃ bhagavatā nedṛśā buddhadūtā bhavantīti; so 'haṃ svākhyātatvād dharmavinayasya pravrajitaṃ; api tv ahaṃ svaśraddhayā pravrajitaḥ; rājñā sarvāṅgair anupariṣvajya prajñapta evāsane niṣāditaḥ; tadarthaṃ ca pānīyaṃ parisrāvitam; mūlaphalāni kalpitāni; śucināhāreṇa bhojitaḥ; āyuṣmatā udāyinā paramopaśamadamasthitiyuktena yathānuśāsanīvidhānena paribhuktam; rājā tam upalakṣya vismayam āpannaḥ kathayati: kiṃ kumārasyāpy evaṃvidha upaśamaḥ? udāyī kathayati: deva alpamātraṃ mamopaśamaṃ; yathākathaṃ sumerusarṣapavat, samudragoṣpadavat, ādityakhadyotavat, ākāśavivaravat; rājā śuddhodanaḥ kathayati: udāyin sarvārthasiddhasyāpi kumārasya evaṃvidha eva veṣaḥ? evaṃvidhaḥ; śrutvā rājā śuddhodanaḥ mūrchitaḥ pṛthivyāṃ nipatito mahatā jalaprakṣepeṇa pratyāgataprāṇaḥ kathayati: udāyin āgmiṣyati sarvārthasiddaḥ kumāra iti; udāyī kathayati, āgamiṣyati: kiyaccireṇa? saptāhasyātyayāt; rājā śuddhodanaḥ amātyān āmantrayate; bhavanto rājakulaṃ śodhayata, antaḥpurāṇī ca; sarvārthasiddhaḥ kumārā āgamiṣyatīti; udāyī kathayati: deva na bhagavān antaḥpure vāsaṃ kalpayati; rājā kathayati: kutra vāsaṃ kalpayati? udāyī kathayaty araṇye vihāre vā; rājā kathayati: ka evaṃvidho vihāra iti; āyuṣmatā udāyinā jetavanākāreṇa likhitvā darśitaḥ; tato rājā amātyā āmantrayate; bhavanto nyagrodhārāme jetavanākāreṇa ṣodaśamahallakān vihārān māpayata; ṣaṣṭiṃ ca kuṭikāvastūni; evaṃ devety amātyā rājñaḥ pratiśrutya nyagrodhārāme jetavanākāreṇa ṣoḍaśamahallakān vihārān māpitāḥ; ṣaṣṭiṃ ca kuṭikāvastuni
The Buddha leaves for Kapilavastu

tatra bhagavān āyuṣmantaṃ mahāmudgalyāyanam āmantrayate: gaccha maudgalyāyana bhikṣūṇām ārocaya, bhagavān kapilavastu saṃprasthitaḥ; yo yuṣmākam utsahate pitāputrasamāgamaṃ draṣṭuṃ sa cīvarāṇi pratigṛhṇātu; evaṃ bhadantety āyuṣmān mahāmaudgalyāyano ( SBV I 188 ) bhagavataḥ pratiśrutya bhikṣūṇām ārocayati: bhagavān āyuṣmantaḥ kapilavastu gamiṣyati; yo yuṣmākam utsahate pitāputrasamāgamaṃ draṣṭuṃ sa cīvarakāṇi pratigṛhṇātv iti; tato bhagavān dānto dāntaparivāraḥ śanto śāntaparivāraḥ, mukto muktaparivāraḥ, āśvasta āśvastaparivāraḥ, vinīto vinītaparivāraḥ, arhann arhatparivāraḥ, vītarāgo vītarāgaparivāraḥ, prāsādikaḥ prāsādikaparivāraḥ, ṛṣabha iva gogaṇaparivṛtaḥ, gaja iva kalabhaparivṛtaḥ, siṃha iva daṃṣṭrigaṇaparivṛtaḥ, haṃsa iva haṃsagaṇaparivṛtaḥ, suparṇīva pakṣigaṇaparivṛto, vipra iva śiṣyagaṇaparivṛtaḥ, suvaidya ivāturagaṇaparivṛtaḥ, śūra iva yodhagaṇaparivṛto, daiśika ivādhva gagaṇaparivṛtaḥ, sārthavāha iva vaṇiggaṇaparivṛtaḥ, śreṣṭhīva parijanaparivṛtaḥ, koṭṭarāja iva mantrigaṇaparivṛtaḥ, cakravartīva putrasahasraparivṛtaḥ, candra iva nakṣatragaṇaparivṛtaḥ, sūrya iva raśmisahasraparivṛtaḥ, dhṛtarāṣṭra iva gandharvagaṇaparivṛtaḥ, virūḍhaka iva kumbhāṇḍagaṇaparivṛtaḥ, virūpakṣa iva nāgagaṇaparivṛtaḥ, dhanada iva yakṣagaṇaparivātaḥ, vemacitrīva asuragaṇaparivṛtaḥ, śakra iva tridaśagaṇaparivṛtaḥ, brahmeva brahmakāyikaparivṛtaḥ, stimita iva jalanidhiḥ, sajala iva jaladharaḥ, vimada iva gajapatiḥ, sudāntair indriyair asaṃkṣobhiteryāpathapracāraḥ, dvātriṃśatā mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇaiḥ samalaṅkṛtaḥ, aśītyā cānuvyañjanair virājitagātraḥ, vyāmaprabhālaṅkṛtamūrtiḥ, sūryasahasrātirekaprabhaṃ, jaṅgama iva ratnaparvataḥ, samantatobhadrako, daśabhir balaiś, caturbhir vaiśāradyais, tribhir āveṇikaiḥ smṛtyupasthānair mahākaruṇayā ca samanvāgato, <mahatā> bhikṣusaṅghena sārdhaṃ rohakām anuprāptah; aśrauṣīd rājā śuddhodanaḥ sarvārthasiddhaḥ kumāro rohakāṃ nadīm anuprāpta iti; śrutvā ca punaḥ rājñā śuddhodanena kapilavastunagaram apagatapāṣāṇaśarkarakaṭhallaṃ vyavasthāpitam; candanavāripariṣiktaṃ vividhasurabhidhūpaghaṭikāsamalaṅkṛtam, āmuktapaṭṭadāmakalāpam, yāvac ca rohakā nadī yāvac ca nyagrodhārāma atrāntarān mahatī mārgaśobhā kāritā; vistīrṇāvakāśe pṛthivīpradeśe āsanaprajñaptir vicitrā kāritā; tatra rohakāyāṃ nadyāṃ kecid bhikṣavo hastau nirmardayanti; kecid dantakāṣṭhaṃ visarjayanti; kecit snānti; kāpilavāstavaiḥ śākyaiḥ śrutaṃ, sarvārthasiddhaḥ kumāra āgata iti; śrutvā ca punaḥ sarve nyagrodhārāmaṃ nirgatāḥ; kecit pūrvakaiḥ kuśalamūlaiḥ sañcodyamānāḥ, kecit kṛtakutūhalajātāḥ jñāsyamaḥ kiṃ pitā putrasya pādābhivandanaṃ karoti, āhosvit putraḥ pitur iti; atha bhagavata etad abhavat: saced ahaṃ kapilavastu padbhyāṃ pravekṣyāmi māninaḥ śākyā aprasādaṃ pravedayiṣyante: prabhūtaṃ ca sarvārthasiddhena kumāreṇa tapovanaṃ gatvāvāptam; yo hi nāmānekair devatāśatasahasrair anugamyamāna upair vihāyasā niṣkramya iyantaṃ kālaṃ duṣkaraśatasahasrāṇi caritvā amṛtam adhigamya idānīṃ padbhyāṃ praviṣṭa iti
Magical exploits
atha bhagavāṃs tadrūpaṃ samādhiṃ samāpanno yathā samāhite citte pūrvasyāṃ diśy upari vihāyasam abhyudgamya caturvidham īryāpathaṃ kalpayati; tadyathā caṅkramyate, tiṣṭhati, niṣīdati, śayyāṃ kalpayati, tejodhātum api samāpadyate; tejodhātusamāpannasya bhagavato buddhasya vividhāny arcīṃṣi kāyān niścaranti, nīlāni, pītāni, lohitāny, avadātāni, māñjiṣṭhāni, sphaṭikavarṇāni; yamakāny api prātihāryāṇi vidarśayati; adhaḥkāyaḥ prajvalati; uparimāt kāyāc chītalā vāridhārā syandante; uparimaḥ kāyaḥ prajvalati; adhaḥkāyāc chītalā vāridhārā syandante; yathā pūrvasyāṃ diśy evaṃ dakṣiṇasyāṃ paścimāyām, uttarasyāṃ diśīti caturdiśaṃ caturvidham ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ ( SBV I 189 ) vidarśya tān ṛddhyabhisaṃskārān pratiprasrabhya saptatālamātre 'vasthitaḥ, <saptatālamātre> bhikṣavaḥ, ṣaṭsu bhagavān, ṣaṭsu bhikṣavaḥ; pañcasu bhagavān, api pañcasu bhikṣavaḥ; caturṣu bhagavān, api caturṣu bhikṣavaḥ; triṣu bhagavān, api triṣu bhikṣavaḥ; dvayor bhagavāṃś, dvayoḥ bhikṣavaḥ; tālamātre bhagavāṃs, tālamātre bhikṣavaḥ; saptapauruṣe vyavasthito bhagavān, saptapauruṣā bhikṣavaḥ; ṣaṭsu bhagavān, ṣaṭsu bhikṣvaḥ; pañcasu bhagavān, pañcasu bhikṣavaḥ; caturṣu bhagavān, caturṣu bhikṣavaḥ; triṣu bhagavān, triṣu bhikṣavaḥ; dvayor bhagavān, dvayor bhikṣavaḥ; sādhikapauruṣe <bhagavān, sādhikapauruṣe> bhikṣavaḥ; pṛthivyāṃ rājñaḥ śuddhodanasya tathāvidhaṃ prātihāryaṃ dṛṣṭvā bhikṣutvaṃ ca saṃmoho jātaḥ; na jānīte kataro 'tra bhagavān iti; tata āyuṣmantam udāyinam āmantrayate: udāyin bahavo 'tra kāṣāyavāsasaḥ pravrajitāḥ; kataraḥ kumāraḥ? āyuṣmān udāyī bhagavantam upadarśayann āha:
eṣo 'sau bhagavān bhavāntakaraṇaś citteśvaro nāyakaḥ
eṣa kleśaniṣūdano dinakaras tatvārthasandarśakaḥ /
eṣa prāptamanoratho daśabalaḥ sarvatra pāraṅgataḥ
putras te nṛpate vibhāti vimalaḥ paśyādya dharmeśvaraḥ //
atha rājā śuddhodanas tathāgatasyāvanamatkāyena pādābhivandanaṃ karoti; gāthāṃ bhāṣate:
idaṃ tṛtīyaṃ tava bhūribuddhe
pādau namasyāmi samantacakṣoḥ /
utpadyamānasya mahī prakampitā
jambvāś ca chāyā na jahāti kāyam // ( SBV I 190 )

tataḥ śākyāḥ śākyāyanikāś ca rājānaṃ śuddhodanaṃ bhagavataḥ pādayor nipatitaṃ dṛṣṭvā aprasādaṃ pravedayante: katham idānīṃ pitā putrasya pādābhivandanaṃ karotīti; rājā śuddhodanaḥ śākyān śākyāyanikāś ca saṃjñāpayann evam āha: na mayā bhavanta idānīṃ sarvārthasiddhasya kumārasya pādābhivandanaṃ kṛtam; yadāpi sarvārthasiddhasya kumārasya janmani mahān pṛthivīcālo 'bhūt sarvaś cāyaṃ loka udāreṇāvabhāsena sphuṭo 'bhūt; yā api tā lokasya lokāntarikā andhās tamaso 'ndhakāratāmisrā yatremau sūryacandramasau evaṃmahardhikāv evaṃmahānubhāvāv ābhayā ābhāṃ na pratyanubhavataḥ, tā api tasmin samaye udāreṇāvabhāsena sphuṭā abhūvan; tatra ye satvā upapannās te tayā ābhayā anyonyaṃ satvaṃ dṛṣṭvā saṃjānate anye 'pīha bhavantas ( A 419a ) satvā upapannā anye 'pīha bhavantas satvā upapannā iti; tadāpi mayā bodhisatvasya bhagavataḥ pādābhivandanaṃ kṛtam; yadāpi sarvārthasiddhaṃ kumāro mama karmāntān anusaṃyān jambūchāyāyāṃ niṣadya viviktaṃ kāmair viviktaṃ pāpakair akuśalair dharmaiḥ savitarkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajaṃ prītisukham anāsravasadṛśaṃ prathamaṃ dhyānam upasaṃpadya viharati, anyeṣāṃ ca vṛkṣāṇāṃ chāyā prācīnanimnā <prācīnapravaṇā> prācīnaprāgbhārā, jambūcchāyā bodhisatvasya kāyaṃ na vijahāti, tadāpi mayā tadāścaryādbhutadharmāvarjitamatinā bhūyo bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditau; idānīṃ trir api bhagavataḥ pādau vande yataḥ evaṃ vadāmi
idaṃ tṛtīyaṃ tava bhūribuddhe
pādau namasyāmi samantacakṣoḥ /
utpadyamānasya mahī prakampitā
jambvāś ca chāyā na jahāti kāyam // iti;
atha bhagavān tān ṛddhyabhisaṃskārān pratiprasrabhya anekaśatasahasrāṃ parṣadam abhyavagāhya purastād bhikṣusaṇghasya prajñapta evāsane niṣaṇṇaḥ
Śuddhodana's questions and Buddha's replies
atha rājā śuddhodanaḥ bāṣpoparuddhyamānahṛdayo 'śruparyākulekṣaṇo bhagavantam gāthābhir gītena praśnaṃ pṛcchati: ( SBV I 191 )
bhavaneṣu mahārheṣu vasitvā paitṛke gṛhe /
sabhayeṣu araṇyeṣu ekākī vasase katham //
bhagavān āha:
āryāvāseṣu daśasu vasāmi manujādhipa /
vasanti munayo yatra nirmuktā gṛhabandhanāt //
rājā prāha:
dantakāñcanapādeṣu āstīrṇeṣu sukheṣu ca /
paryaṅkeṣu śayitvātha saṃstare śayase katham //
bhagavān āha:
vimuktiśayane ramye bodhyaṅgakusumākule /

rājan svapimi niḥsaṅgaḥ paridāhavivarjitaḥ //
rājā prāha:
hastyaśvarathayānena gatvā vīra svake gṛhe //
sakaṇṭakāṃ vasumatīṃ padbhyām ākramase katham //
bhagavān uvacā:
ṛddhipādarathenāhaṃ samyagvyāyāmadāyinā/
vicarāmi mahīṃ kṛtsnām akṣataḥ kleśakaṇṭakaiḥ //
rājā śuddhodanaḥ prāha:
prāvṛtaḥ kāśikair vastraiḥ pūrvaṃ vīra virājase /
kāṣāyaparuṣaṃ vāsaṃ kathaṃ vahati te tanuḥ //
bhagavān āha:
hrīvastraṃ mama saṅghāṭī rājan prāvaraṇaṃ mama /
prāvṛtā yena śobhante śānte hi munayo vane //
rājā śuddhodanaḥ prāha:
purā hi tvaṃ kāñcanabhājanasthaṃ
śālyodanaṃ naikarasopapannam / ( SBV I 192 )
bhuktvā vibho piṇḍapātaṃ hi bhuṅkṣe
lūhaṃ kathaṃ kaṇṭham upaiti te 'dya //
bhagavān āha:
agraṃ hi me dharmarasena bhojyam
naiṣkramyayuktasya samāhitasya /
āhāratṛṣṇāṃ hi vihāya sarvāṃ
lokānukampārtham ahaṃ carāmi //
rājā prāha:
mṛdvīkāśarkarārasaṃ pītvā kaṇṭhasukhaṃ bahu /
kathaṃ pibasi toyāni taptāni kaluṣāṇi ca //
bhagavān āha:
ahaṃ dharmarasaṃ sukhyaṃ pibāmi manujādhipa /
yaṃ pītvā sarvapānāni viṣavat pratibhānti me //
rājā śuddhodanaḥ prāha:
purā hi tvaṃ harmyavimānavāsī
prāsādapṛṣṭheṣu yathārtaveṣu /
ekākinas te vasato vane 'dya
kathaṃ bhayaṃ nāviśate subuddhe //
bhagavān āha:
yad gautamā sarvabhayasya mūlaṃ
te me malāḥ sānuśayāḥ prahīṇāḥ //
so 'haṃ viśoko hy abhayaṃ vasāmi
na me bhayaṃ svalpam apīha kiṃcit //
rājā śuddhodanaḥ prāha:

purā hi tvaṃ snānagṛhe suramye
snātaḥ sadā snānavarair viśiṣṭaiḥ /
ekākinaṃ tvā vanavāsayuktam
ihādya kaḥ snāpayate munīndraḥ //
bhagavān āha: ( SBV I 193 )
dharmo hrado gautama śīlatīrtho hy
anāvilas sadbhir api praśastaḥ /
snātvā yasmin vedaguṇair manuṣyā
anārdragātrāḥ prataranti pāram //
rājā śuddhodanaḥ prāha:
sauvarṇarājataiḥ kumbhair
snātvā vīra svake gṛhe /
kathaṃ snāyasi toyeṣu
tapteṣu kaluṣeṣu ca //
bhagavān āha:
śuddhā nadī gautama puṇyatīrthā
hy anāvila sadbhir api praśastā /
snātvā yasyāṃ vedaguṇair manuṣyā
anārdragātrāḥ prataranti pāram //
rājā śuddhodanaḥ prāha:
haricandanaliptāṅgaḥ kāśikottamasaṃvṛtaḥ /
śobhase tvaṃ purā vīra tair viyukto na śobhase //
bhagavān āha:
śīlam ābharaṇaṃ hy agryaṃ śīlam ivānulepanam /
kiṃ mamonmādajanakaiḥ suvarṇamaṇikuṇḍalaiḥ //
rājā śuddhodanaḥ prāha:
kutaḥ paribhavo jātaḥ kutaś ca bhavabhīrutā /
nirvedo vā yato jātaḥ pṛṣṭa ācakṣva tan mama //
bhagavān āha:
yataḥ paribhavo mahyaṃ yataś ca bhavabhīratā /
nirvedo vā yato jātaḥ śṛṇu tvaṃ kathayāmi te //
jarā vyādhiś ca mṛtyuś ca yadi na syād idaṃ trayam /
mamāpi sumanojñeṣu viṣayeṣu ratir bhavet //
rājā śuddhodanaḥ prāha: ( SBV I 194 )
sādhu vīra sujāto 'si śākyānāṃ kulanandanaḥ /
aṣṭābhir lokadarmais tvaṃ yad evaṃ nopalipyase //
tataḥ prahṛṣṭo vikasatprasāda<ḥ>
pradakṣiṇaṃ saṅgham ṛṣiṃ ca kṛtvā /
munīndrapādau śīrasā praṇamya
sthitaḥ samantāt sugataṃ nirīkṣya //

atha rājñaḥ śuddhodanasya etad abhavat: lābhā me sulabdhā yasya me putreṇa evaṃvidhā guṇagaṇā adhigatāḥ
Conversion of the Śākyas
tato bhagavatā nyagrodhārāme tasyāḥ parṣadaḥ āśayānuśayaṃ dhātuṃ prakṛtiṃ ca ñātvā tādṛśī dharmadeśanā kṛtā yāṃ śrutvā śuddhodanapramukhaiḥ saptasaptatyā śākyasahasraiḥ srotaāpattiphalaṃ sākṣātkṛtaṃ sthāpayitvā rājānaṃ śuddhodanaṃ; devadattaḥ pāpeccho manābhimānī; tena satyadarśanaṃ na kṛtam; sa krodhaparyavasthitaḥ kathayati: yanv aham apīdṛśīm anvāvartanīṃ māyāṃ jānīyām; aham api sarvaṃ lokam anvāvartayeyam iti; sa kṛtapraṇayasaumukhyaiḥ śākyair abhihitaḥ, alaṃ devadatta mā maivaṃ vocaḥ; mahardhiko bhagavān mahānubhāva iti; sa tūṣṇīm avasthitaḥ; brahmāvarte udyāne tathāvidho dharmo deśitaḥ yaṃ śrutvā droṇodanapramukhaiḥ ṣaṭsaptatyā śākyasahasraiḥ srotaāpattiphalaṃ sākṣātkṛtaṃ sthāpayitvā rājānaṃ śuddhodanaṃ; devadattas tathaiva paribhāṣate; rohītake udyāne tathāvidho dharmo deśito yaṃ śrutvā amṛtodanapramukhaiḥ pañcasaptatyā śākyasahasraiḥ srotaāpattiphalaṃ sākṣātkṛtaṃ sthāpayitvā rājānaṃ śuddhodanaṃ; devadattas tathaiva paribhāṣate; avaśiṣṭāyāḥ parṣadaḥ kaiścic chrāvakabodhau cittāny utpāditāni; kaiścit pratyekāyāṃ bokhau, kaiścid anuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau; kaiścit srotaāpattiphalaṃ sākṣātkṛtam; kaiścit sakṛdāgāmiphalam; kaiścid anāgāmiphalam; kaiścit pravrajya sarvakleśaprahāṇād ( SBV I 195 ) arhatvaṃ ( A 420a ) sākṣātkṛtam; kecid buddhaṃ śaraṇaṃ gatāḥ; kecid dharmam; kecit saṅgham; yadbhūyasā sā pariṣad buddhanimnā dharmapravaṇā saṅghaprāgbhārā vyavasthāpitā
The pride of Śuddhodana
atha rājñaḥ śuddhodanasya etad abhavat; pūrvaṃ bhagavān sasurāsurasya jagataḥ pūjyaś cābhūn mānyaś cābhūd abhivādyaś ca; idānīṃ manuṣyapūjito na devapūjita iti; athānyatamaḥ śākyakumāro gāthāṃ bhāṣate:
santarpiteyaṃ janatā maharṣe
saddharmavṛṣṭyā vadatāṃ vareṇa /
uddhṛtya ghorād vinipātamārgāt
loko 'hy ayaṃ mokṣapathe niyuktaḥ // iti;
rājā śuddhodanaḥ atiharṣāt satyāni na paśyati, mamaiva ekasya putra evaṃmahardhiko mahānubhāva iti; bhagavān saṃlakṣayati: kiṃ kāraṇaṃ rājā śuddhodanaḥ satyāni na paśyati; tasyaitad abhavat; atiharṣeṇa mamaivaikasya putra evaṃmahardhika evaṃmahānubhāva iti; sarvathā madāpanayo 'sya kartavya iti; dvābhyāṃ kāraṇābhyāṃ satyāni na dṛśyante atilīnatayā audbilyena ca; tad asya līnaṃ cittam audbilyaṃ ca; yanv aham asya līnāṃ santatim apanayeyam audbilyaṃ ceti; tatra bhagavān āyuṣmantaṃ mahāmaudgalyāyanam āmantrayate: samanvāhara maudgalyāyana rājānaṃ śuddhodanam; evaṃ bhadantety āyuṣmān mahāmaudgalyāyano bhagavataḥ pratiśrutya yena rājā śuddhodanas tenopasaṅkrāntaḥ; adrākṣīd rājā śuddhodanaḥ āyuṣmantaṃ mahāmaudgalyāyanam dūrād eva; dṛṣṭvā ca punar āyuṣmantam mahāmaudgalyāyanam idam avocat: etu bhadanta mahāmaudgalyāyana, svāgataṃ bhavate mahāmaudgalyāyanāya; niṣīdatu bhadanta mahāmaudgalyāyanaḥ prajñapta evāsane; niṣaṇṇaḥ āyuṣmān mahāmaudgalyāyanaḥ prajñapta evāsane
athāyuṣmān mahāmaudgalyāyanas tadrūpaṃ samādhiṃ samāpanno yathā samāhite citte sve āsane 'ntarhitaḥ pūrvasyāṃ diśy upari vihāyasam abhyudgamya caturvidham īryāpathaṃ kalpayati; tadyathā cāṅkramyate, tiṣṭhati, niṣīdati, śayyāṃ kalpayati; tejodhātum api samāpadyate; ( SBV I 196 ) tejodhātusamāpannasya āyuṣmato mahāmaudgalyāyanasya vividhāny arcīṃṣi kāyān niścaranti; tadyathā nīlāni pītāni lohitāny avadātāni māñjiṣṭhāni sphaṭikavarṇāni; yamakāny api prātihāryāṇi vidarśayati; adhaḥ kāyaḥ prajvalati; uparimāt kāyāc chītalā vāridhārā syandante; uparimaḥ kāyaḥ prajvalati; adhaḥkāyāc chītalā vāridhārā syandante; yathā pūrvasyāṃ diśy evaṃ dakṣiṇasyāṃ paścimāyām uttarasyāṃ diśīti caturdiśaṃ caturvidham ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ vidarśya tān ṛddhyabhisaṃskārān pratiprasrabhya prajñapta evāsane niṣaṇṇaḥ
atha rājā śuddhodanaḥ āyuṣmantaṃ mahāmaudgalyāyanam idam avocat: santi mahāmaudgalyāyana anye 'pi bhagavataḥ śrāvakā evaṃmahardhikā evaṃmahānubhāvā iti; santi mahārāja; gāthāṃ ca bhāṣate:
mahānubhāvās traividyāś cetaḥparyākakovidāḥ /
kṣīṇāsravās tathārhanto bahavaḥ śrāvakā muneḥ //
atha rājñaḥ śuddhodanasya etad abhavat: na khalu mamaiva ekasya putra evaṃmahardhika evaṃmahānubhāvaḥ; api tu santy anye 'pi pravrajitā evaṃmahardhikā ( A 420b ) evaṃmahānubhāvā iti; tasya yad audbilyam abhūt tat prativigatam; atrāntare bhagavatā laukikaṃ cittam utpāditam: aho bata śakrabrahmādayo devā āgaccheyuḥ; śuddhāyāṃ devaparṣadi dharmaṃ deśayeyam iti; dharmatā khalu yasmin samaye buddhā bhagavanto laukikaṃ cittam utpādayanti tadā kuntapipīlakā api prāṇinas tasmin samaye bhagavataś cetasā cittam ājānanti; prāg eva śakrabrahmādayo devāḥ; yasmiṃs tu samaye lokottaraṃ cittam utpādayanti tasmin samaye mahāśrāvakā api bhagavataś cetasā cittaṃ nājānanti; kaḥ punar vādaḥ śakrabrahmādayo devāḥ; kuta eva kuntapipīlikā api prāṇinaḥ
The Buddha teaches to the Gods

atha śakrasya devendrasya etad abhavat: kimarthaṃ thagavatā laukikaṃ cittam utpāditam iti; tasyaitad abhavat: śuddhāyāṃ devaparṣadi dharmaṃ deśayitukāma iti; tena viśvakarmaṇo devaputrasya ājñā dattā; nirmiṇu viśvakarman nayagrodhārāme catūratnamayaṃ kūṭāgāraṃ, vicitrāṃ cāsanaprajñaptim; bhagavān śuddhāyaṃ devaparṣadi dharmaṃ deśayitukāma iti; paraṃ bhadraṃ bata kauśika iti; viśvakarmā devaputraḥ śakrasya devendrasya pratiśrutya nyagrodhārāme catūratnamayaṃ kūṭāgāraṃ nirmiṇoti, vicitrāṃ cāsanaprajñaptim; tatra catvāro mahārājāś caturṣu dvāreṣv avasthitāḥ, dhṛtarāṣṭro, virūḍhakaḥ, virūpākṣaḥ, kuberaś ca; pūrvasmin dvāre dhṛtarāṣṭra ( SBV I 197 ) aṅgadakuṇḍalavicitramālyābharaṇavibhūṣitaḥ, dakṣiṇe virūḍhako divyālaṅkāravibhūṣitaḥ, paścime ca virūpākṣo nānāratnavibhūṣitaḥ, uttare kuberaḥ sarvālaṅkāravibhūṣitaḥ; tataḥ śakro devendro nyagrodhārāme mahatīṃ vibhūtiṃ kārayitvā yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṅkrāntaḥ; upasaṅkramya bhagavata etam arthaṃ vistareṇārocayati; tato bhagavān śakrādibhir anekair devatāśatasahasraiṛ parivṛtaḥ kūṭāgāraṃ praviśya mahatyā devaparṣadaḥ purastān nānāratnavibhūṣite siṃhāsane niṣaṇṇaḥ; atha āyuṣmān mahāmaudgalyāyano rājānaṃ śuddhodanam ādāya yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṅkrāntaḥ; upasaṅkramyāyuṣmān mahāmaudgalyāyanaḥ praviṣṭaḥ; rājā śuddhodano dhṛtarāṣṭreṇa devarājena nivāritaḥ, tiṣṭha <tiṣṭha> mahārāja mā pravikṣaḥ; kiṃ kāraṇam? bhagavān śuddhāyāṃ devaparṣadi dharmaṃ deśayati; nātra mānuṣamātrasya praveśo 'stīti; atha rājā śuddhodanaḥ dakṣiṇaṃ dvāraṃ gataḥ; virūḍhakena devarājena dṛṣṭvābhihitaḥ: tiṣṭha tiṣṭha mahārāja mā pravikṣaḥ; rājā śuddhodanaḥ kathayati: kas tvaṃ bhadramukha; aham asmi mahārāja virūḍhakaḥ; bhagavān śuddhāyāṃ devaparṣadi dharmaṃ deśayati; nātra manuṣyapraveśo 'stīti; atha rājā śuddhodanaḥ paścimaṃ dvāraṃ gataḥ; virūpākṣeṇa devarājena dṛṣṭvābhihitaḥ: tiṣṭha tiṣṭha mahārāja, mā pravikṣaḥ; rājā śuddhodanaḥ kathayati, kas tvaṃ bhadramukha; virūpākṣaḥ kathayati; aham asmi mahārāja virūpākṣaḥ; bhagavān śuddhāyāṃ devaparṣadi dharmaṃ deśayati; yatra manuṣyabhūtasya na praveśo labhyate; atha rājā śuddhodana uttaraṃ dvāraṃ gataḥ; vaiśravaṇena mahārājena dṛṣṭvā abhihitaḥ, tiṣṭha tiṣṭha mahārāja mā pravikṣaḥ; rājā śuddhodanaḥ kathayati, kas tvaṃ bhadramukha; ( A 421a ) vaiśravaṇaḥ kathayati, aham asmi mahārāja vaiśravaṇaḥ; bhagavān śuddhāyāṃ devaparṣadi dharmaṃ deśayati; nātra manuṣyabhūtasya praveśo labhyata iti
atha rājñaḥ śuddhodanasya spṛhā utpannā; aho batāhaṃ bhagavantam śuddhāyāṃ devaparśadi dharmaṃ deśayantaṃ paśyeyam iti; tato rājñaḥ śuddhodanasya yāsau līnā santatiḥ sā prativigatā; bhagavān saṃlakṣayati: rājā śuddhodano yadi māṃ na paśyati, sthānam etad vidyate yad uṣṇaṃ śoṇitaṃ chardayitvā kālaṃ kariṣyati; tad ( SBV I 198 ) upāyasaṃvidhānaṃ kartavyam iti; bhagavatā yat tat catūratnamayaṃ kūṭāgāraṃ tat sphaṭikamayaṃ nirmitam; yena rājā śuddhodana anāvṛtaṃ buddhaśarīraṃ paśyati; dṛṣṭvā ca punaḥ prītiprāmodyajātaḥ bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā ekānte niṣaṇṇaḥ
The Buddha teaches to Śuddhodana
atha rājñaḥ śuddhodanasya āśayānuśayaṃ dhātuṃ prakṛtiṃ ca jñātvā tādṛśīṃ caturāryasatyasaṃprativedhikīṃ dharmadeśanāṃ kṛtavān, yāṃ śrutvā rājñā śuddhodanena viṃśatiśikharasamudgataṃ satkāyadṛṣṭiśailaṃ jñānavajreṇa bhitvā srotaāpattiphalaṃ sākṣāktkṛtam; sa dṛṣṭasatyas trir udānam udānayati: idam asmākaṃ bhadanta na mātrā kṛtam; na pitrā, na rājñā, na devatābhiḥ, na pūrvapretaiḥ, na śramaṇabrāhmaṇaiḥ, nānyena svajanabandhuvargeṇa, yad bhagavatā asmākaṃ kṛtam; ucchoṣitā rudhirāśrusamudrāḥ; laṅghitā asthiparvatāḥ; pihitāny apāyadvārāṇi; vivṛtāni svargamokṣadvārāṇi; pratiṣṭhāpitā devamanuṣyeṣu; āha ca:
yat kartavyaṃ suputreṇa pituḥ pratyupakāriṇā /
tat tvayā kṛtam asmākaṃ cittaṃ mokṣaparāyaṇam //
durgatibhyaḥ samuddṛtya svarge mokṣe ca te vayam /
sthāpitā suprayatnena sādhu te duṣkaraṃ kṛtam //
vaṇijā iva lobhena svargalobhena te vayam /
lambhitā nātha vātsalyād bhavabhogābhilāṣiṇaḥ //
atha rājā śuddhodanaḥ utthāyāsanād ekāṃsam uttarāsaṅgaṃ kṛtvā yena bhagavāṃs tenāñjaliṃ praṇamayya bhagavantam idam avocat: adhivāsayatu me bhagavān śvo 'ntargṛhe bhaktena, sārdhaṃ bhikṣusaṅghena; adhivāsayati bhagavān rājñaḥ śuddhodanasya tūṣṇīṃbhāvena; atha rājā śuddhodano bhagavatas tūṣṇīṃbhāvena adhivāsanāṃ viditvā bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā bhagavato 'ntikāt prakrānto yena śuklodanas tenopasaṅkrāntaḥ; upasaṅkramya śuklodanam idam avocat: kumāra rājyābhiṣekas te prāptaḥ; pratīccha rājyam; kasyārthe? yato bhagavataḥ sakāśāt satyāni dṛṣṭāni; katarasmin divase? adyaiva; ( SBV I 199 ) mayā yam eva divasaṃ bhagavatā nyagrodhārāme dharmo deśitas tam eva divasaṃ saptasaptatyā śākyasahasraiḥ sārdhaṃ satyāni dṛṣṭānīti; evaṃ droṇodano rājyaṃ pratīcchety uktaḥ; sa kathayati: yadā bhagavatā brahmāvarte udyāne dharmo deśitas tadā ṣaṭsaptatyā śākyasahasraiḥ sārdhaṃ satyāni dṛṣṭānīti; evam amṛtodano rājyaṃ pratīcchety uktaḥ sa kathayati, mayāpi yadā bhagavatā rohītake udyāne dharmo deśitas tadā pañcasaptatyā śākyasahasraiḥ sārdhaṃ satyāni dṛṣṭāni; yady evam idānīṃ kaṃ rājye pratiṣṭhāpayāmaḥ; ( A 421b ) te kathayanti; bhadrikaṃ śākyarājam iti; taiḥ saṃbhūya bhadrikaḥ śākyarājo rājyaiśvaryādhipatye abhiṣiktaḥ
Dedication of Nyagrodhārāma

atha rājā śuddhodanas tām eva rātriṃ śuci praṇītaṃ khādanīyabhojanīyaṃ samudānīya kalyam evotthāya āsanakāni prajñāpya udakamaṇīn pratiṣṭhāpya bhagavato dūtena kālam ārocayati: samayo bhadanta; sajjaṃ bhaktam; yasyedānīṃ bhagavān kālaṃ manyate iti; atha bhagavān pūrvāhṇe nivāsya pātracīvaram ādāya bhikṣugaṇaparivṛto bhikṣusaṅghapuraskṛto yena rājñaḥ śuddhodanasya bhaktābhisāras tenopasaṅkrāntaḥ; upasaṅkramya purastād bhikṣusaṅghasya prajñapta evāsane niṣaṇṇaḥ; atha rājā śuddhodanaḥ sukhopaniṣaṇṇaṃ buddhapramukhaṃ bhikṣusaṅghaṃ viditvā śucinā praṇītena khādanīyabhojanīyena svahastaṃ santarpayati, saṃpravārayati; anekaparyāyeṇa śucinā praṇītena khādanīyabhojanīyena svahastaṃ santarpya saṃpravārya bhagavantaṃ bhuktavantaṃ viditvā dhautahastam apanītapātraṃ sauvarṇaṃ bhṛṅgāraṃ gṛhītvā bhagavate nyagrodhārāmaṃ niryātitavān; bhagavatā ca pañcāṅgopetena svareṇa dakṣiṇā ādiṣṭā:
ito dānād dhi yat puṇyaṃ tac chākyān upagacchatu /
prāpnuvantu padaṃ nityam īpsitān vā manorathān // iti;
tatra bhagavān kapilavastuni viharati nyagrodhārāme; tathā sthavirair api sūtrānta upanibaddham, bhagavān kapilavastuni nyagrodhārāme iti; bhagavān kapilavastuny avasthitaḥ ekaṃ divasaṃ rājakule bhuktaḥ, ekaṃ divasam antaḥpure ( SBV I 200 )
The Śākyas follow the Buddha
rājñā śuddhodanena jaṭilā pravrajitāḥ bhikṣavo dṛṣṭāḥ; śānteryāpathatvāc cittaprāsādikā no tu kāyaprāsādikāḥ kaṣṭais tapovrataviśeṣaiḥ karśitaśarīrāḥ; dṛṣṭvā ca punar asyaitad abhavat: kiṃ vāpīme jaṭilāḥ śānteryāpathatvāc cittaprāsādikāḥ no tu kāyaprāsādikāḥ; kathaṃrūpeṇa parivāreṇa bhagavān śobheta; saṃlakṣayati, śākyaparivāreṇaiti; tataḥ sarvaśākyān sannipātya kathayati; bhavanto yadi sarvārthasiddhaḥ kumāro na pravrajito 'bhaviṣyat, ko 'bhaviṣyad? rājā cakravartī; yūyaṃ ke 'bhaviṣyata? anuyātrikāḥ; idānīṃ sarvārthasiddhaḥ kumāro 'nuttaro dharmarājaḥ; kasmān nānuyātrikā bhavatha; deva kiṃ pravrajāmaḥ? pravrajata; kiṃ sarva eva? kulaikikayā; evaṃ kurmaḥ; rājñā śuddhodanena kapilavastunagare ghaṇṭāvaghoṣaṇaṃ kāritam; rājā evaṃ samājñāpayati mama viṣayanivāsibhiḥ śākyaiḥ kulaikikayā pravrajitavyam iti
Aniruddha and Mahānāman

droṇodanasya dvau putrau aniruddho mahānāmā ca; tayor mahānāmā kṛṣikarmāntānuṣṭhāne atyartham abhiyuktaḥ; aniruddhas tu upariprāsādatalagato niṣpuruṣeṇa tūryeṇa krīḍati ramate paricārayati; mahānāmā mātrā abhihitaḥ: putra rājñā ghaṇṭāvaghoṣaṇaṃ kāritaṃ śākyaiḥ kulaikikayā pravrajitavyam iti; sa tvaṃ pravraja; sa kathayati, nāhaṃ pravrajāmi; yas te priyaḥ putraḥ sukhāsīnas tiṣṭhati taṃ pravrājaya; putra puṇyamaheśākhyo ( A 422a ) 'sau satvo; mā tena saha spardhāṃ kuru; amba tvaṃ tasyābhiprasannā yenāsau puṇyamaheśākhyaḥ; adya tasyāmba mā kiṃcit preṣaya; jñāsyāmi kiṃ puṇyamaheśākhyo na veti; putra evaṃ bhavatu; pratyakṣīkaromi; tayā riktapiṭharikābhi <ḥ> peṭakaṃ pūrayitvā śuklena vastreṇa ācchādya mudrālakṣitaṃ kṛtvā preṣyadārikāyā haste preṣitaḥ; sandiṣṭā, yadi pṛcchet kim atreti, vaktavyaṃ na kiṃcid iti; sā tam ādāya saṃprasthitā; ( SBV I 201 ) śakrasya devendrasya adhastāj jñānadarśanaṃ pravartate; sa saṃlakṣayati: yena nāma upāriṣṭaḥ pratyekabuddhaḥ piṇḍakena pratipāditaḥ; tasyādya kathaṃ bhojanena vighāto bhaviṣyatīti; bhojanopasaṃhāro 'sya kartavya iti; tenāsau peṭako nānāsūpikarasavyañjanopetasyāhārasya pūritaḥ; yāvad asau dārikā tam ādāya aniruddhasya sakāśaṃ gatā; tadā tenoktā dārikā, kim atreti; sā kathayati, kumāra na kiṃcid iti; aniruddhaḥ saṃlakṣayati: priyo 'haṃ mātuḥ; kim asau riktaṃ preṣayiṣyatīti; nūnam atra nāma nakiṃcid bhojanaṃ prakṣiptam; paśyāmi tāvad iti samudghāṭitam; sarvaṃ tad udyānam anekopakaraṇasurabhigandhasaṃpūrṇaṃ vyavasthitam; ghrātvā aniruddhaḥ paraṃ vismayam upagataḥ; mātṛbhakto 'sau; tena mātur agrapiṇḍapātaḥ preṣitaḥ; sandiṣṭaṃ ca amba pratidivasam īdṛśaṃ nakiṃcinnāma bhojanaṃ preṣayitum arhasīti; sāpi dṛṣṭvā paraṃ vismayam upagatā; tayā mahānāmno darśitam; putra dṛṣṭaṃ te? amba dṛṣṭam; tan na tvaṃ mayā pūrvam evoktaḥ puṇyamaheśākhyas sa satvamanuṣyasubhagaḥ; mā tena saha spardhāṃ kuruṣveti; sa kathayati: amba puṇyamaheśākhyo vā bhavatu mā vā; nāhaṃ pravrajāmīti; yataś ca mahānāmā sarvāvasthaṃ nādhivāsitavān pravrajyāṃ, tatas tayā aniruddho 'bhihitaḥ: putra rājñā ghaṇṭāvaghoṣaṇaṃ kāritam: śākyaiḥ kulaikikayā pravrajitavyam iti; sa tvaṃ kiṃ pravrajasi, āhosvid gṛhe tiṣṭhasīti; sa kathayati: amba pravrajyāyāṃ ko 'nuśaṃasaḥ? ka ādīnavaḥ? gṛhāvāse ko 'nuśaṃsaḥ? ka ādīnavaḥ? putra pravrajyā saṃpadyamānā nirvāṇāvāhikā bhavati; vipadyamānā devamanuṣyāvāhikā bhavati; gṛhāvāsaḥ samyakpratipālyamāno devamanuṣyāvāhakaḥ; apratipālyamāno narakatiryakpretāvāhakaḥ; amba yaḥ pravrajyāyām ādīnavaḥ, sa gṛhāvāse anuśaṃsaḥ; tasmād alaṃ gṛhāvāsena; anujānīhi; pravrajāmīti; sā kathayati: putra śobhanam, evaṃ kuru; aniruddhasya bhadrikaḥ śākyarājo vayasyakaḥ; sa tasya sakāśaṃ gataḥ; tena khalu samayena bhadrikaḥ śākyarājo vīṇāṃ sārayati; tasya vīṇāṃ sārayataḥ tantrī cchinnā; svaraḥ svarāntaraṃ gataḥ; aniruddho vīṇāyāṃ kṛtāvī; tena yathānusvaraṃ nimittam udgṛhītam; sa dvāre sthitvā dauvārikaṃ puruṣam āmantrayate: gaccha bhoḥ puruṣa, bhadrikasya rājño nivedaya aniruddho dvāre tiṣṭhati devaṃ draṣṭukāma iti; dauvārikeṇa ( SBV I 202 ) gatvā bhadrikasya śākyarājasya niveditam: deva aniruddho dvāre tiṣṭhati ( A 422b ) devaṃ draṣṭukāma iti; sa kathayati: praviśatu bhavān aniruddhaḥ; ko bhavantam aniruddhaṃ vārayati; sa praviṣṭaḥ; rājñā pariṣvajya niṣāditaḥ; uktaś ca kiyac ciraṃ tavāgatasyeti; sa kathayati; yadā tava vīṇāṃ sārayatas tantrī chinnā; svaro svarāntaraṃ gata iti; sa paraṃ vismayam āpannaḥ kathayati: vīṇāyāṃ bhavān kṛtāvī; bhadrikaḥ śākyarājaḥ kathayati: kumāra kim āgamanaprayojanam; aniruddhaḥ kathayati: deva rājñā śuddhodanena ghaṇṭāvaghoṣaṇaṃ kāritam: śākyaiḥ kulaikikayā pravrajitavyam iti; tad avalokito bhava; pravrajāmiti; rājā kathayati, yady evam aham api pravrajāmīti; saṃpradhārayāveti; adya tvam ihaiva vāsam <upagaccha; sa ihaiva vāsam> upagataḥ: śayyākarmāntikena śāyyāyāṃ jvaragandhikāni vastrāṇy ācchāditāni; puṣpāṇi cāvakīrṇāni; aniruddhaḥ śayyāniṣaṇṇaḥ; tasya mallikāvṛntam adhastād avasthitam; sa sparśapratisaṃvedī
kathayati: kim atrādhastāc chilāputrakas tiṣṭhatīti; te pratyavekṣitum ārabdhāḥ; mallikāvṛntaṃ <dṛṣṭvā> te paraṃ vismayam āpannāḥ; aniruddho rātrau duḥkhaṃ suptaḥ; prabhātāyāṃ rajanyāṃ rājñābhihitam: kaccid aniruddhaḥ sukhaṃ supta iti; sa kathayati: deva na sukhaṃ supta iti; rājñābhihitam, kimartham; aniruddhaḥ kathayati; deva jvaragandhāni vastrāṇi prajñaptāni; puṣpāṇi cāvakīrṇāni; puṣpavṛntaiḥ kāyo drūyate; rājñā śayyākarmāntika āhūyoktaḥ: kimartham tvayā jvaragandhāni vastrāṇi prajñaptāni; śayyākarmāntikenābhihitam: mama bhāṇḍāgārikena anupradattāni; rājñā bhāṇḍāgārika āhūyoktaḥ: kimarthaṃ tvayā jvaragandhikāni vastrāṇy anupradattāni; sa kathayati; deva mama tantuvāyenānupradattāni; rājñā tantuvāya āhūyoktaḥ; kimarthaṃ tvayā jvaragandhikāni vastrāṇy anupradattāni? tantuvāyaḥ kathayati: deva vastre ūyamāne kiṃcic cheṣam; tan mayā jvaritena utam; rājā kathayati: kumāra kathaṃ tvayā vijñātam; sa kathayati, uṣṇasparśapratisaṃvedanāt; jvaragandhena ca; rājā paraṃ vismayam āpannaḥ kathayati: ( SBV I 203 ) bhavanta aniruddho bhavati śākyasubhagaḥ; tato bhadrikena śākyarājenābhihitaḥ: yady ahaṃ pravrajāmi, devadattaḥ śākyānāṃ rājā bhaviṣyati; sa śākyānām anarthaṃ kariṣyati; yannu vayaṃ sarve saṃbhūya devadattaṃ protsāhayāma iti
Devadatta entrapped

sa bhadrikena śākyarājenāhūtaḥ; tataḥ sarvaiḥ sambhūyābhihitaḥ: devadatta vayaṃ sarve pravrajāmaḥ; tvaṃ kiṃ kariṣyasi; devadattaḥ saṃlakṣayati: yadi vakṣyāmi na pravrajāmīti bhadrikaḥ śākyarājo na pravrajiṣyati; tad upāyasaṃvidhānena enān vipralambhayāmi; api nu mayā yam eva divasaṃ bhagavatā nyagrodhārāme ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ vidarśitaṃ tadaiva me buddhir utpannā, yathaivānena anvāvartinyā māyayā mahājanakāyo 'nvāvartitaḥ, tathaiva mayā anvāvartitavyaḥ; iti viditvā kathayati: deva yūyaṃ pravrajatha; ( A 422a ) ahaṃ kimarthaṃ tiṣṭhāmīti; bhadrikaḥ śākyarājaḥ saṃlakṣayati: mṛṣāvādiko 'yam; pratijñāyāṃ sthāpayitvā mahājanakāyaḥ pratisaṃviditaḥ kartavya iti; tato rājñā tasya tad vacanaṃ patrābhilikhitaṃ kṛtvā kapilavastuni nagare ghaṇṭāvaghoṣaṇaṃ kāritam: śṛṇvantu bhavantaḥ kapilavastunivāsinaḥ paurā, bhadrikarevatāniruddhadevadattapramukhāni pañcaśākyaśatāni pravrajiṣyanti; śrutvā bhavadbhiḥ prāmodyam utpādayitavyam iti; śrutvā devadattasya mahad duḥkhadaurmanasyam utpannam; yadi mayā vijñātam abhaviṣyat bhadrikaḥ śākyarājo niścayena pravrajed iti, na mayā pratijñātam abhaviṣyat; idānīṃ yadi na pravrajiṣyāmi, mṛṣāvādika iti kṛtvā rājyam api na lapsye; sarvathā kim atra prāptakālam; pravrajāmi; pravrajita eva rājyam kārayiṣyāmīti
Ordination of five hundred Śākyas

atha rājñaḥ śuddhodanasya etad abhavat: apaścimāṃ śākyānāṃ vibhūtiṃ paśyāmīti; tena tan nagaram apagatapāṣāṇāśarkarakaṭhallaṃ vyavasthāpitaṃ, candanavāripariṣiktam ucchritadhvajapatākam āmuktapaṭṭadāmakalāpaṃ surabhidhūpaghaṭikopanibaddhaṃ nānāpuṣpāvakīrṇaṃ ramaṇīyam; tataḥ anekaśākyaśatasahasraparivāraḥ nagaradvāre siṃhāsane niṣaṇṇaḥ; śākyastriyaḥ śākyakumāryāś ca kutūhalajātā gavākṣavātāyanavedikāsv avasthitāḥ, śākyānām vibhūtiṃ draṣṭukāmaḥ ( SBV I 204 ) nānādeśabhyāgataś ca janakāyaḥ rathyāvīthīcatvaraśṛṅgāṭakeṣu; naimittikā brāhamaṇā vipañcanakā āhūtāḥ śākyaparīkṣāṃ prati, ko 'trārādhakaḥ ko na veti; atha śākyā mātāpitrāv avalokya hārakaṭakakeyūrādyalaṅkāravibhūṣitāḥ pratyekapratyekaṃ ratheṣv abhiruhya nirgantum ārabdhāḥ; pūrvaṃ bhadrikaḥ śākyarājo nirgataḥ; naimittikair dṛṣṭaḥ; te kathayanti: eṣa tāvad ārādhako bhaviṣyatīti; evaṃ revatāniruddhaprabhṛtayo nirgatāḥ; te 'pi naimittikair vyākṛtāḥ; tato devadatto nirgataḥ; tasya nirgacchataḥ śyenakena śakunakena cūḍāmaṇir apahṛtaḥ; naimittikair dṛṣṭaḥ; te kathayanti: yādṛśam asya nimittaṃ niyatam ayaṃ śāstari prahṛtya narakaparāyaṇo bhavatīti; kokālikakhaṇḍadravyakaṭamorakatiṣyasamudradattānāṃ nirgacchatāṃ khareṇa vāśitam; te 'pi naimittikair vyākṛtāḥ: ete 'pi mahāśrāvakeṣu vāgduścaritaṃ kṛtvā narakaparāyaṇā bhaviṣyanti iti; upanandasya hastiskandhābhirūḍhasya itaś cāmutaś ca vyavalokayato muktāhāraḥ patitaḥ; sa hastiskandhād avatīrya gṛhītaḥ; so 'pi vyākṛtaḥ: anenātyantalobhān narakeṣūpapattavyam iti; tatas teṣāṃ śākyānāṃ bhadrikāniruddhadevadattapramukhāni pañcaśākyaśatāni udyānayātrāpratispardhayā śobhayā yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṅkrāntāni; bhagavān saṃlakṣayati: saced ahaṃ śākyān ehibhikṣukayā pravrājayiṣyāmi kecid ārādhakā bhaviṣyanti, kecid anārādhakāḥ; ye anārādhakās teṣāṃ bhaviṣyaty anyathātvam; sarvaś caihibhikṣuś caramabhavikaḥ; yanv ahaṃ sarvān eva bhikṣūn ( A 422b ) jñapticaturthena karmaṇā pravrājayeyam upasaṃpādayeyam; iti viditvā bhikṣūn āmantrayate: pravrājayata bhikṣavaḥ kāpilavāstavān śākyān, upasaṃpādayata jñapticaturthena karmaṇā iti; evaṃ bhadanteti te bhikṣavo bhagavataḥ pratyaśrauṣuḥ
Upālin, the barber
śākyānām upālī nāma kalpakaḥ rājñā śuddodanena teṣāṃ pravrajatāṃ keśāvaropakaḥ preṣitaḥ; bhadrikasya śākyarājasya keśān avatārayan so 'śrudurdinavadano bāṣpoparuddhyamānahṛdayo muhur ( SBV I 205 ) niśvāsaparāyaṇaḥ keśān avatārayati; bhadrikaḥ śākyarājaḥ kathayati: upālin kimarthaṃ rodiṣi? sa karuṇadīnavilambitair akṣaraiḥ kathayati: deva mayā jambūdvīpapradhānānāṃ puruṣāṇām upasthānaṃ kṛtvā, idānīṃ prākṛtapuruṣāṇām upasthānaṃ kartavyaṃ bhaviṣyati; kāmaṃ prāṇaviyogaḥ, na yuṣmābhiḥ parityaktasya jīvitam iti; bhadrikaḥ śākyarājaḥ kathayati: alam upālin darśitas tvayā svāmibhaktyanurāgaḥ; niyaccha śokam; ahaṃ tathā kariṣyāmi yathā prākṛtapuruṣāṇām upasthānaṃ na kariṣyasi; iti viditvā tenaikasmin pradeśe paṭakaḥ prasāritaḥ, śākyakumārāś ca abhihitāḥ: śṛṇvantu bhavantaḥ kumārā eṣo 'smākam upālī kalpakaḥ kṛtopasthānaḥ; tad asya jīvikānimittam alaṅkāraṃ paṭe sthāpayata; nāsmābhiḥ punar agāre vastavyam iti; tair hārārdhahārakaṭakakeyūrakuṇḍalānāṃ nānāratnapratyuptānām alaṅkāraviśeṣāṇāṃ paṭake mahān rāśiḥ kṛtaḥ; upālinā teṣām anupūrveṇa keśāvaropaṇaṃ kṛtam; te snātuṃ gatāḥ; sa saṃlakṣayati: ime tāvat kumārāḥ kulavibhavayauvanopetāḥ sphītāny antaḥpurāṇi, sphītāni kośakoṣṭhāgārāṇy apāsya pravrajitāḥ; aham asminn alaṅkāramātre sakto 'nayena vyasanam āpatsye; yady ahaṃ na nīcakulotpannaḥ syām, aham api svākhyāte dharmavinaye pravrajyodyujyeyaṃ, ghaṭeyaṃ, vyāyaccheyam, oghānām uttaraṇāya, yogānāṃ samatikramaṇāyeti
dharmatā hy eṣā yathā buddhā bhagavantas trī rātreḥ, trir divasasya buddhacakṣuṣā lokaṃ vyavalokayanti, evaṃ mahāśrāvakā api; adrākṣīd āyuṣmān śāriputraḥ upālinaṃ kalpakam atīva saṃvignam; dṛṣṭvā ca punar yenopālī kalpakas tenopasaṅkrāntaḥ; upasaṅkramya upālinaṃ kalpakam idam avocat: kasmāt tvam upālin atīva saṃvignaḥ kare kapolaṃ datvā cintāparas tiṣṭhasīti; sa kathayati: katham ahaṃ bhadanta śāriputra na cintāparo bhavāmi yatredānīm amī kumārāḥ kulavibhavayauvanopetāḥ sphītāny antaḥpurāṇi sphītāni ca kośakoṣṭhāgārāṇy apāsya pravrajitāḥ; aham asminn alaṅkāramātre sakto 'nayena vyasanam āpatsye? yady ahaṃ na nīcakulotpannaḥ syām aham api svākhyāte dharmavinaye pravrajya udyujyeyaṃ, ghaṭeyaṃ, ( SBV I 206 ) vyāyaccheyam oghānām uttaraṇāya, yogānāṃ samatikramaṇāyeti; āyuṣmān śāriputraḥ kathayati: bhadramukha nedaṃ munīndrapravacanaṃ jātisārakaṃ, na gotrasārakaṃ, na śrutasārakam; api tu pratipattisārakam idaṃ munīndrapravacanam; ( A 423a ) na jātikulagotrāṇi parīkṣante tathāgatāḥ; karmāṇi tu parīkṣante cirakālakṛtāny api; saced ākāṅkṣasi svākhyāte dharmavinaye pravrajyām upasaṃpadāṃ bhikṣubhāvam, ehi bhagavatsakāśaṃ gacchāva; pravrājayiṣyati te bhagavān iti; tenādhivāsitam
Upālin ordained
athāyuṣmān śāriputraḥ upālinaṃ kalpakam ādāya yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṅkrāntaḥ; upasaṅkramya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā bhagavantam idam avocat: ayaṃ bhadanta upālī ākāṅkṣate svākhyāte dharmavinaye pravrajyām upasaṃpadaṃ bhikṣubhāvam; tato bhagavān pravrājayatu, upasaṃpādayatu, anukampām upādāyeti; sa bhagavatā ābhāṣitaḥ ehi bhikṣo cara brahmacaryam iti; bhagavato vāco 'vasānasamanantaram eva muṇḍaḥ saṃvṛttaḥ, saṅghāṭīprāvṛtaḥ, pātrakarakavyagrahastaḥ, saptāhāvaropitakeśaśmaśruḥ, varṣaśatopasampannasya bhikṣor īryāpathenāvasthitaḥ; āha cātra:
ehīti coktaḥ sa tathāgatena
muṇḍaś ca saṅghāṭiparītadehaḥ /
sadyaḥ praśāntendriya eva tasthau
nepathyito buddhamanorathena //

śākyāḥ pravrajitāḥ yathāvṛddhikayā sāmīcīṃ kāryante; bhadrikena śākyarājena sāmīcīṃ kurvatā upālinaḥ pādau pratyabhijñātau, tato mukhaṃ vyavalokitam; sa kathayati: bhagavann eṣa upālī; kim asyāpi mayā pādayor nipatitavyam iti; bhagavān āha: vatsa mānaprahāṇāya pravrajyā; tavaiṣa vṛddho nihatamadamānaḥ; nipateti; sa tasya pādayor nipatitaḥ; ṣaḍvikāraṃ pṛthivīkampo jātaḥ; iyaṃ mahāpṛthivī calati, saṃcalati, saṃpracalati; vyathate, pravyathate saṃpravyathate; pūrvā dig unnamati; paścimāvanamati; paścimā unnamati; purvā avanamati; dakṣiṇā unnamati; uttarā avanamati; uttarā unnamati; dakṣiṇā avanamati; ( SBV I 207 ) madhya unnamati, anto 'vanamati; anta unnamati, madhyo 'vanamati; evam anupūrveṇa nipatitāḥ; devadatto na nipatati; bhagavān kathayati: vatsa mānaprahāṇāya pravrajyā, nipateti; sa kathayati; tava kiṃ vidyate? nāham asya pādayor nipatāmīti; sa na nipatatīti tatra devadattena bhagavatas tatprathamataḥ ājñā prativyūḍhā
bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: paśya bhadanta bhadrikena śākyarājena upālino vandanāyāṃ kṛtāyāṃ ṣaḍvikāraṃ pṛthivīkampo jātaḥ iti; bhagavān āha: na bhikṣava etarhi, yathātīte 'pi adhvany eṣā dharmatā; yo 'sau pādayor nipatitaḥ; ṣaḍvikāraś ca pṛthivīkampo jātaḥ; tac chrūyatām
Sundara, the student, and Bhadrā, the harlot
bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo vārāṇasyāṃ nagaryāṃ brahmadatto nāma rājā rājyaṃ kārayati, ṛddhaṃ ca sphītaṃ ca kṣemaṃ ca subhikṣaṃ ca ākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca; tena khalu samayena vārāṇasyāṃ nagaryāṃ bhadrā nāma rūpājīvinī prativasati; sundarāś ca nāmnā māṇavakaḥ; sa tasyāḥ sakāśam upasaṅkrāntaḥ kathayati: bhadre āgaccha paricārayāma iti; sā kathayati; santi te pañca kārṣāpaṇaśatānīti; ( A 423b ) sa kathayati, na santi; gaccha, pañca kārṣāpaṇaśatāni gṛhītvā āgaccha; tasya vibhavo nāsti; sa tasyām atyartham adhyavasitaḥ; kālena kālaṃ nānāvicitrāṇi puṣpāṇi, phalāni copanāmyati; tasyās tasminn anunaya utpannaḥ; yāvad apareṇa samayena vārāṇasyāṃ parvā pratyupasthitaḥ; sarvās striyo vastramālyālaṅkāravibhūṣitāḥ svakasvakeṣu krīḍāratiharṣabahulā avatiṣṭhante; tā dṛṣṭvā sundaro māṇavaḥ paritasyati; bhadrā rūpājīvinī saṃlakṣayati: adya vārāṇaseyā manuṣyā vastrālaṅkāravibhūṣitā svakasvakābhiḥ strībhiḥ sārdhaṃ paricārayiṣyanti; sundaro māṇavakaḥ mayā sārdhaṃ paricārayiṣyati; sā caivaṃ cintayati; sundaraś ca māṇavakas taṃ pradeśam anuprāptaḥ; sā taṃ dṛṣṭvā pūrvopakārasañjanitasaumanasyā kathayati: māṇava gaccha; sugandhāni puṣpāṇy ādāyāgaccha; mayā sārdhaṃ paricārayiṣyasīti; sa naṣṭopalabdhaprāṇa iva vismayāvarjitasantatiḥ prakrāntaḥ; tasyā rūpayauvanacāturyaguṇān vikalpayan madāviṣṭaḥ kṛtsnāṃ rātriṃ jāgaritaḥ; prabhātāyāṃ rajanyām atyarthamiddharparyākulīkṛtanayanas tāvat supto yāvad ādhityodaya iti; sarvopayogāya lokena yadā sarvāṇi puṣpāṇy uccitāni tadā prativibuddhaḥ; puṣpanimittam itaś ( SBV I 208 ) cāmutaś ca paribhramati; nārāgayati; śirīṣapuṣpāṇy ādāya tasyāḥ sakāśam upasaṅkrāntaḥ; sā gāthāṃ bhāṣate:
alaso 'jinadhāry akarmaśīlo
baṭukaḥ sundarako nirardhamāṣaḥ /
paripuṣpitapādape 'dya kāle
pradadāty eṣa hi yac chirīṣapuṣpam //
iti viditvā kathayati: gaccha anyāni puṣpāṇy ādāyāgaccheti; kāmān khalu pratisevamānasya saṃyojanāny upacayaṃ gacchantīti sa pravṛddhakāmarāgo grīṣmaṇāṃ paścime māse vyabhre dine vigatabalāhake, sthite madhyāhnasamaye, nagarād ativiprakṛṣṭadeśeṣv araṇyeṣu vaktrāparavaktraṃ gāyan puṣpāṇy uccinoti; rājā ca brahmadatto mṛgavadhāya nirgataḥ; sa tīkṣṇārkaraśmisantāpitaḥ chāyāyāḥ śītalaṃ pradeśam anuprāptaḥ; tasya gītaśabdaṃ śrutvā gāthāṃ bhāṣate:
ūrdhvaṃ tapati ādityaḥ adhastād dahati vālukā /
kasmād gāyasi gātrāṇi na te dahati ātapaḥ // iti;
sundarako 'pi gāthāṃ bhāṣate:
na māṃ tāpayaty ādityaḥ saṅkalpās tāpayanti mām /
kāryākāryāṇi loke 'smiṃs tāpayanti tu nātapaḥ // iti;
rājā saṃlakṣayati: nūnam ayaṃ māṇavaḥ śaityakathāsu kṛtāvī yena sthite madhyāhnasamaye puṣpāṇy uccinotīti; sa tenābhihitaḥ: kuru māṇava śaityāṃ tāvat kathām; śṛṇomīti; sa saṃlakṣayati; nūnam asya rājñaḥ śarīradāhaḥ, yenaivaṃ vadatīti; tena tasya vicitrā śaityakathā kṛtā, yāṃ śrutvā rājñaḥ śarīradāhaḥ prativigataḥ; rājā abhiprasannaḥ; amātyān pṛcchati; bhavanto yo rājño kṣatriyasya mūrdhābhiṣiktasya jīvitam anuprayacchati, tasya kaḥ pratyupakāraḥ? deva upārdharājyam; tatas sa rājñā abhihitaḥ; māṇava adya rājakule vāsaṃ kalpayasva; upārdharājyaṃ te prayacchāmi iti; tasya rājakule praṇītaṃ śayanāsanaṃ dattam; sa tasmin śayitaḥ bhadrām anusmṛtya cintayati; tad upārdharājyaṃ gṛhṇāmi yatra bhadrā rūpājīvinī iti; bhūyaḥ saṃlakṣayati: kīdṛśaḥ sa rājā yatra upārdharājyaṃ bhuṅkte; yanv aham enam jīvitād vyaparopayeyam iti; punaḥ saṃlakṣayati: ( A 424a ) alam anena rājyena yad rājānaṃ praghātya iti; gmathāṃ ca bhāṣate: ( SBV I 209 )
aprāpte arthatarṣaḥ prāpte cārthe na tarṣavinivṛttiḥ /
aprāpte ca vighātas tasmād arthe matir anarthāya // iti

yāvat prabhātā rajanī saṃvṛttā, sa vipratisārajātaḥ śayanād avatīrya kṛṣṇājīnam āstīrya bhūmau śayitaḥ; prabhātāyāṃ rajanyāṃ rājā kathayati: bhavantaḥ śabdayata taṃ māṇavam; upārdharājyaṃ tasmai anuprayacchāmīti; rājadūtā gatāḥ paśyanti; mahāśayanād avatīrya bhūmau śayitaḥ; dṛṣṭvā ca punar aprasādaṃ pravedayanto rājñaḥ sakāśaṃ gatāḥ kathayanti: deva nāsāv arhati rājyam; rājā kathayati, kimartham? te kathayanti: deva yo hi nāma praṇītaṃ śayanāsanam apahāya bhūmau kṛṣṇājine śayitas tasya hīnādhimuktasya kiṃ rājyeneti; rājā kathayati: bhavantaḥ sa prājñaḥ, kāraṇenātra bhavitavyam; śabdayata iti; tair asau śabditaḥ: rājñā pṛṣṭaḥ: bho māṇava kimarthaṃ tvaṃ mahāśayanāsanād kṛṣṇājine śayita iti; tena yathāvṛttaṃ rājñe samākhyātam; tataḥ kathayati: deva anujānīhi pravrajāmīti; rājā kathayati: samayato 'nujānāmi; yadi pravrajitvā kiñcid guṇagaṇam adhigacchasi mamārocayitavyam iti; tena pratijñātam evaṃ bhavatv iti; tatas tena śāntaṃ pradeśaṃ gatvā anācāryakeṇa anupādhyāyakena pratyekabodhir anugatā; sa pratyekabuddhaḥ saṃlakṣayati; mayā tasya rājñaḥ pratijñātam; gacchāmi tāṃ pūrvikāṃ pratijñāṃ niryātayāmi iti; sa rājñaḥ sakāśaṃ gatvā upari vihāyasam abhyudgamya jvalanatapanavarṣaṇavidyotanaprātihāryāṇi kartum ārabdhaḥ; rājā tasya pādayor nipatya gāthāṃ bhāṣate:
paśyālpakalpaprabhavaṃ vipākaṃ
mahān viśeṣo hy upagena labdhaḥ /
lābhāḥ sulabdhā bata māṇavena
yat prāvrajat kiṃ kuśalaṃ gaveṣī //
Gaṅgāpāla, the barber
rājño brahmadattasya gaṅgāpālo nāma kalpakaḥ; tenāsau sundaraproktāṃ gāthāṃ gāthāṃ grāhitaḥ; uktaś ca: gaṅgāpāla bhūyo bhūyaḥ mām etāṃ gāthāṃ smārayiṣyasīti; gaṅgāpālaḥ kalpakaḥ svaśilpe atyarthaṃ kṛtāvī; sa yadā rājño brahmadattasya śmaśrukarma karoti tadāsau middham avakrāmati; ricchatayā prabodhyate; prabuddhaś ( SBV I 210 ) ca gaṅgāpālaṃ vareṇa pravārayati, vada kaṃ te varam anuprayacchāmīti; sa kathayati, deva vijñāpayiṣyāmīti; yadā gaṅgāpālo rājānaṃ gāthāṃ smārayati tadā rājñaḥ kāmakathāyām api cittaṃ na krāmati; prāg eva kāmādhyācaraṇe; so 'ntaḥpuraṃ an vyavalokayati; antaḥpurikāḥ kleśamadāviṣṭāḥ gaṅgāpālasya kathayanti: mātula yadā te devo vareṇa pravārayati, tadā vaktavyam, yadi me devo 'bhiprasannaḥ tad asyā gāthāyā arthaṃ vistareṇa saṃprakāśayed iti; rājñā tasyā gāthāyā artho vistareṇa saṃvibhaktaḥ; sa saṃvignaḥ pādayor nipatya kathayati: deva kṛtopasthāno 'ham; pravrajāmy agārād anagārikām iti; rājā kathayati: yadi pravrājitaḥ kiñcid guṇagaṇam adhigamiṣyasi mama nivedayiṣyasīti; sa kathayati: deva evaṃ bhavatu nivedayiṣyāmīti; ( A 424b ) sa gatvā ṛṣīṇāṃ madhye pravrajitaḥ; tena pañcābhijñāḥ sākṣātkṛtāḥ; tasyaitad abhavat: mayā rājño brahmadattasya pratijñātam; gacchāmi, tāṃ pūrvikāṃ pratijñāṃ niryātayāmīti; sa yena rājā brahmadattas tena upasaṅkrāntaḥ; upasaṅkramya upari vihāyasam abhyudgamya jvalanatapanavarṣaṇavidyotanaprātihāryāṇi kartum ārabhaḥ; asti pṛthagjanasya ṛddhir āvarjanakarī; sa pādayor nipatya kathayati: ārya tvayā evaṃvidhaguṇagaṇā adhigatāḥ? adhigatāḥ; rājā brahmadattaḥ gaṅgāpālasya ṛṣeḥ <pādayor nipatati> ṣaḍvikāraḥ pṛthivīkampo jātaḥ; mātā cāsya gāthāṃ bhāṣate:
etat te devāmravaṇaṃ brahmadattasya dhīmataḥ /
pravibhajya hi yatraiṣa prāvrajat kṣurabhāṇḍikam // iti;
rājā brahmadatto mātaram anusaṃjñapayan gāthāṃ bhāṣate:
mā vocata gṅgapālam evaṃ
kiñcin maunapadeṣu śikṣamāṇam /
tasyaiṣa hi duṣkarasya kartā

yatkṛtvā pṛthubuddhayo bhavanti //
tapasā hy abhibhūya sarvapāpam
tapasā cāpy abhibhūya sarvalokam /
tapasā hy abhibhūya karmabhāṇḍam
tapasā bhāti na vācya eṣa kiñcit // iti; ( SBV I 211 )
kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo yo 'sau tena kālena tena samayena brahmadatto nāma rājābhūd eṣa eva sa bhadrikaḥ śākyarājaḥ; yo 'sau gaṅgapālanāmā ṛṣir eṣa evāsāv upālī; tadāpi bhadrikena śākyarājena brahmadattabhūtena upālino gaṅgapālaṛṣibhūtasya praṇāme kṛte ṣaḍvikāraḥ pṛthivīkampo jātaḥ; etarhy api bhadrikena śākyarājena upālinaḥ pravrajitasya praṇāme kṛte ṣaḍvikāraḥ pṛthivīkampo jāta iti.
Appendix II
Conversion of Nandā and Nandabalā
atha bhagavān nandāṃ ca nandabalāṃ ca grāmikaduhitarau dhārmyayā kathayā sandarśayitvā samādāpayitvā samuttejayitvā saṃpraharṣayitvotthāyāsanāt prakrāntaḥ
Marvellous deeds of the Buddha before Urubilvā Kāśyapa
a) The Buddha subdues a nāga
( CPS 24a.1 ) atha bhagavataḥ senāyanagrāmakāt prakramyaitad abhavat: astīha magadheṣu janapadeṣu kaścic chramaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā suśīlaḥ saṃmato yam aham anvāvartayeyaṃ yasmin me 'nvāvṛtte 'lpakṛcchreṇa mahājanakāyo 'nvāvartiṣyate; tena khalu samayenorubilvākāśyapo jaṭilo jīrṇo vṛddho mahallako; sa viṃśativarṣaśatiko jātyā māgadhakānāṃ manuṣyāṇāṃ satkṛto gurukṛto mānito pūjito 'rhan saṃmataḥ; paṃcaśataparivāro nadyā nairaṃjanāyās tīra āśramapade śāmyate; atha bhagavata etad abhavat: ayam urubilvākāśyapo jaṭilo jīrṇo mahallakaḥ pūrvavad yāvac chāmyate; yanv aham urubilvākāśyapaṃ jaṭilam anvāvartayeyaṃ yasmin me 'nvāvṛtte 'lpakṛcchreṇa mahājanakāyo 'nvāvartiṣyate ( CPS 24a.4 ) atha bhagavān yenorubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasyāśramapadaṃ tenopajagāma; adrākṣīd urubilvlākāśyapo jaṭilo bhagavantaṃ dūrata eva; dṛṣṭvā ca punar bhagavato 'rthāyāsanaṃ prajñapya bhagavantam idam avocat: āgaccha mahāśramaṇa svāgataṃ mahāśramaṇa; mahāśramaṇaś ciracirasya paryāyam akārṣīd ihāgamanāya; niṣīdatu mahaśṛamaṇaḥ prajñapta evāsane; nyaṣīdad bhagavān prajñapta evāsane; athorubilvākāśyapo bhagavatā sārdhaṃ saṃmodanīṃ saṃrañjanīṃ vividhāṃ kathāṃ vyatisāryaikānte nyaṣīdat; ( SBV I 218 ) ekāntaniṣaṇṇaṃ bhagavān urubilvākāśyapaṃ jaṭilam idam avocat: yadi te kāśyapa agurv ahaṃ tavāgnyāgāra ekarātrīṃ vihareyaṃ; na me mahāśramaṇa aguru; api tu tatrāśīviṣo nāgaḥ prativasati; mā te sa viheṭhayiṣyati; aṅga tvaṃ kāśyapa anujānīhi na me sa viheṭayiṣyati; sacen mahāśramaṇa na te viheṭhayati tatra mahāśramaṇa vihara yathāsukham eva; ( CPS 24a.9 ) atha bhagavān bahir agnyāgārasya pādau prakṣālya agnyāgāraṃ parviśya nyaṣīdat paryaṅkam ābhujya ṛjuṃ kāyaṃ praṇidhāya pratimukhāṃ smṛtim upasthāpya; adrākṣīd āśīviṣo nāgo bhagavantaṃ dūrata eva; dṛṣṭvā ca krodhānubhāvena dhūmayati; bhagavān apy ṛddhyānubhāvena dhūmayati; athāśiviṣo nāgaḥ krodhānubhāvena prajvalitaḥ; bhagavāṃś ca tejodhātusamādhiṃ samāpannaḥ; athāśīviṣasya nāgasya krodhānubhāvena bhagavataś ca ṛddhyānubhāvena sarvo 'gnyāgāra ādīptaḥ pradīptaḥ saṃprajvalita ekajvalībhūto dhyāyati; adrākṣīd urubilvākāśyapo jaṭilo rātryāḥ pratyūṣasamaye nakṣatrāṇi vyavalokayamānaḥ sarvam agnyāgāram ādīptaṃ pradīptaṃ saṃprajvalitam ekajvalībhūtaṃ dhyāyantaṃ; ( CPS 24a.13 ) dṛṣṭvā ca tasyaitad abhavat: tathā prāsādiko mahāśramaṇaḥ; mā haivāśīviṣeṇa nāgena bhasmīkṛto bhaviṣyati; hā kaṣṭaṃ mama vacanaṃ nāśrauṣīt; atha bhagavata etad abhavat: dharmadeśanārthāya urubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasya sapariṣatkasya yanv ahaṃ tadrūpān ṛddhyabhisaṃskārān abhisaṃskuryāṃ yathāśīviṣasya nāgasya tejasā tejaḥ paryādadyāṃ na cāsya kāyaḥ klāmyeta dāntaṃ ca taṃ kṛtvā pātreṇādāya urubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasya prayaccheyam; atha bhagavān tadrūpān ṛddhyabhisaṃskārān abhisaṃkaroti yathā samāhite citte āśīviṣasya nāgasya tejasā tejaḥ paryādadāti na cāsya kāyaḥ klāmyati; dāntaṃ ca taṃ kṛtvā pātreṇādāya yenorubilvākāśyapo jaṭilas tenopajagāma; ( CPS 24a.17 ) adrākṣīd urubilvākāśyapo jaṭilo bhagavantaṃ dūrata eva; dṛṣṭvā ca bhagavantam idam avocat: jīvasi mahāśramaṇa; jīvāmi kāśyapa; kiṃ nu te mahāśramaṇa pātre; yasya te kāśyapa āśīviṣasya nāgasyānubhāvena tavāgnyāgār ....... sa mayā dāntaḥ kṛtvā pātreṇānītaḥ; athorubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasyaitad abhavat: āścaryaṃ yāvan maharddhiko mahāśramano mahānubhāvaḥ; api tv aham apy arhan
b) The Buddha hinders the lighting of the fires of Kāśyapa's students
( CPS 24b.1 ) tatredāniṃ bhagavān urubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasyāśramapade viharati vanagulmake; tena khalu samayenorubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasyāśramapade pañca māṇavaśatāni agniṃ paricaranti; ekaikas trīṇy ( SBV I 219 ) agnikuṇḍāni saṃkṣepeṇa pañcadaśāgnikuṇḍaśatāni; atha te māṇavakā agniṃ prajvālayitvā paricartukāmā na śaknuvanti prajvālayitum; atha te māṇavakā yenorubilākāśyapo jaṭilas tenopajagmuḥ; upetyorubulvākāśyapaṃ jaṭilam idam avocat: iha vayam upādhyāyāgniṃ prajvālayitvā paricartukāmā na śaknumaḥ prajvālayitum; ( CPS 24b.5 ) athorubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasyaitad abhavat: mahāśramaṇo 'smākaṃ sāmantake prativasati; mā haiva tasyānubhāvo bhaviṣyati; athorubilvākāśyapo jaṭilo yena bhagavāṃs tenopajagāma; upetya bhagavantam idam avocat: ihāsmakaṃ mahāśramaṇa te māṇavakā agniṃ prajvālayitvā paricartukāmā na śaknuvanti prajvālayitum; tasya me etad abhavat: mahāśramaṇo 'smākaṃ sāmantake prativasati mā haiva tasyānubhāvo bhaviṣyati; ( CPS 24b.8 ) prajvalatu kāśyapāgniḥ; prajvalatu mahāśramaṇa; atha so 'gniḥ svayam eva prajvalito yathāpitad buddhasya buddhānubhāvena devatānāṃ ca devatānubhāvena; athorubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasyaitad abhavat: āścaryaṃ yāvan maharddhiko mahāśramaṇo mahānubhāvaḥ; api tv aham apy arhan
c) The Buddha hinders the extinction of the fire of Kāśyapa's students

( CPS 24c.1 ) tatredānīṃ bhagavān urubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasyāśramapade viharati vanagulmake; atha te māṇavakā agniṃ paricaritvā nirvāpayitukāmā na śaknuvanti nirvāpayitum; atha te māṇavakā yenorubilākāśyapo jaṭilas tenopajagmuḥ; upetyorubulvākāśyapaṃ jaṭilam idam avocat: iha vayam upādhyāyāgniṃ paricaritvā nirvāpayitukāmā na śaknumo nirvāpayitum; ( CPS 24c.4 ) athorubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasyaitad abhavat: mahāśramaṇo 'smākaṃ sāmantake prativasati; mā haiva tasyānubhāvo bhaviṣyati; athorubilvākāśyapo jaṭilo yena bhagavāṃs tenopajagāma; upetya bhagavantam idam avocat: ihāsmakaṃ mahāśramaṇa te māṇavakā agniṃ paricaritvā nirvāpayitukāmā na śaknuvanti nirvāpayitum; tasya me tad abhavat: mahāśramaṇo 'smākaṃ sāmantake prativasati mā haiva tasyānubhāvo bhaviṣyati; ( CPS 24b.7 ) nirvātu kāśyapāgniḥ; nirvātu mahāśramaṇa; atha so 'gniḥ svayam eva nirvṛto yathāpitad buddhasya buddhānubhāvena devatānāṃ ca devatānubhāvena; athorubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasyaitad abhavat: āścaryaṃ yāvan maharddhiko mahāśramaṇo mahānubhāvaḥ; api tv aham apy arhan ( SBV I 220 )
d) The Buddha hinders the lighting of Kāśyapas's fire
( CPS 24d.1 ) tatredānīṃ bhagavān urubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasyāśramapade viharati vanagulmake; tena khalu samayenorubilvākāśyapo jaṭilo 'gniṃ prajvālayitvā paricartukāmo na śaknoti prajvālayitum; athorubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasyaitad abhavat: mahāśramaṇo 'smākaṃ sāmantake prativasati; mā haiva tasyānubhāvo bhaviṣyati; athorubilvākāśyapo jaṭilo yena bhagavāṃs tenopajagāma; upetya bhagavantam idam avocat: ihāhaṃ mahāśramaṇāgniṃ prajvālayitvā paricartukāmo na śaknomi prajvālayitum; tasya me tad abhavat: mahāśramaṇo 'smākaṃ sāmantake prativasati mā haiva tasyānubhāvo bhaviṣyati; prajvalatu kāśyapāgniḥ; prajvalatu mahāśramaṇa; atha so 'gniḥ svayam eva prajvalito yathāpitad buddhasya buddhānubhāvena devatānāṃ ca devatānubhāvena; athorubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasyaitad abhavat: āścaryaṃ yāvan maharddhiko mahāśramaṇo mahānubhāvaḥ; api tv aham apy arhan
e) The Buddha hinders the extinction of Kāśyapa's fire
( CPS 24e.1 ) tatredānīṃ bhagavān urubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasyāśramapade viharati vanagulmake; tena khalu samayenorubilvākāśyapo jaṭilo 'gniṃ paricarya nirvāpayitukāmo na śaknoti nirvāpayitum; athorubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasyaitad abhavat: mahāśramaṇo 'smākaṃ sāmantake prativasati; mā haiva tasyānubhāvo bhaviṣyati; athorubilvākāśyapo jaṭilo yena bhagavāṃs tenopajagāma; upetya bhagavantam idam avocat: ihāhaṃ mahāśramaṇāgniṃ paricarya nirvāpayitukāmā na śaknomi nirvāpayitum; tasya me etad abhavat: mahāśramaṇo 'smākaṃ sāmantake prativasati mā haiva tasyānubhāvo bhaviṣyati; nirvātu kāśyapāgniḥ; nirvātu mahāśramaṇa; atha so 'gniḥ svayam eva nirvṛto yathāpitad buddhasya buddhānubhāvena devatānāṃ ca devatānubhāvena; athorubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasyaitad abhavat: āścaryaṃ yāvan maharddhiko mahāśramaṇo mahānubhāvaḥ; api tv aham apy arhan
f) The Buddha sets fire to the fire-house of Kāśyapa
( CPS 24f.1 ) tatredānīṃ bhagavān urubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasyāśramapade viharati vanagulmake; athāpareṇa samayenorubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasya sarvo 'gnyāgāra ādīptaḥ pradīptaḥ saṃprajvalita ekajvālībhūto dhyāyati ( SBV I 221 ) tam urubilvākāśyapaḥ sapariṣatko mahatā janakāyena sārdham udyato na śaknoti nirvāpayitum; athorubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasyaitad abhavat: mahāśramaṇo 'smākaṃ sāmantake prativasati; mā haiva tasyānubhāvo bhaviṣyati; athorubilvākāśyapo jaṭilo yena bhagavāṃs tenopajagāma; upetya bhagavantam idam avocat: jānīhi mahāśramaṇa ihāsmākaṃ mahāśramano sarvo 'gnyāgāra ādīptaḥ pradīptaḥ saṃprajvalita ekajvālībhūto dhyāyati; tam ahaṃ sapariṣatko mahatā janakāyena sārdham udyato na śaknomi nirvāpayitum; tasya me etad abhavat: mahāśramaṇo 'smākaṃ sāmantake prativasati; mā haiva tasyānubhāvo bhaviṣyati; nirvāpaya kāśyapāgnyāgāraṃ; nirvāpayitu mahāśramaṇa; atha so 'gnyāgāraḥ svayam eva nirvṛto yathāpitad buddhasya buddhānubhāvena devatānāṃ ca devatānubhāvena; athorubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasyaitad abhavat: āścaryaṃ yāvan maharddhiko mahāśramaṇo mahānubhāvaḥ; api tv aham apy arhan
g) the four heavenly kings visit the Buddha
( CPS 24g.1 ) tatredānīṃ bhagavān urubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasyāśramapade viharati vanagulmake; atha taṃ rātriṃ catvāro mahārājāno 'tikrāntavarṇā abhikrāntāyāṃ rātryāṃ yena bhagavāṃs tenopajagmuḥ; upetya bhagavatpādau śirasā vanditvaikānte nyaṣīdan; teṣām ayam eva rūpaātmabhāvas tadyathā caturṇām agniskandhānām ādīptānāṃ pradīptānāṃ saṃprajvalitānāṃ ekajvalībhūtānāṃ dhyāyatām; adrākṣīd urubilvākāśyapo jaṭilo rātryāḥ pratyūṣasamaye nakṣatrāṇi vyavalokayamāno bhagavataḥ purastāc catvāro mahānto 'gniskandhā ādīptāḥ pradīptāḥ saṃprajvalitā ekajvālībhūtā dhyāyanti; athorubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasyaitad abhavat: mā haiva mahāśramaṇo 'py agniṃ paricarati tathā hy asya purato catvāro mahānto 'gniskandhā ādīptāḥ pradīptāḥ saṃprajvalitā ekajvālībhūtā dhyāyanti; athorubilvākāśyapo jaṭila āśramapadam anvāhiṇḍya yena bhagavāṃs tenopajagāma; upetya bhagavantam idam avocat; ( CPS 24g.7 ) ihāhaṃ mahāśramaṇādrākṣaṃ rātryāḥ pratyūṣasamaye nakṣatrāṇi vyavalokayamāno mahāśramaṇasya purastāc catvāro mahānto 'gniskandhā ādīptāḥ pradīptāḥ saṃprajvalitā ekajvālībhūta dhyāyanti; dṛṣṭvā ca punar me etad abhavat: mā haiva mahāśramaṇo 'py agniṃ paricarati tathā hy asya purastāc catvāro mahānto 'gniskandhā ādīptāḥ pradīptāḥ saṃprajvalitā ekajvālībhūtā dhyāyanti; nāhaṃ kāśyapa agniṃ paricarāmi; na agniṃ paricariṣye; api tu imāṃ rātriṃ catvāro mahārājāno 'tikrāntavarṇā abhikrāntāyāṃ rātryāṃ yenāhaṃ tenopasaṃkrāntāḥ; upetya mama pādau śirasā vanditvā ( SBV I 222 ) ekānte nyaṣīdan; teṣām ayam eva rūpaātmabhāvas tadyathā caturṇām agniskandhānām ādīptānāṃ pradīptānāṃ saṃprajvalitānām ekajvālībhūtānāṃ dhyāyatām; athorubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasyaitad abhavat: āścaryaṃ yāvan maharddhiko mahāśramaṇo mahānubhāvaḥ; api tv aham apy arhan
h) Śakra visits the Buddha

( CPS 24h.1 ) tatredānīṃ bhagavān urubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasyāśramapade viharati vanagulmake; atha tāṃ rātriṃ śakro devendro 'tikrāntavarṇo abhikrāntāyāṃ rātryāṃ yena bhagavāṃs tenopajagāma; upetya bhagavatpādau śirasā vanditvaikānte nyaṣīdat; tasyāyam eva rūpaātmabhāvas teṣām eva caturṇām agniskandhānām uttare atikrāntataraś ca praṇītataraś ca; adrākṣīd urubilvākāśyapo jaṭilo rātryāḥ pratyūṣasamaye nakṣatrāṇi vyavalokayamāno bhagavataḥ purastān mahān agniskandha ādīptaḥ pradīptaḥ saṃprajvalita ekajvālībhūto dhyāti; athorubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasyaitad abhavat: mā haiva mahāśramaṇo 'py agniṃ paricarati tathā hy asya purato mahān agniskandha ādīptaḥ pradīptaḥ saṃprajvalita ekajvālībhūto dhyāti; athorubilvākāśyapo jaṭila āśramapadam anvāhiṇḍya yena bhagavāṃs tenopajagāma; upetya bhagavantam idam avocat; ihāhaṃ mahāśramaṇādrākṣaṃ rātryāḥ pratyūṣasamaye nakṣatrāṇi vyavalokayamāno mahāśramaṇasya purato mahān agniskandha ādīptaḥ pradīptaḥ saṃprajvalita ekajvālībhūto dhyāti; dṛṣṭvā ca punar me etad abhavat: mā haiva mahāśramaṇo 'py agniṃ paricarati tathā hy asya purato mahān agniskandha ādīptaḥ pradīptaḥ saṃprajvalita ekajvālībhūto dhyāti; nāhaṃ kāśyapa agniṃ paricarāmi; na mayāgniṃ paricaritaḥ; api tu tāṃ rātriṃ śakro devendra atikrāntavarṇa abhikrāntāyāṃ rātryāṃ yenāhaṃ tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ; upetya mama pādau śirasā vanditvaikānte nyaṣīdat; tasyāyam eva rūpaātmabhāvas teṣām eva caturṇām agniskandhānām uttare atikrantataraś ca praṇītataraś ca; athorubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasyaitad abhavat: āścaryaṃ yāvan maharddhiko mahāśramaṇo mahānubhāvaḥ; api tv aham apy arhan
h) Brahma visits the Buddha
( CPS 24i.1 ) tatredānīṃ bhagavān urubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasyāśramapade viharati vanagulmake; atha tāṃ rātriṃ brahmā sabhāpatir atikrāntavarṇo abhikrāntāyāṃ rātryāṃ yena bhagavāṃs tenopajagāma; upetya bhagavatpādau śirasā vanditvaikānte nyaṣīdat; tasyāyam eva rūpaātmabhāvas ( SBV I 223 ) teṣām eva paṃcānām agniskandhānām uttare atikrāntataraś ca praṇītataraś ca; adrākṣīd urubilvākāśyapo jaṭilo rātryāḥ pratyūṣasamaye nakṣatrāṇi vyavalokayamāno bhagavataḥ purastān mahān agniskandha ādīptaḥ pradīptaḥ saṃprajvalita ekajvālībhūto dhyāti; athorubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasyaitad abhavat: mā haiva mahāśramaṇo 'py agniṃ paricarati tathā hy asya purato mahān agniskandha ādīptaḥ pradīptaḥ saṃprajvalita ekajvālībhūto dhyāti; athorubilvākāśyapo jaṭila āśramapadam anvāhiṇḍya yena bhagavāṃs tenopajagāma; upetya bhagavantam idam avocat; ihāhaṃ mahāśramaṇādrākṣaṃ rātryāḥ pratyūṣasamaye nakṣatrāṇi vyavalokayamāno mahāśramaṇasya purato mahān agniskandha ādīptaḥ pradīptaḥ saṃprajvalita ekajvālībhūto dhyāti; dṛṣṭvā ca punar me etad abhavat: mā haiva mahāśramaṇo 'py agniṃ paricarati tathā hy asya purato mahān agniskandha ādīptaḥ pradīptaḥ saṃprajvalita ekajvālībhūto dhyāti; nāhaṃ kāśyapa agniṃ paricarāmi; na mayāgniṃ paricaritaḥ; api tu tāṃ rātriṃ brahmā sabhāpatir atikrāntavarṇa abhikrāntāyāṃ rātrau yenāhaṃ tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ; upetya mama pādau śirasā vanditvaikānte nyaṣīdat; tasyāyam eva rūpaātmabhāvas teṣām eva paṃcānām agniskandhānām uttare atikrantataraś ca praṇītataraś ca; athorubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasyaitad abhavat: āścaryaṃ yāvan maharddhiko mahāśramaṇo mahānubhāvaḥ; api tv aham apy arhan
j) The Buddha reads Kāśyapa's thoughts
( CPS 24j.1 ) tatredānīṃ bhagavān urubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasyāśramapade viharati vanagulmake; tena khalu samayenorubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasyāvasathe saptāhiko yajñaḥ pratyupasthitaḥ; athorubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasyaitad abhavat: saced māgadhakā manuṣyā jānīyur evaṃmahardhiko mahāśramaṇa evaṃmahānubhāvaḥ sthānam etad vidyate yad asyaiva kārā kartavyā manyeran na tathā mama; aho bata mahāśramaṇa idaṃ saptāham evānyatra viprakrameta; atha bhagavān urubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasya cetasā cittam ājñāya tat saptāham evānyatra viprakrāntaḥ; tat khalu saptāham urubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasya mahāṃ lābhasatkāraḥ prādurbhūtaḥ prabhūtaṃ khādanīyabhojanīyaṃ saṃpannaṃ mahājanakāyaś ca vaśe vṛttaḥ; athorubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasya tasya saptāhasyātyayād etad abhavat: aho tat saptāhaṃ me mahāṃ lābhasatkāraḥ prādurbhūtaḥ prabhūtaṃ khādanīyabhojanīyaṃ saṃpannaṃ mahājanakāyaś ca vaśe vṛttaḥ; aho bata mahāśramaṇa āgacchet so 'pītaḥ paribhuṃjīta; atha bhagavān urubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasya cetasā cittam ājñāya yenorubilvākāśyapo jaṭilas tenopajagāma ( SBV I 224 ) adrākṣīd urubilvākāśyapo bhagavantaṃ dūrata eva; dṛṣṭvā ca punar evam āha: āgato 'si mahāśramaṇa; āgato 'smi kāśyapa; kasyārthaṃ tvaṃ mahāśramaṇa tat saptāham evānyatra viprakrāntaḥ; nanu te kāśyapa etad abhūd yadi māgadhakā manuṣyā jānīyur evaṃmaharddhiko mahāśramaṇa evaṃmahānubhāvaḥ sthānam etad vidyate yad asyaiva pūrvavad yāvad aho bata mahāśramaṇa idaṃ saptāham evānyatra viprakrameta; evaṃ mahāśramaṇa; ahaṃ tava cetasā cittam ājñāyānyatra viprakrāntaḥ; kasyārthaṃ tvaṃ mahāśramaṇa āgataḥ; nanu te kāśyapa tasya saptāhasyātyayād etad abhavad aho tat saptāhaṃ me mahāṃ lābhasatkāraḥ prādurbhūtaḥ prabhūtaṃ khādanīyabhojanīyaṃ saṃpannaṃ mahājanakāyaś ca vaśe vṛttaḥ; aho bata mahāśraṃaṇa āgacchet so 'pītaḥ paribhuṃjīta; evaṃ mahāśramaṇa; ahaṃ tava cetasā cittam ājñāyāgataḥ; paribhuṃktāṃ mahāśramaṇo yathāsukham eva; athorubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasyaitad abhavad āścaryaṃ yāvan maharddhiko mahāśramaṇo mahānubhāvaḥ; api tv aham apy arhan
k) The Buddha procures fruits of jambu etc.

( CPS 24k.1 ) tatredānīṃ bhagavān urubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasyāśramapade viharati vanagulmake; athorubilvākāśyapo jaṭilo bhagavantam idam avocat: tena hi mahāśramaṇāsmākaṃ sāmantake prativasa; ahaṃ te yātrādharmeṇa; adhivāsayati bhagavān urubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasya tūṣṇīṃbhāvena; athorubilvākāśyapo jaṭilo bhagavato 'rthāya bhojanaṃ pratipādayitvā yena bhagavāṃs tenopajagāma; upetya bhagavantam idam avocat: samayo mahāśramaṇa sadyo bhaktaṃ yasyedānīṃ mahāśramaṇaḥ kālaṃ manyate; tena hi kāśyapa gaccha; eṣa āgacchāmi; atha bhagavān aciraprakrāntam urubilvākāśyapaṃ jaṭilaṃ viditvā yasyā jaṃbvā nāmnā jaṃbudvīpaḥ prajñāyate tato jaṃbupeśīnāṃ varṇagandharasopetānāṃ pātrapūram ādāya yenorubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasyāśramapadaṃ tenopajagāma; upetya prajñapta evāsane nyaṣīdat; tataḥ paścād āgata urubilvākāsyapo jaṭilaḥ; adrākṣīd urubilvākāśyapo jaṭilo bhagavantam āśramapade niṣaṇṇam; dṛṣṭvā ca punar evam āha: āgato 'si mahāśramaṇa; āgato 'smi kāśyapa; kin nu te mahāśramaṇa pātre; ihāham aciraprakrānte tvayi tadrūpaṃ samādhiṃ samāpanno yathā samāhite citte yasyā jaṃbvā nāmnā jaṃbudvīpaḥ prajñāyate tato jaṃbupeśīnāṃ varṇagandharasopetānāṃ pātrapūram ādāyāgataḥ; saced ākāṃkṣasi paribhuṃkṣva; paribhuṃktāṃ mahāśramaṇo yathāsukham eva; athorubilvākāsyapasya jaṭilasyaitad abhavat: āścaryaṃ yāvan maharddhiko mahāśramaṇo mahānubhāvaḥ; ( SBV I 225 ) api tv aham apy arhan; ( CPS 24l-n ) yathā jambupeśīnāṃ tathāpi āmalakapeśīnām; uttarakurudvīpaṃ gatvā akṛṣṭoptānāṃ taṇḍulaphalaśālīnāṃ pātrapūram ādāya yenorubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasyāśramapadaṃ tenopajagāma; upetya prajñapta evāsane nyaṣīdat; tataḥ paścād āgata urubilvākāśyapo jaṭilaḥ; adrākṣīd urubilvākāśyapo jaṭilo bhagavantam āśramapade niṣaṇṇam; dṛṣṭvā ca punar evam āha: āgato 'si mahāśramaṇa; āgato 'smi kāśyapa; kin nu te mahāśramaṇa pātre; ihāham aciraprakrānte tvayi tadrūpaṃ samādhiṃ samāpanno yathā samāhite citte uttarakurudvīpaṃ gatvā akṛṣṭoptānāṃ taṇḍulaphalaśālīnāṃ pātrapūram ādāya āgataḥ; saced ākāṃkṣasi paribhuṃkṣva; paribhuṃktāṃ mahāśramaṇo yathāsukham eva; athorubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasyaitad abhavat: āścaryaṃ yāvan maharddhiko mahāśramaṇo mahānubhāvaḥ; api tv aham apy arhan
o) Śakra supplies the Buddha with water
( CPS 24o.1 ) tatredānīṃ bhagavān urubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasyāśramapade viharati vanagulmake; athorubilvākāśyapo jaṭilo bhagavato 'rthāya bhojanaṃ pratipādayitvā yena bhagavāṃs tenopajagāma; upetya bhagavantam idam avocat; samayo mahāśramaṇa sadyo bhaktaṃ yasyedānīṃ mahāśramaṇaḥ kālaṃ manyate; atha bhagavān pūrvāhṇe nivāsya pātracīvaram ādāya yenorubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasyāśramapadaṃ tenopajagāma; upetya prajñapta evāsane nyaṣīdat; athorubilvākāśyapo jaṭilaḥ sukhopaniṣaṇṇaṃ bhagavantaṃ viditvā śucinā praṇītena khādanīyabhojanīyena pātraṃ pūrayitvā partipāditaḥ; atha bhagavān urubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasyāntikāt piṇḍapātam ādāya anyatarasmiṃ pradeśe bhaktakṛtyam akārṣīt; tatra bhagavata udakenodakakāryam utpannam; atha śakro devendro bhagavata udakenotpannam udakakāryaṃ viditvā bhagavataḥ purataḥ pāṇinā pṛthivīṃ parāhanti; tatra mahad udapānaṃ prādurbhūtaṃ vāriviṣyandi; yato bhagavān udakakāryam akārṣīt; adrākṣīd urubilvākāśyapo jaṭila āśramapade caṃkraman mahad udapānaṃ prādurbhūtaṃ vāriviṣyandi; dṛṣṭvā ca tasyaitad abhavat: na idaṃ pūrve udapānaṃ mayā dṛṣṭam: etarhi udakaṃ kuta āgatam: athorubilvākāśyapo jaṭilo yena bhagavāṃs tenopajagāma; upetya bhagavantam idam avocat: jānīhi mahāśramaṇa; ihāham āśramapade caṃkramann adrākṣaṃ mahad udapānaṃ vāriviṣyandi; dṛṣṭvā ca mamaitad abhavat: na idaṃ mahāśramaṇa pūrve udapānaṃ mayā dṛṣṭaṃ, etarhi udakaṃ kuta āgataṃ; atra tava kāśyapa antikāt piṇḍapātam ādāya anyatarasmiṃ pradeśe bhaktakṛtyaṃ kṛtvā mama udakenodakakāryam ( SBV I 226 ) utpannam; atha śakro devendro mama udakenotpannam udakakāryaṃ viditvāsmiṃ pradeśe pāṇinā pṛthivīṃ parāhanti; atra mahad udapānaṃ prādurbhūtaṃ yato 'ham udakenodakakāryam akārṣam; pāṇikhātā nāma kāśyapa eṣā puṣkariṇī; athorubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasyaitad abhavat: āścaryaṃ yāvan maharddhiko mahāśramaṇo mahānubhāvaḥ; api tv aham apy arhan
p) An arjuna-tree inclines the branch
( CPS 24p.1 ) tatredānīṃ bhagavān urubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasyāśramapade viharati vanagulmake; atha bhagavān sāyāhne pratisaṃlayanād vyutthāya yena pāṇikhātā puṣkariṇī tenopajagāma; upetya pāṇikhātāyāḥ puṣkariṇyās tīre ekāntaṃ cīvarakāṇy upanikṣipya pāṇikhātāṃ puṣkariṇīm abhyavagāhya gātrāṇi pariṣicya pāṇikhātāyāḥ puṣkariṇyā uttartukāmo yena kakubhavṛkṣas tena bāhuṃ prasārayati; tataḥ sā mahatī kakubhaśākhā natā yām avalaṃbya bhagavān pāṇikhātāyāḥ puṣkariṇyā uttīrṇaḥ; adrākṣīd urubilvākāśyapo jaṭila āśramapadam anvāhiṇḍan pāṇikhātāyāḥ puṣkariṇyās tīre mahatīṃ kakubhaśākhāṃ natāṃ; dṛṣṭvā ca tasyaitad abhavat: naiṣā me pūrve kakubhaśākhā namati; na ko mahatīṃ kakubhaśākhāṃ namayati; athorubilvākāśyapo jaṭilo yena bhagavāṃs tenopajagāma; upetya bhagavantam idam avocat: jānīhi mahāśramaṇa; ihāhaṃ āśramapadam anvāhiṇḍann adrākṣaṃ pāṇikhātāyāḥ puṣkariṇyās tīre mahatīṃ kakubhaśākhāṃ natām; dṛṣṭvā ca mamaitad abhavat: naiṣā me mahāśramaṇa pūrve kakubhaśākhā namati; mā kaścin mahatīṃ kakubhaśākhāṃ namayati; ihāhaṃ kāśyapa sāyāhne pratisaṃlayanād vyutthāya yena pāṇikhātā puṣkariṇī tenopajagāma; upetya pāṇikhātāyāḥ puṣkariṇyās tīre ekāntaṃ cīvarakāṇy upanikṣipya pāṇikhātāṃ puṣkariṇīm abhyavagāhya; gātrāṇi pariṣicya pāṇikhātāyāḥ puṣkariṇyā uttartukāmo yena kakubhavṛkṣas tena bāhuṃ prasārayami; tataḥ sā mahatī kakubhaśākhā namati yām avalaṃbya pāṇikhātāyāḥ puṣkariṇyā aham uttīrṇaḥ; bāhugṛhīto nāma kāśyapa eṣa kakubhaḥ; athorubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasyaitad abhavat: āścaryaṃ yāvan maharddhiko mahāśramaṇo mahānubhāvaḥ; api tv aham apy arhan
q) Śakra makes the washing of clothes possible

( CPS 24q.1 ) tatredānīṃ bhagavān urubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasyāśramapade viharati vanagulmake; tena khalu samayena bhagavataḥ śāṇakāni pāṃsukūlāni saṃpannāni; atha bhagavata etad abhavat: kutra nv ahaṃ śāṇakāni ( SBV I 227 ) pāṃsukūlāni praviṣiṃceyam; atha khalu śakro devendro bhagavataś cetasā cittam ājñāyānyatarasmāt pradeśāṃ mahatīṃ pāṣāṇaśilām ādāya yena bhagavāṃs tenopajagāma; upetya bhagavantam idam avocat: iha bhagavāñ śāṇakāni pāṃsukūlāni praviṣiṃcatu; tatra bhagavatā śāṇakāni pāṃsukūlāni praviṣiktāni; atha bhagavata etad abhavat: kutra nv ahaṃ śāṇakāni pāṃsukūlāni śocayeyam; atha khalu śakro devendro bhagavataś cetasā cittam ājñāyānyatarasmāt pradeśān mahatīṃ pāṣāṇaśilām ādāya yena bhagavāṃs tenopajagāma; upetya bhagavantam idam avocat: iha bhagavāñ śāṇakāni pāṃsukūlāni śocayatu; tatra bhagavatā śāṇakāni pāṃsukūlāni śocitāni; adrākṣīd urubilvākāśyapa āśramapadam anvāhiṇḍaṃs te mahatyau pāśāṇaśile; dṛṣṭvā ca tasyaitad abhavat: naite mahatyau pāṣāṇaśile pūrve abhūtam; kena te etarhy ānīte; atha urubilvākāśyapo jaṭilo yena bhagavāṃs tenopajagāma; upetya bhagavantam idam avocat: jānīhi mahāśramaṇa; ihāham āśramapadam anvāhiṇḍann adrākṣaṃ mahatyau pāṣāṇaśile; dṛṣṭvā ca mamaitad abhavat: naite mahatyau pāṣāṇaśile pūrve abhūtam; kena te etarhy ānīte; iha mama kāśyapa śāṇakāni pāṃsukūlāni saṃpannāni; tasya me etad abhavat: kutra nv ahaṃ śāṇakāni pāṃsukūlāni praviṣiṃceyam; atha khalu śakro devendro mama cetasā cittam ājñāyānyatarasmāt pradeśāṃ mahatīṃ pāṣāṇaśilām ādāya yenāhaṃ tenopajagāma; upetya mām idam avocat: iha bhagavāñ śāṇakāni pāṃsukūlāni praviṣiṃcatu; tatra mayā śāṇakāni pāṃsukūlāni praviṣiktāni; tasya me etad abhavat: kutra nv ahaṃ śāṇakāni pāṃsukūlāni śocayeyam; atha khalu śakro devendro mama cetasā cittam ājñāyānyatarasmāt pradeśān mahatīṃ pāṣāṇaśilām ādāya yenāhaṃ tenopajagāma; upetya mām idam avocat: iha bhagavāñ śāṇakāni pāṃsukūlāni śocayatu; tatra mayā śāṇakāni pāṃsukūlāni śocitāni; yakṣāhṛtā nāma kāśyapa eṣā mahatī pāṣāṇaśilā; athorubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasyaitad abhavat: āścaryaṃ yāvan maharddhiko mahāśramaṇo mahānubhāvaḥ; api tv aham apy arhan
r) Buddha's command on the element water
( CPS 24r.1 ) tatredānīṃ bhagavān urubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasyāśramapade viharati vanagulmake; tena khalu samayena nairaṃjanāyā mahodakavāhaḥ prādurbhūtaḥ; atha bhagavān sādhikapauruṣeṇodakaskandhena parikṣipto reṇuhate 'bhyavakāśe caṃkramati; athorubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasyaitad abhavat: tathā prāsādiko mahāśramaṇaḥ; mā haivodakavāhena hṛto bhaviṣyati iti mahāśramaṇaṃ samanveṣiṣyāmīty ekavṛkṣikāṃ ( SBV I 228 ) nāvam adhirohan bhagavantaṃ samanveṣati; adrākṣīd urubilvākāsyapo jaṭilo bhagavantaṃ sādhikapauruṣeṇodakaskandhena parikṣiptaṃ reṇuhate 'bhyavakāśe caṃkramantam; dṛṣṭvā ca punar bhagavantam idam avocat: jīvasi mahāśramaṇa; jīvāmi kāśyapa; adhiroha mahāśramaṇa; adhirokṣyasi mahāśramaṇa ekavṛkṣikāṃ nāvam; adhirohāmi kāśyapa; atha bhagavata etad abhavat: yanv ahaṃ tadrūpān ṛddhyābhisaṃskārān abhisaṃskuryāṃ yathā samāhite citte yathodakam eva ekavṛkṣikāṃ nāvam adhiroheyam; atha bhagavān tadrūpan ṛddhyābhisaṃskārān abhisaṃskaroti yathā samāhite citte yathodakam eva ekavṛkṣikāṃ nāvam adhirohati; athorubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasyaitad abhavat: āścaryaṃ yāvan maharddhiko mahāśramaṇo mahānubhāvaḥ; api tv aham apy arhan

Conversion of Urubilvākāśyapa and of his five hundred students
( CPS 25a.1 ) atha bhagavān urubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasya cetasā cittaṃ ājñāya urubilvākāśyapaṃ jaṭilam idam avocat: naiva tvaṃ kāśyapārhan naivārhatvaphalasākṣātkriyāṃ samāpanno naivājānāsy arhatvamārgam; athorubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasyaitad abhavat: jānāti me mahāśramaṇaś cetasā cittam; iti viditvā bhagavantam idam avocat: labheyāhaṃ mahāśramaṇasyāntike pravrajyām upasaṃpadaṃ bhikṣubhāvam; careyam ahaṃ mahāśramaṇasyāntike brahmacaryam; atha bhagavān urubilvākāśyapam āmantrayate: avalokitā te kāśyapa pariṣan no śramaṇa; tena hi kāśyapa pariṣadaṃ tāvad avalokaya; pariṣadavalokanam eva sādhu yathāpitat tvādṛśānāṃ yaśasvināṃ jñātamanuṣyāṇām; athorubilvākāśyapo jaṭilo māṇavakān āmantrayati: ahaṃ māṇavakā mahāśramaṇasyāntike brahmacaryaṃ cariṣyāmi; bhavantaḥ kiṃ kariṣyanti; yat kiñcid vayam upādhyāya prajānīmaḥ sarvaṃ tad upādhyāyam āgamya; saced upādhyāyo mahāśramaṇasyāntike brahmacaryaṃ cariṣyati te vayam upādhyāyaṃ pravrajitam anupravrajiṣyāmaḥ; tena hi yūyaṃ māṇavakā etāny ajināni valkalāni daṇḍakamaṇḍalūni srugbhājanāni nadyāṃ nairaṃjanāyāṃ prakṣipata; evam upādhyāya; iti te māṇavakā ajināni valkalāni daṇḍakamaṇḍalūni srugbhājanāni nadyāṃ nairaṃjanāyāṃ prakṣipya yenorubilvākāśyapo jaṭilas tenopajagmuḥ; upetyorubilvākāśyapaṃ jaṭilam idam avocan: upādhyāya evam asmābhiḥ kṛtam; asti kiṃcit karaṇīyam; athorubilvākāsyapo jaṭilaḥ paṃcaśataṃ jaṭilamāṇavakān ādāya yena bhagavāṃs tenopajagāma; upetya bhagavantam idam avocat: avalokitā me mahāśramaṇa pariṣat; labheyāhaṃ svākhyāte dharmavinaye pravrajyām upasaṃpadaṃ ( SBV I 229 ) bhikṣubhāvam; careyam ahaṃ mahāśramaṇasyāntike brahmacaryam; labdhavān urubilvākāśyapo jaṭilo bhagavato 'ntike brahmacaryam; sā evāsyāyuṣmataḥ pravrajyābhūd upasaṃpad bhikṣubhāvaḥ
Conversion of Nadī- and Gayākāśyapa with their two hundred and fifty students
( CPS 25b.1 ) tena khalu samayenorubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasya nadīgayākāśyapau bhrātarāv ardhatṛtīyaśataparivārau nadyā nairaṃjanāyā adhastādbhāgenāśramapade śāmyete; adrāṣṭāṃ nadīgayākāśyapau bhrātarāv ajināni valkalāni daṇḍakamaṇḍalūni srugbhājanāni nadyāṃ nairaṃjanāyām uhyamānāni; dṛṣṭvā ca kāśyapayor etad abhavat: mā haivāvayoḥ sabrahmacāriṇāṃ kaścid evādīnavo bhaviṣyati rājato vā caurato vā agnito vā udakato vā; yanv cāvāṃ sabrahmacāriṇo 'nveṣeva; atha nadīgayākāśyapau bhrātarāv anveṣantāv urubilvākāśyapaṃ yenorubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasyāśramapadam tenopajagmatuḥ; tena samayenorubilvākāśyapo jaṭilo muṇḍaḥ saṃghāṭīprāvṛto bhagavataḥ purato niṣaṇṇaḥ dharmaśravaṇāya; apaśyatāṃ nadīgayākāśyapau bhrātarāv urubilvākāśyapaṃ jaṭilaṃ muṇḍaṃ saṃghāṭīprāvṛtaṃ bhagavataḥ purato niṣaṇṇaṃ dharmaśravaṇāya; dṛṣṭvā coruvilvākāsyapaṃ jaṭilam idam ūcatuḥ; etat kāśyapa varaṃ nedam; idaṃ kāśyapau varaṃ naitat; atha nadīgayākāśyapayor etad abhavat: na batāvaro buddho bhaviṣyati nāvaraṃ dharmākhyānaṃ yatredānīṃ urubilvākāśyapo jaṭilo jīrṇo vṛddho mahallakaḥ sa viṃśativarṣaśatiko jātyā māgadhakānāṃ manuṣyāṇāṃ satkṛto gurukṛto mānitaḥ pūjito 'rhan sammataḥ sa mahāśramaṇasyāntike dvir api pravrajyām upagataḥ; yanv āvām api mahāśramaṇasyāntike brahmacaryāṃ careva; iti viditvā bhagavantam idam avocatāṃ: labhevahy āvāṃ mahāśramaṇa svākhyāte dharmavinaye pravrajyām upasaṃpadaṃ bhikṣubhāvam; careva āvāṃ mahāśramaṇasyāntike brahmacaryam; avalokitā vāṃ kāśyapau pariṣan no mahaśramaṇa; tena hi kāśyapau pariṣadaṃ tāvad avalokayatām; pariṣadavalokanam eva sādhu yathāpitad yuṣmadvidhānāṃ yaśasvināṃ jñātamanuṣyāṇām; atha nadīgayākāśyapau bhrātarau yena svakīyāśramas tenopajagmatuḥ; upetya svakān māṇavakān idam avocatām: āvāṃ māṇavakā mahāśramaṇasyāntike brahmacaryaṃ cariṣyāvaḥ; bhavantaḥ kiṃ kariṣyanti; yat kiṃcid vayam upādhyāyau prajānīmaḥ sarvaṃ tad upādhyāyāv āgamya; saced upādhyāyau mahāśramaṇasyāntike brahmacaryaṃ cariṣyatas te vayam upādhyāyau pravrajitāv anupravrajiṣyāmaḥ; yasyedānīṃ māṇavakāḥ kālaṃ manyadhve; atha nadīgayākāśyapau ( SBV I 230 ) bhrātarāv ardhatṛtīyśataparivārau yena bhagavāṃs tenopajagmatuḥ; upetya bhagavantam idam avocatām; avalokitā nau mahāśramaṇa pariṣat; labhevahy āvāṃ mahāśramaṇasyāntike pravrajyām upasaṃpadaṃ bhikṣubhāvam; carevāvāṃ mahāśramaṇasyāntike brahmacaryam; labdhavantau nadīgayākāśyapau bhrātarau bhagavato brahmacaryam; sā evānayor āyuṣmantoḥ pravrajyābhūd upasaṃpad bhikṣubhāvaḥ
The sermon at Gayāśīrṣa

( CPS 26.1 ) atha bhagavāṃs tad jaṭilasahasraṃ pravrājayitvopasaṃpādayitvā yathābhiramyam urubilvāyāṃ vihṛtya yena gayā tena cāryāṃ prakrāntaḥ; anupūrveṇa cāryāṃ caran gayām anuprāptaḥ; viharati gayāśīrṣe caitye sārdhaṃ bhikṣusahasreṇa sarvaiḥ purāṇajaṭilaiḥ; tatra bhagavāṃs tad bhikṣusahasraṃ tṛbhiḥ prātihāryair avavadati; ṛddhiprātihāryeṇādeśanāprātihāryeṇānuśāsanīprātihāryeṇa; tatredaṃ bhagavata ṛddhiprātihāryam; atha bhagavāṃs tadrūpaṃ samādhiṃ samāpanno yathā samāhite citte svasminn āsane 'ntarhitaḥ pūrvasyān diśy upari vihāyasam abhyudgamya caturvidham īryāpathaṃ kalpayati caṃkramati tiṣṭhati niṣīdati śayyāṃ kalpayati; tejodhātum api samāpadyate; tejodhātuṃ samāpannasya buddhasya bhagavato vividhāny arcīṃṣi kāyān niścaranti nīlāni pītāni lohitāny avadātāni māṃjiṣṭhāni spaṭikavarṇāni; yamakāni ca prātihāryāṇi vidarśayati; adhaḥ kāyaḥ prajvalati; uparimāt kāyāc chītalā vāridhārāḥ syandante; uparimaḥ kāyaḥ prajvalati; adhaḥ kāyāc chītalā vāridhārāḥ syandante; evaṃ dakṣiṇasyāṃ paścimasyām uttarasyān diśy; atha caturdiśaṃ caturvidhaṃ vividham ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ vidarśayitvā tān ṛddhyabhisaṃskārān pratiprasrabhya purastād bhikṣusaṃghasya prajñapta evāsane nyaṣīdat; idaṃ tatra bhagavata ṛddhiprātihāryam; tatredaṃ bhagavata ādeśanāprātihāryam; yuṣmākaṃ bhikṣavaś cittam evam; mana idam; vijñānam idaṃ; vitarkayatedaṃ mā vitarkayatedam; manasikurutedaṃ; na manasikurutedam; prajahatedaṃ; mā prajahatedam; idaṃ kāyena sākṣātkṛtvopasaṃpadya viharata; idaṃ tatra bhagavatā ādeśanāprātihāryam; tatredaṃ bhagavato 'nuśāsanīprātihāryam; sarvaṃ bhikṣavaḥ ādīptaṃ; kiṃ ca sarvam ādīptaṃ; cakṣur ādīptaṃ rūpaṃ cakṣurvijñānaṃ cakṣuḥsaṃsparśaḥ; yad api cakṣuḥsaṃsparśapratyayam ādhyātmam utpadyate vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā duḥkhaṃ vā aduḥkham asukhaṃ vā tad apy ādīptaṃ; evaṃ śrotraṃ ghrāṇaṃ jihvā kāyo mana ādīptam; ādīptaṃ manovijñānaṃ manaḥsaṃsparśaḥ; yad api manaḥsaṃsparśapratyayam ( SBV I 231 ) adhyātmam utpadyate vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā duḥkhaṃ vā aduḥkham asukhaṃ vā tad apy ādīptaṃ; kenādīptaṃ; rāgāgninā dveṣāgninā mohāgninā; ādīptaṃ jātijarāvyādhimaraṇaparidevaduḥkhadaurmanasyopāyāsaiḥ; ādiptaṃ duḥkheneti; idaṃ tatra bhagavato 'nuśasanīprātihāryam; asmin khalu dharmaparyāye bhāṣyamāṇe tasya bhikṣusahasrasyānupādāyāsravebhyaś cittaṃ vimuktaṃ
The first anouncement of the birth of a great Man
( CPS 27a.1 ) atha bhagavān gayāyāṃ gayāśīrṣe caitya eva viharati sārdhaṃ bhikṣusahasreṇa sarvaiḥ purāṇajaṭilaiḥ sarvaiś cārhadbhiḥ kṣīṇāsravaiḥ kṛtakṛtyaiḥ kṛtakaraṇīyair avahṛtabhārair anuprāptasvakārthaiḥ parikṣīṇabhavasaṃyojanaiḥ samyagājñayā suvimuktacittaiḥ; aśrauṣū rājño māgadhasya śraiṇyasya biṃbisārasya pauruṣeyā janapadān anvāhiṇḍantaḥ; śākyānāṃ kumāra utpanno 'nuhimavatpārśve nadyā bhāgirathyās tīre kapilasyarṣer āśramapadasya nātidūre; sa brāhmaṇair nimittikair vipaṃcanakair vyākṛtaḥ; saced agāram adhyāvatsyati rājā bhaviṣyati cakravartī caturantyāṃ vijetā dhārmiko dharmarājā saptaratnasamanvāgataḥ; tasyaivaṃrūpāṇi sapta ratnāni bhaviṣyanti tadyathā cakraratnaṃ hastiratnaṃ aśvaratnaṃ maṇiratnaṃ strīratnaṃ gṛhahapatiratnaṃ pariṇāyakaratnam eva saptamam; pūrṇaṃ cāsya bhaviṣyati sahasraṃ putrāṇāṃ śūrāṇāṃ vīrāṇāṃ varāṅgarūpiṇāṃ parasainyapramardakānām; sa imāṃ samudraparyantāṃ mahāpṛthivīm akhilām akaṇṭakām anutpātām adaṇḍenāśastreṇa dharmeṇa samenābhinirjityādhyavatsyati; sacet keśaśmaśrūṇy avatārya kāṣāyāṇi vastrāṇy ācchādya samyag eva śraddhayāgārād anagārikāṃ pravrajiṣyati tathāgato bhaviṣyaty arhan samyaksaṃbuddho vighuṣṭaśabdo loke; śrutvā ca punar yena rājā māgadhaḥ śraiṇyo biṃbisāras tenopajagmuḥ; upetya rājānaṃ māgadhaṃ śraiṇyaṃ biṃbisāram idam avocan: yat khalu deva jānīyāḥ; iha vayam aśrauṣma devasya janapadān anvāhiṇḍantaḥ; śākyānāṃ kumāra utpanno 'nuhimavatpārśve nadyā bhāgirathyās tīre kapilasyarṣer āśramapadasya nātidūre; sa brāhmaṇair nimittikair vipaṃcanakair vyākṛtaḥ; saced agāram adhyāvatsyati rājā bhaviṣyati cakravartī caturantyāṃ vijetā pūrvavad yāvad pariṇāyakaratnam eva saptamam; pūrṇaṃ cāsya bhaviṣyati sahasraṃ putrāṇāṃ pūrvavad yāvad dharmeṇa samenābhinirjityādhyavatsyati; sacet keśaśmaśrūṇy avatārya kāṣāyāṇi vastrāṇy ācchādya pūrvavad yācad arhan samyaksaṃbuddho vighuṣṭaśabdo loke; taṃ devo ghātayatu; ( SBV I 232 ) m #### grāmaṇya śākyānāṃ kumāra utpanno 'nuhimavatpārśve nadyā bhāgirathyās tīre kapilasyarṣer āśramapadasya nātidūre pūrvavad yāvat saced agāram adhyāvatsyati rājā bhaviṣyati cakravartī pūrvavad yāvad dharmeṇa samenābhinirjityādhyavatsyati; purvavad yāvat sacet keśaśmaśrūṇy avatārya kāṣāyāṇi vastrāṇy ācchādya samyag eva śraddhayāgārād anagārikāṃ pravrajiṣyati tathāgato bhaviṣyaty arhan samyaksaṃbuddho vighuṣṭaśabdo loke; taṃ devo ghaṭayitu; m ### mā grāmanya evaṃ vocata; tat kasya hetoḥ; ( CPS 27a.14 ) mā grāmanya śākyānāṃ kumāra utpanno iti pūrvavad yāvat sacet rājā bhaviṣyati cakravartī anuyātrakā asya bhaviṣyāmaḥ; atha rājā māgadhaḥ śraiṇyo biṃbisāra upari prāsādatalagataḥ paṃcāyācanavastūny āyācate; aho batāyaṃ mama vijite tathāgata utpadyetārhan samyaksaṃbuddho vidyācaraṇasaṃpannaḥ sugato lokavid anuttaraḥ puruṣadamyasārathiḥ śāstā devamanuṣyāṇāṃ buddho bhagavān; taṃ cāhaṃ darśanāyopasaṃkramayeyam; upasaṃkrāntasya ca me dharmaṃ deśayet; taṃ cāhaṃ dharmaṃ ājānīyāṃ; ājñātadharmasya ca me śikṣāṃ prajñāpayet; yac cāhaṃ tāṃ śikṣāṃ samādāya vaseyam; tatra bhagavān bhikṣūn āmantrayate; eṣa bhikṣavo rājā māgadhaḥ śrainyo biṃbisāra upari prāsādatalagataḥ paṃcāyācanavastūny āyācate: aho batāyaṃ me vijite tathāgata utpadyetārhan samyaksaṃbuddho vidyācaraṇasaṃpannaḥ sugato lokavid anuttaraḥ puruṣadamyasārathiḥ śāstā devamanuṣyāṇāṃ buddho bhagavān; taṃ cāhaṃ darśanāyopasaṃkramayeyam; upasaṃkrāntasya ca me dharmaṃ deśayet; taṃ cāhaṃ dharmaṃ ājānīyāṃ; ājñātadharmasya ca me śikṣāṃ prajñāpayet; yac cāhaṃ tāṃ śikṣāṃ samādāya vaseyam
The Buddha in Magadha. The invitation of Bimbisāra

( CPS 27b.1 ) aśrauṣū rajño māgadhasya śraiṇyasya bimbisārasya pauruṣeyā janapadān anvāhiṇḍantaḥ: śākyānāṃ kumāra utpanno 'nuhimavatpārśve nadyā bhāgirathyās tīre kapilasyarṣer āśramapadasya nātidūre; sa brāhmaṇair nimittikair vipaṃcanakair vyākṛtaḥ pūrvavad yāvad vighuṣṭaśabdo loke; sa keśaśmaśrūṇy avatārya kāṣāyāṇi vastrāṇy ācchādya samyag eva śraddhayāgārād anagārikāṃ pravrajitaḥ; so 'nuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbuddho gayāyāṃ viharati gayāśīrṣe caitye sārdhaṃ bhikṣusahasreṇa sarvaiḥ purāṇajaṭilaiḥ sarvaiś cārhadbhiḥ ( SBV I 233 ) kṣīṇāsravaiḥ kṛtakṛtyaiḥ kṛtakaraṇīyair avahṛtabhārair anuprāptasvakārthaiḥ parikṣīṇabhavasaṃyojanaiḥ samyagājñayā suvimuktacittaiḥ; śrutvā ca punar yena rājā māgadhaḥ śraiṇyo bimbisāras tenopajagmuḥ; upetya rājānaṃ māgadhaṃ śraiṇyaṃ bimbisāram idam avocan: yat khalu jānīyāḥ; iha vayaṃ aśrauṣma devasya janapadān anvāhiṇḍantaḥ: yaḥ śākyānāṃ kumāra utpannaḥ pūrvavad yāvad vighuṣṭaśabdo loke; sa keśaśmaśrūṇy avatārya kāṣāyāṇi vastrāṇy ācchādya samyag eva śraddhayāgārād anagārikāṃ pravrajitaḥ; so 'nuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbuddho gayāyāṃ gayāśīrṣe caitye eva viharati sārdhaṃ bhikṣusahasreṇa sarvaiḥ purāṇajaṭilaiḥ sarvaiś cārhadbhiḥ kṣīṇāsravaiḥ kṛtakṛtyaiḥ pūrvavad yāvad samyagājñayā suvimuktacittaiḥ; tan devaḥ paryupāsīta; evaṃ devaḥ ### bhaviṣyati; atha rājā māgadhaḥ śraiṇyo biṃbisāro 'nyatamaṃ puruṣam āmantrayate: ehi bhoḥ puruṣa yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṃkrama; upetyāsmākaṃ vacanena bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vandasva; alpābādhatāṃ ca pṛcchālpātaṅkatāṃ ca laghūtthānatāṃ ca yātrāṃ ca balaṃ ca sukhaṃ cānavadyatāṃ ca sparśavihāratāṃ ca; evaṃ ca vada; āgacchatu bhagavān rājagṛham; ahaṃ bhagavantaṃ yāvajjīvam upasthāsyāmi cīvarapiṇḍapātaśayanāsanaglānapratyayabhaiṣajyapariṣkāraiḥ sārdhaṃ bhikṣusaṃghena; evaṃ deveti sa puruṣo rājño māgadhasya śraiṇyasya biṃbisārasya pratiśrutya yena bhagavāṃs tenopajagāma; upetya bhagavatpādau śirasā vanditvaikānte nyaṣīdat; ekāntaniṣaṇṇaḥ sa puruṣo bhagavantam idam avocat: rājā bhadanta māgadhaḥ śraiṇyo biṃbisāro bhagavatpādau śirasā vandaty alpābādhatāṃ ca pṛcchaty alpātaṅkatāṃ ca pūrvavad yāvat sparśavihāratāṃ ca; sukhī bhavatu puruṣa rājā māgadhaḥ śraiṇyo biṃbisāras tvaṃ ca
The visit of Biṃbisāra. Urubilvākāśyapa and the Buddha
( CPS 27b.14 ) rājā bhadanta māgadhaḥ śraiṇyo biṃbisāra evaṃ vadati: āgacchatu bhagavān rājagṛham; ahaṃ bhagavantaṃ yāvajjīvam upasthāsyāmi cīvarapiṇḍapātaśayanāsanaglānapratyayabhaiṣajyapariṣkāraiḥ sārdhaṃ bhikṣusaṃghena; adhivāsayati bhagavāṃs tasya puruṣasya tūṣṇīṃbhāvena; atha so puruṣo bhagavatas tūṣṇīṃbhāvenādhivāsanāṃ viditvā bhagavatpādau śirasā vanditvā bhagavato 'ntikāt prakrāntaḥ; ( CPS 27c.1 ) atha bhagavān mahatā bhikṣusaṃghena sārdhaṃ bhikṣusahasreṇa sarvaiḥ ( SBV I 234 ) purāṇajaṭilaiḥ sarvaiś cārhadbhiḥ kṣīṇāsravaiḥ kṛtakṛtyaiḥ kṛtakaraṇīyair avahṛtabhārair anuprāptasvakārthaiḥ parikṣīṇabhavasaṃyojanaiḥ samyagājñayā suvimuktacittair māgadheṣu janapadeṣu caryāṃ caran yena yaṣṭivanaṃ supratiṣṭhito māgadhakānāṃ caityas tena caryāṃ prakrāntaḥ; atha bhagavān supratiṣṭhitaṃ caityaṃ anuprāpto yaṣṭivane supratiṣṭhite viharati māgadhakānāṃ caitye; aśrauṣīd rājā māgadhaḥ śrainyo biṃbisāraḥ; bhagavān mahatā bhikṣusaṃghena sārdhaṃ bhikṣusahasreṇa sarvaiḥ pūrvavad yāvat samyagājñayā suvimuktacittair māgadheṣu janapadeṣu caryāṃ caran yena yaṣṭivanaṃ supratiṣṭhito māgadhakānāṃ caityas tenānuprāpto yaṣṭivane viharati māgadhakānāṃ caitye
fol. 513ff. first ed. in MSV IV 213ff.
uddānam:
kauṇḍinyo nandīpālaś ca modakā udakaṃ pibet /
pūpako madhuvāsiṣṭho vinayāgraṃ gaṇitena ca //
karakaḥ kalabhuś caiva viśvabhug vanarathena ca /
chatraṃ kītaśirāmaitrī tathā ghaṇṭena ghoṣitā //
yadā āyuṣmatā kauṇḍinyena sarvakleśaprahāṇād arhatvaṃ sākṣātkṛtam <iti> bhagavatā saṅghāṭīdhvajadhāriṇām agro nirdiṣṭaḥ, tadā bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: kiṃ bhadanta āyuṣmatā kauṇḍinyena karma kṛtam yena bhagavatā saṅghāṭīdhvajadhāriṇām agro nirdiṣṭaḥ?
bhagavān āha: kauṇḍinyena bhikṣuṇā karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni labdhasaṃbhārāṇi pariṇatapratyayāny oghavat pratyupasthitāny avaśyabhāvīni; kauṇḍinyenaiva karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni ko 'nyaḥ pratyanubhaviṣyati? na bhikṣavaḥ karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni bāhye pṛthivīdhātau vipacyante, nābdhātau, na tejodhātau, na vāyudhātau; ( SBV II 2 ) api tūpātteṣv eva skandhadhātvāyataneṣu karmāṇi kṛtāni vipacyante śubhāny aśubhāni ca;
na praṇaśyanti karmāṇy api kalpaśatair api /
sāmagrīm prāpya kālaṃ ca phalanti khalu dehinām //
Story of Kauṇḍinya

bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavaḥ asminn eva bhadrake kalpe varṣasahasrāyuṣi prajāyāṃ kāśyapo nāma samyaksaṃbuddho loka udapādi, vidyācaraṇasaṃpannaḥ sugato lokavid anuttaraḥ puruṣadamyasārathiḥ śāstā devamanuṣyāṇāṃ buddho bhagavān; *sa vārāṇasīṃ nagarīm upaniśritya viharati karakacchedake parvate; yāvad apareṇa samayena kāśyapaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhaḥ pūrvāhṇe nivāsya, pātracīvaram ādāya vārāṇasīṃ praviśati; pañcamātrāṇi ca goṣṭhikaśatāni nirgacchanti; adrākśus te goṣṭhikās taṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ dvātriṃśatā mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇaiḥ samalaṅkṛtam, aśityā cānuvyañjanair virājitagatram, vyāmaprabhālaṅkṛtaṃ, sūryasahasrātirekaprabham, jaṅgamam iva ratnaparvataṃ samantato bhadrakam; sahadarśanāc ca prasādajātāḥ sañjalpaṃ kartum ārabdhāḥ: bhavanto 'smābhir asya sakāśe pravrajitavyam iti; teṣām evaṃ kṛtasaṅketānāṃ kecin mahāsamudram avatīrṇāh; kecid deśāntaraṃ gatāḥ; kecit kāladharmeṇa saṃyuktāḥ; ṣodaśajanāḥ pariśiṣṭāḥ; te kara<ka>cchedakaṃ parvataṃ gatvā kāśyapasya samyaksaṃbuddhasya sakāśe pravrajitāḥ; te tatra dhyānādhyayanayogenāvasthitāḥ; yāvad apareṇa samayena kāśyapaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhaḥ sakalaṃ buddhakāryaṃ kṛtvā indhanakṣayād ivāgniḥ ṛṣivadane mṛgadāve nirupadhiśeṣe nirvāṇadhātau parinirvṛtah; teṣāṃ devatābhir ārocitam: bhavantaḥ kāśyapaḥ parinirvṛtaḥ; saptāhaparinirvṛtasya cāsya śāsanam antarhitam; kiṃ yūyam aphalakaṃbukā puratastiṣṭhata iti; te śrutvā akṛtakāryatvān mahatā duḥkhenābhyāhatāh; pañca sahaśravaṇād eva karakacchedakāt parvatād avatīrya vārāṇasīṃ praviṣṭāḥ; ṣaḍbhis tenaiva saṃvegena vīryam avalambya pratyekabodhiḥ sākṣātkṛtā; pañca paścād avatīrya vārāṇasīṃ praveṣṭum ( SBV II 3 ) ārabdhāḥ; yāvac chakaṭasārtho nirgacchati; ekasya śākaṭikasya balīvardā durbalāḥ; sa tān pratodayaṣṭyā bhūyo tāḍayati; durbalaprāṇatvān na śaknuvanti gantum; sa ca śākaṭikas tasya śakaṭasārthasyāgrato yāyī; sa tair bhikṣubhir uktaḥ: bhoḥ śākaṭika taveme balīvardā durbalāḥ; kim etān pratodayaṣṭyā bhūyobhūyas tāḍayasi? yadi na śaknuvanti gantum, visrabdhagatipracāratayā pṛṣṭhato 'nugaccheti; sa kathayati: mamāgrato gacchato na śakyam anena śakaṭasārthena sārdhaṃ gantum; yady ahaṃ pṛṣṭhato 'nugacchāmi, nūnam ayaṃ śakaṭasārtho chorayitvā gacchatīti; te śākaṭikasyāntike asadvikalpasaṃjñanitavaimukhyāḥ parasparaṃ kathayanti: bhavantaḥ kāśyape samyaksaṃbuddhe parinirvṛte vayaṃ vilambitā ity anenāsmākam eṣā codanā kṛtā; yan nu vayaṃ vīryam ārabhemahi; iti viditvā gāthāṃ bhāṣante:
yady apy antarhito dharmaḥ kāśyapasya mahāmuneḥ /
vīryaṃ na sraṃsayiṣyāmaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhadeśitam //
parikṣayaṃ na yāsyanti yady apy asmākam āsrāvāḥ /
śrāvakāgrā bhaviṣyāmaḥ śākyasiṃhasya tāyinaḥ // iti;
te vārāṇasīṃ praviśya piṇḍapātaṃ caritvā punar api karakacchedakaṃ parvataṃ gatvā dhyānādhyayanayogenāvasthitāḥ; teṣāṃ catvāraḥ kālagatāḥ; eko 'vasthitaḥ; sa utsuka udānam udānayati: ayam eva sa karakacchedakaḥ parvato yatra mayā kāśyapaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhaḥ paryupāsitaḥ; dṛṣṭaś ca tasya viṃśatibhikṣusaharāṇām ekaḥ ( A 425b ) sakalajambūdvīpe 'pi saṅghāṭīdhvajadhārīti; sa praṇidhānaṃ kartum ārabdhaḥ: yan mayā bhagavati kāśyape samyaksaṃbuddhe yāvadāyur brahmacaryaṃ caritam; na kaścid guṇagaṇo 'dhigataḥ; anenāhaṃ kuśalamūlena yo 'sau bhagavatā kāśyapena samyaksaṃbuddhena uttaro nāma māṇavo vyākṛtaḥ, bhaviṣyasi tvaṃ māṇava varṣaśatāyuṣi prajāyāṃ śākyamunir nāma tathāgataḥ arhan samyaksaṃbuddhaḥ iti; tasyāhaṃ śāsane pravrajya tatprathamataḥ sarvakleśaprahāṇād arhatvaṃ sākṣātkuryām; māṃ ca bhagavān śākyamuniḥ saṅghāṭīdhvajadhāriṇām agraṃ nirdiśed iti.
kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavaḥ? yo 'sau tena kālena samayena bhagavataḥ kāśyapasya samyaksaṃbuddhasya parinirvṛtasya viṃśatibhikṣusaharāṇām ( SBV II 4 ) sakalajambūdvīpe eko bhikṣur avaśiṣṭaḥ saṅghāṭīdhvajadhārī, yena tatkarakacchedake parvate praṇidhānaṃ kṛtam, eṣa evāsau kauṇḍinyo bhikṣuḥ; tatpraṇidhānvaśād etarhi bhagavatā saṅghāṭīdhvajadhāriṇām agratāyāṃ nirdiṣṭaḥ; iti hi bhikṣavaḥ ekāntakṛṣṇānāṃ karmaṇām ekāntakṛṣṇo vipākaḥ, ekāntaśuklānām ekāntaśuklaḥ, vyatimiśrāṇāṃ vyatimiśraḥ; tasmāt tarhi bhikṣavaḥ ekāntakṛṣṇāni karmāṇy apāsya vyatimiśrāṇi ca, ekāntaśukleṣv eva karmasv ābhogaḥ karaṇīyaḥ; ity evaṃ vo bhikṣavaḥ śikṣitavyam.
yadā bhagavatā āyuṣmataḥ kauṇḍinyasya ākāryākārya dharmo deśitaḥ, ājñātas te kauṇḍinya dharmaḥ? ājñato bhagavan; ājñatas te kauṇḍinya dharmaḥ? ājñatas sugata, iti, tadā bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātaḥ sarvasaṃśayachettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: kiṃ bhadanta ājñātakauṇḍinyena karma kṛtaṃ yenāsya bhagavatā ākāryākārya dharmo deśitaḥ, ājñātas te kauṇḍinya dharmaḥ? ājñato bhagavan; ājñatas te kauṇḍinya dharmaḥ? ājñatas sugata iti; bhagavān āha: kauṇḍinyenaiva bhikṣavo bhikṣuṇā karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni labdhasaṃbhārāṇi pūrvavad yāvat phalanti khalu dehinām.
Story of Kāśisundaraka (Kṣāntivādin)
(concerning a previous birth of Kauṇḍinya)
bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo vārāṇasyāṃ nagaryāṃ brahmadatto nāma rājā rājyaṃ kārayati, ṛddhaṃ ca sphītaṃ ca kṣemaṃ ca subhikṣaṃ ca ākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca; so 'pareṇa samayena devyā sārdhaṃ krīḍati ramate paricārayati; tasya krīḍato ramamāṇasya paricārayataḥ devī āpannasatvā saṃvṛttā; aṣṭānāṃ vā navānāṃ vā māsānām atyayāt prasūtā; dārako jātaḥ, abhirūpo darśanīyaḥ prāsādikaḥ sarvāṅgapratyaṅgopetaḥ; tasya jātau jātimahaṃ kṛtvā nāmadheyaṃ vyavasthāpyate, kiṃ bhavatu dārakasya nāmeti; amātyāḥ ūcuḥ: deva ācaritaṃ madhyadeśe yo 'bhirūpo bhavati prāsādikaḥ sa sundara ity ucyate; ayaṃ ca dārakaḥ abhirūpo darśanīyaḥ prāsādikaḥ, kāśirājasya ca putraḥ; bhavatu dārakasya kāśisundara iti nāmeti; tasya kāśisundara iti nāmadheyaṃ vyavasthāpitam; kāśisundaro dārakaḥ aṣṭābhyo dhātrībhyo dattaḥ; dvābhyām aṅgadhātrībhyāṃ dvābhyāṃ kṣīradhātrībhyāṃ dvābhyāṃ ( A 426a ) maladhātrībhyāṃ dvābhyāṃ krīḍanikābhyāṃ dhātrībhyām; aṣṭābhir dhātrībhir unnīyate kṣīreṇa ( SBV II 5 ) dadhnā navanītena sarpiṣā sarpirmaṇḍena anyaiś cottaptottaptair upakaraṇaviśeṣair āśu vardhate hradastham iva paṅkajam.

bhūyo 'pi rājñaḥ krīḍato ramamāṇasya paricārayataḥ devī āpannasatvā saṃvṛttā; sā aṣṭānāṃ vā navānāṃ vā māsānām atyayāt prasūtā; dārako jātaḥ; yasminn eva divase vārāṇasyāṃ paurajānapadānāṃ mahān kalir utpannaḥ; tasyāpi jātimahaṃ kṛtvā nāmadheyaṃ vyavasthāpyate, kiṃ bhavatu dārakasya nāmeti; antaḥpurajanaḥ kathayati: deva asya janmani vārāṇasyāṃ paurajānapadānāṃ mahān kalir abhūt; tasmād bhavatu dārakasya kalibhūr iti nāmeti; rājā brahmadattaḥ dharmādharmeṇa rājyaṃ kārayati; kāśisundaraḥ kumāraḥ paśyati pitaraṃ dharmādharmeṇa rājyaṃ kārayantam; dṛṣṭvā ca punar asyaitad abhavat: aham api pitur atyayād rājā bhaviṣyāmi; aham api dharmādharmeṇa rājyaṃ kārayitvā narakaparāyaṇo bhaviṣyāmi; yannv aham agārād anagārikāṃ pravrajeyam iti; sa pitus sakāśam upasaṃkrāntaḥ; pādayor nipatya kathayati: tāta anujāniṣva, pravrajāmy agārād anagārikām iti; sa kathayati: putra yasyārthe yajñā ijyante, homā hūyante, tapāṃsi tapyante, tat tava karatalagataṃ rājyam; kasyārthe apāsya pravrajasīti; sa gāthāṃ bhāṣate:
varaṃ vane valkalacīravāsasā phalāśinā vyāḍamṛgaiḥ sahoṣitam /
na rājyahetor vadhabandhatāḍanaṃ budhena kartuṃ paralokabhīruṇā // iti;
rāja kathayati; yat khalu kumāra jānīyās tvam asmākam ekaputraḥ priyo manāpaḥ kṣānto 'pratikūlaḥ; maraṇena te vayam akāmakā viyujyema; na tu jīvantaṃ parityakṣyāmaḥ; kāśisundaraḥ kumāraḥ kathayati; tāta saced anujñāsyasīty evaṃ kuśalam; no ced anujñāsyasi, adya na bhokṣye, na pāsyāmīti; tatra kāśisundaraḥ kumāraḥ ekam api bhaktacchedam akārṣīd, dvau, trīn, yāvad ṣaḍ bhaktacchedān akārṣīt; atha rāja brahmadattaḥ kāśisundaraṃ kumāram idam avocat: ( SBV II 6 ) yat khalu tāta kumāra jānīyā duścaraṃ brahmacaryam, duṣkaraṃ prāvivekyaṃ, durabhiramam ekatve, durabhisaṃbudhāny araṇyavanaprasthāni, prāntāni śayanāsanāny adhyāvastum, duḥkham ekākino 'raṇye vāsaḥ; yāvajjīvaṃ te vyāḍamṛgaiḥ saha vastavyam; yāvajjīvaṃ te paradattabhojino bhavitavyam; yāvajjīvaṃ te mānuṣakebhyaḥ kāmebhyaḥ āvaraṇaṃ kartavyam; yāvajjīvaṃ te mānuṣikābhyo ratikrīḍābhya āvaraṇaṃ kartavyam; ehi tvaṃ tāta kumāra ihaiva sthito yauvarājyaṃ kāraya; kāmāṃś ca paribhuṃkṣva;
dānāni ca dehi puṇyāni ca kuru; evam ukta kāśisundaraḥ kumāras tūṣṇīm.
atha rājā brahmadattaḥ antaḥpuram amātyān paurohitāṃś codyojayati; aṅga tāvad bhavantaḥ kumāram utthāpayata; evaṃ devety antaḥpurāmātyapaurohitā yena kāśisundaraḥ kumāras tenopasaṃkrāntāḥ; upasaṃkramya kāśisundaraṃ kumāraṃ idam avocan: yat khalu ( A 426b ) tāta kumāra jānīyās, tvaṃ hi sukumāraḥ sukhaiṣī; na tvaṃ jñātā duḥkhasya; duścaraṃ brahmacaryam; duṣkaraṃ prāvivekyaṃ, durabhiramam ekatve, durabhisaṃbudhāny araṇyavanaprasthāni, prāntāni śayanāsanāny adhyāvastum, duḥkham ekākino 'raṇye vāsaḥ; yāvajjīvaṃ te vyāḍamṛgaiḥ saha vastavyam; yāvajjīvaṃ te paradattabhojino bhavitavyam; yāvajjīvaṃ te mānuṣakebhyaḥ kāmebhyaḥ āvaraṇaṃ kartavyam; yāvajjīvaṃ te mānuṣikābhyo ratikrīḍābhya āvaraṇaṃ kartavyam; ehi tvaṃ tāta kumāra ihaiva sthito yauvarājyaṃ kāraya; kāmāṃś ca paribhuṃkṣva;

dānāni ca <dehi puṇyāni ca> kuru; evam ukta kāśisundaraḥ kumāras tūṣṇīm.
atha rājā brahmadattaḥ kāśisunadrasya kumārasya pāṃsukrīḍanakāmātyaputrān paurohitaputrān anyāṃś ca kumārāṇ udyojayati; aṅga tāvad kumārakāḥ kāśisundaraṃ kumāram utthāpayata; athāmātyaputrāḥ purohitaputrāḥ kumārāś ca rājño brahmadattasya pratiśrutya,
yena kāśisundaraḥ kumāras tenopasaṃkrāntāḥ; upasaṃkramya kāśisundaraṃ kumāraṃ idam avocan: yat khalu somya kumāra jānīyās tvaṃ hi sukumāraḥ sukhaiṣī; na tvaṃ jñātā duḥkhasya; duścaraṃ brahmacaryam; duṣkaraṃ prāvivekyaṃ, durabhiramam ekatve; durabhisaṃbudhāny araṇyavanaprasthāni, prāntāni śayanāsanāny adhyāvastum, duḥkham ekākino 'raṇye vāsaḥ; yāvajjīvaṃ te vyāḍamṛgaiḥ ( SBV II 7 ) saha vastavyam; yāvajjīvaṃ te paradattabhojino bhavitavyam; yāvajjīvaṃ te mānuṣakebhyaḥ kāmebhyaḥ āvaraṇaṃ kartavyam; yāvajjīvaṃ te mānuṣikābhyo ratikrīḍābhyaḥ āvaraṇaṃ kartavyam; ehi tvaṃ somya kumāra ihaiva sthito yauvarājyaṃ kāraya; kāmāṃś ca paribhuṃkṣva; dānāni <ca> dehi; puṇyāni ca kuru; evam ukta kāśisundaraḥ kumāras tūṣṇīm.
athāmātyaputrāḥ purohitaputrāḥ ca yena rājā brahmadattas tenopasaṃkrāntāḥ; upasaṃkramya rājānaṃ brahmadattam idam avocan: anujānīhi deva somyaṃ kāśisundaraṃ kumāram; kiṃ hi mṛtena kariṣyasi? vijñapraśastā hi pravrajyā; saced abhiraṃsyase, jīvantam enaṃ drakṣyasi; no ced abhiraṃsyase, punar āvartikā hi ṛṣayo bhavanti; kānyā putrasya gatir, anyatra mātāpitṛbhyām.
rājā brahmadattaḥ kathayati: kumārakā yady evam, anujñato bhavatu; athāmātyaputrāḥ purohitaputrāḥ kumārāś ca yena kāśisundaraḥ kumāras tenopasaṃkrāntāḥ; upasaṃkramya kāśisundaraṃ kumāraṃ idam avocan: yat khalu somya kumāra jānīyāḥ, anujñato 'si rājñā pravrajyāyai, yasyedānīṃ kālaṃ manyase:
atha kāśisundaraḥ kumāraḥ maṇḍānupūrvīṃ kṛtvā kāyasya sthāma ca balaṃ ca vīryaṃ ca sañjanya vārāṇasyāḥ ca niṣkramya ṛṣīṇāṃ madhye pravrajitaḥ; tenodyacchamānena, vyāyacchamānena, kāmeṣu vairagyaṃ kṛtvā maitrī samadhigatā; so 'tyantaṃ satveṣu dayāvān saṃvṛttaḥ; tasyaitayā matryā vyāḍamṛgā apy āśramapade viśvāsam āpadyante; nāparādhyante; tasya kṣāntivādī kṣāntīvādīti saṃjñāsaṃvṛttā; yāvad apareṇa samayena ( A 427a ) rājā brahmadattaḥ kālagataḥ; kalabhū rājye pratiṣṭhāpitaḥ; sa dharmādharmeṇa <rājyaṃ> kārayati; kṣāntivādī ṛṣiḥ kathayati: upādhyāya mamānnapānābhivarjitam; na śaknomy āraṇyakābhir oṣadhībhir yāpayitum; grāmāntaṃ samavasarāmīti; kathayati: vatsa grāme vāraṇye <vā> vasato ṛṣiṇo rakṣitavyāṇy evendriyāṇi; gaccha vārāṇasīsāmantakam; gatvā śākhāparṇakuṭīrakāṇi kṛtvā vāsaṃ kalpayeti; sa upādhyāyāl labdhānujño vārāṇasīṃ ( SBV II 8 ) gatvā śāntavihārasamanveṣaṇayā itaś cāmutaś ca paribhramann anupūrveṇa pituḥ santakam udyānaṃ gataḥ; tena tasmin paryaṭatā śāntaḥ pradeśo dṛṣṭaḥ; sa tatrāvasthitaḥ.
yāvad apareṇa samayena kalabhū rājā saṃprāpte vasantakālasamaye saṃpuṣpiteṣu pādapeṣu haṃsakrauñcamayūraśukaśārikākokilajīvañjīvakonnādite vanaṣaṇḍe antaḥpurasahīyaḥ udyānabhūmiṃ nirgataḥ; sa tatrodyāne sukham anubhūya khedam āpanno middham avakrāntaḥ; puṣpaphalalolupo mātṛgrāmas tasminn udyāne itaś ca amutaś ca paribhramitum ārabdhaḥ; yāvat paśyanti kṣāntivādinam ṛṣim ekānte śānteryāpathe niṣaṇṇam; dṛṣṭvā ca punar gauravāpyāyitacittasantatyaḥ tasya ṛṣeḥ praṇāmaṃ kṛtvā parivāryāvasthitāḥ; kṣāntivādī ṛṣis tās striyo śāntatareṇeryāpathena dharmaṃ deśayitum ārabdhaḥ; yāvat kalabhū rājā nidrāklamaṃ prativinodya prabuddho na paśyaty antaḥpurajanam; sa khaḍgam ādāya yuvatijanaṃ samanveṣitum ārabdhaḥ; yāvat paśyati kṣāntivādinaṃ riṣiṃ parivārya avasthitāḥ; dṛṣṭvā ca punar īrṣyājanitakrodhaparyākulīkṛtātmabhāvaḥ tasya riṣeḥ sakāśam upasaṃkrāntaḥ; mātṛgrāmo rājñaḥ sakāśam avasthānaṃ dṛṣṭvā santrasto vidrutaḥ; rājā sāvaṣṭambhaṃ kṣāntivādinam uvāca: bhoḥ puruṣa, kas tvaṃ? sa kathayati: kṣāntivādī; kalabhū rājā kathayati: mayi vikupite kṣāntivādinam ātmānaṃ pratijānīṣe? idānīṃ kṣāntivādī vā bhavān na veti tena tasya hastau chinnau; bhūyaḥ pṛcchati; ko bhavān iti; sa kathayati, kṣāntivādī; tena tasya pādau chinnau; sa chidyamāneṣv aṅgapratyaṅgeṣu gāthāṃ bhāṣate:
yadi tilaśatam api kṛtvā kṣepsyase kāyam urvyām
na tyajāmi kṣāntiṃ tilaśato 'pi cūrṇitagātraḥ /
yasya mama śubhā maitrī cetasi paribhāvitā sadā kṣāntim
tāṃ notsahe vihantuṃ sutam iva sutavatsalā jananī //
sa evaṃ gāthābhir gītena rujaṃ vinodya praṇidhānaṃ kartum ārabdhaḥ: yathaiṣa rājā kleśābhiniviṣṭabuddhir mamākāryākārya aṅgapratyaṅgāni chinatti; tathāhaṃ kṣāntisauratyasamanvāgatena ( SBV II 9 ) kuśalamūlena kleśagaṇam ātmīyam abhinirjitya anuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau abhisaṃbuddhaḥ syām; tataḥ prajñāśastreṇasya ākāryākārya tatprathamataḥ kleśān pramlāyeyam iti.
atha yā devatā kṣāntivādiny abhiprasannā sā saṃlakṣayati: anena kalirājena ayam ṛṣir adūṣy anapakārī karacaraṇaśūnyo vyavasthāpitaḥ; yanv aham asya vairaṃ niryātayeyam; iti viditvā tīvreṇa ( A 427b ) paryavasthānena kṣāntivādinaḥ purastād gāthāṃ bhāṣate:
kalabhūṃ saputradāraṃ sabandhuvargaṃ sapaurajānapadam /
kṛtsnaṃ ca jīvalokam ājñāpaya nāśayiṣyāmi // iti;
so 'pi gāthāṃ bhāṣate:
karacaraṇanāśavikalaṃ kṛtaṃ mama śarīram ākulaṃ yena /
tasyāpi pāpam aṇv api necchāmi kutaḥ punar adūṣino jagataḥ //
tasyāpi yā devatā vārāṇasyām ītis tata itaḥ sṛṣṭā; mūṣikāḥ śalabhāḥ
śukāḥ prabalāḥ saṃvṛttāḥ; devo na varṣati; janakāyo mriyate; rājñā naimittikā āhūya pṛṣṭāḥ: bhavantaḥ kimarthaṃ devo na varṣati? muṣikāḥ śalabhāḥ śukāḥ prabalāḥ saṃvṛttāḥ; janakāyaś ca mriyate iti; te kathayanti: deva devatāprakopa iti; yā devatā kṣāntivādino ṛṣer abhiprasannā sā kupitā; tayā eṣā ītiḥ sṛṣṭā iti; rājā kathayati: bhavantaḥ katham atra pratipattavyam iti; naimittikāḥ kathayanti: deva balimālyopahāreṇa devatāḥ prakupitā ārādhyante; balimālyopahāraṃ kṛtvā kṣamāpayitavyā sa ca ṛṣir iti; tato rājñā vārāṇasyāṃ ghaṇṭāvaghoṣaṇaṃ kāritam: śṛṇvantu bhavanto vārāṇasīnivāsinaḥ paurāḥ, udyānanivāsinī devatā kṣāntivādino ṛṣer abhiprasannā; tayā ītir utsṛṣṭā; yena devo na varṣati; mūṣikāḥ śalabhāḥ śukāḥ prabalāḥ saṃvṛttāḥ; janakāyaś ca mriyate; tad yuṣmābhir ītivyupaśamārthaṃ śvo balimālyopahārasametair udyānaṃ gatvā tasyāḥ pūjā saṃvidhātavyā iti. ( SBV II 10 )

janakāyas tām eva rātriṃ balimālyopahāraṃ samudānīya tad udyānaṃ gataḥ; rājā cāntaḥpurasahīyaḥ; tato janakāyena śramaṇabrāhmaṇakṛpaṇavanīpakebhyo dānāni datvā devatāsthāne ca mahatīṃ pūjāṃ kṛtvā sā devatā kṣamitā; tato rājā ṛṣeḥ kṣāntivādinaḥ sakāśaṃ gatvā pādayor nipatya kṣamayitum ārabdhaḥ: kṣamasva me maharṣe yan mayā viṣayādhyavasitena krodhaparyākulīkṛtamatinā tavāparāddham iti; kṣāntivādī kathayati: kṣāntaṃ mahārāja; yathākathaṃ jñāyate? sa gāthāṃ bhāṣate:
gātreṣu vahasi śastraṃ maitrī me sarvasatveṣu /
yadi saṃśayo 'tra bhavatāṃ paśyata rudhiraṃ prasannaṃ me // iti;
tasya tad rudhiraṃ parāvṛtam; pāpakarmakārī sa rājā prātihāryasandarśanenāpi na śraddhatte; sa bhūyaḥ kathayati, kṣamasva maharṣe; kṣāntaṃ mahārāja; yathākathaṃ jñāyate? tato bodhisatvaḥ chinnāny aṅgapratyaṅgāni yathāsve sthāne sthāpayitvā satyopayācanayā gāthāṃ bhāṣate:
chidyamāneṣu gātreṣu tvayā rājan yathā na me /
āghāto 'sti susūkṣmo 'pi syān me kāyas tathā purā // iti;
tasya satyopayācanayā śarīraṃ yathāpuraṃ saṃvṛttam; tato rājā vismayotphullalocano gāthāṃ bhāṣate:
aho vratam idaṃ siddham aho dharmas svanuṣṭhitaḥ /
chidyamāneṣu gātreṣu yasya te nāsti vikriyā //
rājā kalabhūḥ sāntaḥpurāmātyapauranajānapadaḥ tasya ṛṣeḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā prakrāntaḥ.
kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo yo 'sau <tena kālena samayena> ( A 429a ) kṣāntivādī ṛṣir aham eva sa; yo 'sau kalibhū rājā eṣa evāsau kauṇḍinyabhikṣuḥ; yan mayā tasyāntike maitracittam utpādya praṇidhānaṃ kṛtam, anenāhaṃ kuśalamūlenāsya ākāryākārya kleśān chedayeyam iti; ( SBV II 11 ) tatpraṇidhānavaśād etarhi tathāgatena asya ākāryākārya dharmo deśitaḥ; ekāntakṛṣṇānāṃ ekāntakṛṣṇo vipākaḥ, pūrvavad yāvad evaṃ vo bhikṣavaḥ śikṣitavyam.
yadā bhagavatā aśītir devatāsahasrāṇi dharmarasena saṃgṛhya satyeṣu pratiṣṭhāpitāni tadā bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: paśya bhadanta bhagavatā aśītir devatāsahasrāṇi dharmarasena saṃgṛhya satyeṣu pratiṣṭhāpitāni; bhagavān āha: na bhikṣava etarhi yathātīte 'py adhvani mayaitāni aśītir vaṇiksahasrāṇi āmiṣeṇa saṃgṛhya paṃcasu vratapadeṣu pratiṣṭhāpitāni; tac chrūyatām.
The story of the two merchants
bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo dvau sārthavāhau abhūvatāṃ viśvabhuk suyātraś ca; ekaikaś ca catvāriṃśadvaṇiksahasraparivāraḥ; tatra suyātro naiṣkramyābhinandī; sa riṣīnāṃ madhye pravrajitaḥ; tenaikākinā vīryam āsthāya anācāryeṇānupādhyāyakena saptatriṃśadbodhipakṣyān dharmān saṃmukhīkṛtya pratyekabodhiḥ sākṣākṛtā; tasya te sārthikā sārthavāham apaśyantaḥ itaś cāmutaḥ ca samanveṣitum ārabdhāḥ; yadā sarvathā nārāgayantas tadānīṃ viśvabhujaḥ sārthavāho 'navalokya prakrāntaḥ; samanviṣṭo 'smābhir nārāgitaḥ; katham atra pratipattavyam? iti; sa kathayati: tiṣṭhata, mā kāhalībhavata; samanveṣāmaḥ sārthavāham iti; tato viśvabhuk sārthavāha aśītyā vaṇiksahasraiḥ parivṛtaḥ suyātraṃ sārthavāhaṃ samanveṣitum ārabdhaḥ udyānāvasathatapovaneṣu; sa tena dṛṣṭaḥ pṛṣṭaś ca: kasmāt tvaṃ sārtham apahāya pravrajita iti; kāyikī teṣāṃ mahātmanāṃ dharmadeśanā na vācikī; tenāsau sārthavāhaḥ saparivāro jvalanatapanavarṣanavidyotanaprātihāryair āvarjitaḥ; tena tāny aśītir vaṇiksahasrāṇi āmiṣopasaṃhāropasaṃhṛtāny uktāni: asmai kārān kuruta; asmai kārāḥ kṛtā niyataṃ phaladāyakā bhavanti; taiḥ tasminn anekāḥ kārāḥ kṛtāḥ.
kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo yo' sāv viśvabhuk sārthavāha aham eva ( SBV II 12 ) sa tena kālena tena samayena; yāni vaṇiksahasrāṇy etāny eva tāny aśītir devatāsahasrāṇi; tadāpy etāni mayāmiṣeṇopasaṃhṛtya paṃcasu vratapadeṣu pratiṣṭhāpitāni; etarhy apy etāni mayā saddharmarasenopasaṃhṛtya satyeṣu pratiṣṭhāpitāni; iti hi bhikṣavaḥ ekāntakṛṣṇānāṃ karmāṇāṃ vyatimiśraḥ yāvad evaṃ vo bhikṣavaḥ śikṣitavyam.
yadā bhagavatā paṃcakā bhikṣavaḥ saṃsārakāntārād uttārya indriyabalabodhyaṅgaratnaiḥ saṃvibhaktāḥ saddharmarasena saṃtarpitāḥ, tadā bhikṣavaḥ ( A 429b ) saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: paśya bhadanta bhagavatā paṃcakā bhikṣavaḥ saṃsārakāntārād uttārya saddharmarasena saṃtarpitā iti; bhagavān āha: kim atra, bhikṣava, āścaryaṃ yad idānīṃ mayā vigatarāgeṇa vigatadveṣeṇa vigatamohena parimuktena jātijarāvyādhimaraṇaśokaparidevaduḥkhadaurmanasyopāyāsaiḥ sarvajñena sarvākārajñena sarvajñānajñeyavaśiprāptena paṃcakā bhikṣavaḥ saṃsārakāntārād uttarya saddharmarasena saṃtarpitāḥ; yat tu mayāpi atīte 'dhvani sarāgeṇa sadveṣeṇa samohenāparimuktena jātijārāvyadhimaraṇaśokaparidevaduḥkhadaurmanasyopāyāsaiḥ sārthavāhabhūtena paṃcakaiḥ kāntāramārge kṛcchrasaṃkaṭasaṃbādhaprāptāḥ salilaṃ vinā prāṇair viyujyamānā devatāyācanaṃ kṛtvā māhendrā salilavarṣeṇa saṃtarpitāḥ; tac chrūyatām.
The story of the thirsty caravan
bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavaḥ viśvabhuṅ nāma sārthavāhaḥ paṃcavaṇikśataiḥ sārdhaṃ saṃvyavaharann alpasalilakāntāramārgaṃ pratipannaḥ anupūrveṇa vindhyāṭavīṃ saṃprāptaḥ; teṣāṃ tatra sarvaṃ salilaṃ parikṣīṇam; vaṇiksārthaḥ salilavirahāt pratisaṃkhyāne saṃprasthitaḥ; paṃca tu vaṇijaḥ salilam alabhamānā atyarthaṃ kāhalībhūtāḥ; viśvabhuk sārthavāhas tān tathāvidhān dṛṣṭvā kāruṇyād ākaṃpitahṛdayo ūrdhvamukho devatāyācanaṃ kartum ārabdhaḥ: śṛṇvantu bhavantaḥ śivavaruṇakuberavāsavādyā devā yena satyena satyavacanena mama sarveṣu samapravṛttā dayā anena satyena satyavacanena māhendro devo varṣatu; bodhisatvānubhāvena māhendraṃ bhavanam ākampitam; śakrasya devendrasyādhastāj jñānadarśanaṃ pravartate; sa saṃlakṣayati: kena māhendraṃ bhavanam ākampitam? paśyati bodhisatvenānubhāvāt; tena tathāvidhaṃ māhendraṃ varṣam utsṛṣṭaṃ enāsau vaṇiksārthaḥ saṃtarpitaḥ kāntāramārgaṃ samatikrāntaḥ. ( SBV II 13 )
kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavaḥ, yo 'sau viśvabhuk sārthavāhaḥ aham eva sa tena kālena tena samayena; ye te paṃca vaṇijaḥ salilavirahād atyarthaṃ kāhalībhūtā eta eva te paṃcakā bhikṣavaḥ; tadāpy ete mayā salilena saṃtarpya kāntāramārgād uttāritāḥ; etarhy api mayā ete saddharmarasena saṃtarpya saṃsārakāntārād uttāritāḥ.

yadā bhagavatā paṃcakā bhikṣavaḥ saṃsārakāntārād uttārya indriyabalabodhyaṅgaiḥ saṃvibhaktāḥ, tadā bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: paśya bhadanta bhagavatā paṃcakā bhikṣavaḥ saṃsārakāntārād uttārya indriyabalabodhyaṅgaratnaiḥ saṃvibhaktāḥ; bhagavān āha: kim atra, bhikṣava, āścaryaṃ yad idānīṃ mayā vigatarāgeṇa vigatadveṣeṇa vigatamohena parimuktena jātijarāvyādhimaraṇaśokaparidevaduḥkhadaurmanasyopāyāsaiḥ sarvajñena sarvākārajñena sarvajñānajñeyavaśiprāptena paṃcakā bhikṣavaḥ saṃsārakāntārād uttarya indriyabalabodhyaṅgaratnaiḥ ( A 430a ) saṃvibhaktāḥ; yat tu mayāpi atīte 'dhvani sarāgeṇa sadveṣeṇa samohenāparimuktena jātijārāvyadhimaraṇaśokaparidevaduḥkhadaurmanasyopāyāsaiḥ sārthavāhabhūtena ete svajīvitaparityāgena mahāsamudrād uttārya ratnaiḥ saṃvibhaktāḥ; tac chrūyatām.

The story of the merchant Dhanaratha
bhūtapūrvaṃ, bhikṣavo, dhanaratho nāma mahāsārthavāho babhūva; paṃcabhiḥ sārthavāhaiḥ sārdhaṃ mahāsamudraṃ saṃprasthitaḥ; te tasya sārthavāhasya anyonyakathālāpasaumukhyā anyonyakṛtapraṇayā saṃvṛttāḥ; yāvad anupūrveṇa samudratīram anuprāptaiḥ pratyekaṃ vahanāni sajjīkṛtāni; avataraṇakāle tair dhanarathaḥ sārthavāho 'bhihitaḥ; sārthavāha vayaṃ tvayā vinā dhṛtiṃ na labhāmahe; sa kathayati: yady evam ihaivābhiruhataḥ vahanāni mucyantām iti; te tatrābhirūḍhāḥ, vātaś cotthitḥ; saṃtrastānāṃ dhanarathaḥ kathayati: bhavanto mā bibhīta; yadā vahanaṃ vināśam upaiti tadā mama kaṇṭhe lageta, ahaṃ vo uttārayiṣyāmi iti; kuśalā bhavanti ( SBV II 14 ) bodhisatvās teṣu teṣu śilpasthānakarmasthāneṣu; tena mahārhāni ratnāni kakṣāyām upanibaddhāni; yānapātraṃ vipannam; te sārthavāhasy lagnāḥ; te tena śrāntakāyena īṣajjīvitāvaśeṣeṇa samudratīrasaṃprāptitāḥ; taiś cāsau sthalaprāptaiḥ pratimuktaḥ; so 'tyantanirutsāhaḥ kālagataḥ; tair asau jalāt sthalam uttāritaḥ; yāvat paśyanti kakṣopanibaddhāni mahārhāni ratnāni; te tāny ādāya prakrāntāḥ.
kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavaḥ? yo 'sau dhanaratho nāma sārthavāha aham eva sa tena kālena tena samayena; ye te paṃcakā bhikṣavaḥ tadāpy ete mayā mahāsamudrād uttārya ratnaiḥ saṃvibhaktāḥ; etarhy apy mayā saṃsārakāntārād uttārya indriyabalabodhyaṅgaratnaiḥ saṃvibhaktāḥ.
yadāyuṣmān ājñātakauṇḍinyo vṛddhānte niṣīdati, tadā parṣadaṃ chatrīkṛtya niṣīdati; bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: kiṃ bhadanta āyuṣmatā ājñātakauṇḍinyena karma kṛtaṃ yasya karmaṇo vipākena chatrīkṛtya parṣadaṃ niṣīdati? bhagavān āha: kauṇḍinyena bhikṣavo bhikṣuṇā karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni labdhasaṃbhārāni pūrvavad yāvat phalanti khalu dehinām.
The story of Saṃdhāna, the householder
(concerning a previous birth of Kauṇḍinya)
bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo vārāṇasyāṃ nagaryāṃ saṃdhano nāma gṛhapatiḥ prativasaty āḍhyo mahādhano mahābhogo vistīrṇaviśālaparigraho vaiśravaṇadhanasamudito vaiśravaṇadhanapratispardhī; tena khalu samayena vārāṇasyāṃ brahmadatto nāma rājā rājyaṃ kārayati ṛddhaṃ ca sphītaṃ ca kṣemaṃ ca subhikṣaṃ cākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca; yāvan naimittikair dvādaśavārṣikā anāvṛṣṭir adiṣṭā; brahmadattena rājñā svaviṣaye ghaṇṭāvaghoṣaṇaṃ kāritam: śṛṇvantu bhavanto madviṣayanivāsinaḥ paurāḥ; naimittikair dvādaśavārṣikā anāvṛṣṭir ādiṣṭā; tad yeṣāṃ yuṣmākaṃ dvādaśavarṣikam annapānam asti tair madviṣaye vastavyam; anyair nānādikṣu viprakramitavyam; dvādaśavarṣasamatikrame punar āgantavyam iti; tataḥ saṃdhāno gṛhapatiḥ ( A 430b ) koṣṭhāgārikapuruṣam āmantrayate: bhoḥ puruṣa asti koṣṭhāgāre dvādaśavārṣikam annapānam iti; sa kathayati: ārya ( SBV II 15 ) bhaviṣyati iti; <tataḥ saṃdhāno gṛhapatiḥ saparivāro niṣaṇṇaḥ> janakāyaḥ samantād vidrutaḥ; mahad durbhikṣaṃ prādurbhūtaṃ kṛcchraḥ kāntāraḥ durlabhaḥ piṇḍako yācanakena; asati buddhānām utpāde pratyekabuddhā loke utpadyante hīnadīnānukampakā prāntāśayanāsanabhaktā ekadakṣiṇīyā lokasya; tena khalu samayena vārāṇasyāṃ nātidūre anyatamasminn āśramapade paṃca pratyekabuddhaśatāni prativasanti; yadā durbhikṣakālamṛtyubhayabhīto janakāyaḥ samantād vidrutaḥ tadā teṣāṃ piṇḍakā samucchinnāḥ; te sarva eva saṃbhūya saṃdhanasya gṛhapates sakāśam upasaṃkrāntāḥ kathayanti: gṛhapate, asmākaṃ paṃcānāṃ pravrajitaśatānām piṇḍakena yogodvahanaṃ kuruṣva iti; sa kathayati: koṣṭhāgārkaṃ tāvad avalokayāmi iti; sa koṣṭhāgārikam āmantrayate: asti bhoḥ puruṣa asmākaṃ koṣṭhāgāre annapānam yad asmākaṃ syād eṣāṃ ca paṃcānāṃ pravrajitaśatānāṃ dvādaśavarṣāṇi iti; sa kathayati ārya bhaviṣyati iti; saṃdhānena gṛhapatinā paṃcānāṃ pravrajitaśatānāṃ piṇḍaka upanibaddha iti; śrutvā aparāṇi paṃca pratyekabuddhaśatāni saṃdhānasya gṛhapateḥ sakāśam upasaṃkrāntāni; upasaṃkramya saṃdhānaṃ gṛhapatim idam avocan: gṛhapate asmākaṃ paṃcānāṃ pravrajitaśatānāṃ piṇḍakena yogodvahanaṃ kuruṣva iti; sa kathayati: āryakā dattam eva yuṣmākaṃ kiṃ bhūyaḥ prārthayata iti; te kathayanti gṛhapate anye te vayam anye iti; sa kathayati: āryakā, yady evaṃ koṣṭhāgārikaṃ tāvad avalokayāmi iti; sa koṣṭhāgārikaṃ puruṣam āmantrayate: bhoḥ puruṣa asti asmākaṃ koṣṭhāgāre annapānaṃ yad asmākaṃ syād asya ca pravrajitasahasrasya dvādaśavarṣāṇi iti; sa kathayati: bhaviṣyati iti; tena te pratyekabuddhā uktā: āryakā tiṣṭhata; ko yuṣmākaṃ bhaktakāla iti; te kathayanti: gṛhapate apariṇato madhyāhnaḥ; tataḥ saṃdhānena gṛhapatinā dānaśālā māpitā dānādhisthāyikaḥ puruṣaḥ sthāpitaḥ kālārocakaś ca; te pratidinam āgamya bhaktakṛtyaṃ kurvanti; tasya pratyekabuddhasahasrasya yaḥ saṃghasthaviraḥ so 'tīva prāsādikaḥ chatrākāraśirās tāṃ parṣadaṃ chatrīkṛtyāvatiṣṭhate; saṃdhānasya gṛhapater duhitā tasya saṃghasthavirasya ( SBV II 16 ) chatrākāraśiraskatāṃ varṇapuṣkalatāṃ dṛṣṭvātīvābhiprasannā; yāvad apareṇa samayena bhaktakāle devo varṣitum ārabdhaḥ; tataḥ tayā dārikayā saṃghasthavirasya mūrdhni chatraṃ dhāritam; bhuktasya ca pādayor nipatya praṇidhānaṃ kṛtam: anenāhaṃ kuśalamūlena evaṃvidhānāṃ guṇānāṃ lābhī syāṃ yādṛśo 'yam āryaḥ yathā cāyaṃ chatrīkṛtya parṣadi niṣaṇṇaḥ evam aham api chatrīkṛtya parṣadaṃ niṣīdeyam iti.
kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavaḥ? yāsau saṃdhānasdya gṛhapater duhitā eṣa evāsau ( A 431a ) kauṇḍinyo bhikṣuḥ; yad anena kumārikābhūtena pratyekabuddhasaṃghasthavirasya chatraṃ vidhārya praṇidhānaṃ kṛtaṃ evaṃvidhānāṃ guṇānāṃ lābhī syāṃ chatrīkṛtya ca parṣadaṃ niṣīdeyam iti, tad etarhi sarvakleśaprahāṇād arhatvaṃ sākṣātkṛtaṃ chatrīkṛtya ca parṣadam avasthitaḥ; iti hi bhikṣavaḥ ekāntakṛṣṇānāṃ karmaṇām ekāntakṛṣṇo vipākaḥ pūrvavad yāvad evaṃ vo bhikṣavaḥ śikṣitavyam.

yadā bhagavatā ājñātakauṇḍinyam āgamya aśītir devatāsahasrāṇi saddharmarasena saṃtarpitāni tadā bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: paśya bhadanta bhagavatā āyuṣmantam ājñātakauṇḍinyam āgamya aśītir devatāsahasrāṇi saddharmarasena saṃtarpitāni; bhagavān āha: kim atra bhikṣava āścaryaṃ yad idānīṃ mayā vigatarāgeṇa vigatadveṣeṇa vigatamohena parimuktena jātijarāvyādhimaraṇaśokaparidevaduḥkhadaurmanasyopāyāsaiḥ sarvajñena sarvākārajñena sarvajñānajñeyavaśiprāptena ājñātakauṇḍinyam āgamya aśītir devatāsahasrāṇi dharmarasena saṃtarpitāni? yat tu mayātīte 'dhvani sarāgeṇa sadveṣeṇa samohenāparimuktena jātijārāvyadhimaraṇaśokaparidevaduḥkhadaurmanasyopāyāsaiḥ vinipatitaśarīreṇa tiryagyonāv upapannena aśitikīṭasahasrāṇi kauṇḍinyaṃ kīṭikībhūtam āgamya svarudhireṇa saṃtarpitāni; tac chrūyatām.
The story of the tortoise
(concerning a previous birth of Kauṇḍinya)
bhūtapūrvaṃ, bhikṣava, aniyatarāśyavasthito bodhisatvo mahāsamudre kacchapeṣūpapannas teṣām adhipatir babhūva; yāvat paṃcavaṇikśatāni mahāsamudrayānapātraṃ pratipadya mahāsamudram ( SBV II 17 ) avatīrṇāni; tato nānāratnasaṃgrahaṃ kṛtvā pratinirvṛttāni; yāvad vahanaṃ makareṇa matsyajātenānayena vyasanam āpāditam; tatra mahān kolāhalo jātaḥ; tacchabdaśravaṇāt kacchapo mahāsamudrād utthitaḥ; sa teṣāṃ sakāśam upasaṃkramya kathayati: alaṃ bhavatāṃ viṣādena mama pṛṣṭham abhiruheta ahaṃ vas tārayiṣyāmi iti; te naṣṭopalabdhaprāṇāḥ sarve kūrmapṛṣṭham abhirūḍhāḥ; sa tān ādāya samudratīrābhimukhaḥ saṃprasthitaḥ; atyantabhārāvaṣṭabdho 'pi vīryam āsthāya viṣādaṃ nāpadyate; sa śrāntakāyaḥ teṣu saṃkīrṇeṣu grīvām abhiprasārya suptaḥ; tasya nātidūre kīṭikānāṃ nagaram; tasmād ekā kīṭikā paribhramantī gandhaṃ ghrātvā tasya sakāśam upasaṃkrāntā; tatas taṃ mahatpramāṇākāravikāraṃ dṛṣṭvā tvaritagatipracārikī kīṭikānagaram abhigatā; svasvasaṃjñayā kīṭikāḥ prabodhya aśītiḥ kīṭikāsahasrāṇy ādāya kacchapasakāśaṃ gatā; tataḥ taṃ suotaṃ mṛtam iva niśceṣṭaprāṇaṃ bhakṣayitum ārabdhāḥ; yadāsya sthūlaṃ māṃsaṃ bhakṣayanti śramanaparikhinno gāḍhamiddhāvaṣṭabdho na cetayate; yadā tu marmasthāneṣu māṃsaṃ bhakṣayanti tadā prabuddhaḥ paśyati kīṭikābhiḥ sarvaṃ śarīram ākīrṇam; sa saṃlakṣayati: yadi kāyaṃ calayiṣye ( A 431b ) vā saṃparivartayiṣye vā niyatam etāḥ praghātayiṣyāmi; kāmaṃ prāṇaviyogo na tu prāṇoparodhaḥ; iti viditvā chidyamāneṣu marmasu mucyamāneṣu saṃdhiṣu praṇidhānaṃ kartum ārabdhaḥ: yathā mayā etāni aśītir kīṭikāsahasrāṇi māṃsarudhireṇa saṃtarpitāni, tāny evam aham anāgate 'dhvani anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbuddhya saddharmarasena saṃtarpayeyam iti.
kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavaḥ? yo 'sau kīṭikānāṃ mārgoddeśika eṣa evāsau kauṇḍinyo bhikṣuḥ; yāni tāni aśītir kīṭikāsahasrāṇi tam āgamya māṃsarudhireṇa saṃtarpitāni, tāny aśītir devatāsahasrāṇi; tadāpy etānimayā svarudhireṇa saṃtarpitāni; etarhy apy etāni mayā saddharmarasena saṃtarpitāni; iti hi bhikṣavaḥ ekāntakṛṣṇānām iti yāvad evaṃ vo bhikṣavaḥ śikṣitavyam.
yadā bhagavatā paṃcakā bhikṣavaḥ saddharmarasena saṃtarpya saṃsārakāntārād uttāryātyantaniṣṭhe yogakṣeme nirvāṇe pratiṣṭhāpitā ( SBV II 18 ) tadā bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: paśya bhadanta bhagavatā bhikṣavaḥ saddharmarasena saṃtarpya saṃsārakāntārād uttāryātyantaniṣṭhe yogakṣeme nirvāṇe pratiṣṭhāpitāḥ iti; bhagavān āha: kim atra bhikṣava āścaryaṃ yad idānīṃ mayā vigatarāgeṇa vigatadveṣeṇa vigatamohena parimuktena jātijarāvyādhimaraṇaśokaparidevaduḥkhadaurmanasyopāyāsaiḥ sarvajñena sarvākārajñena sarvajñānajñeyavaśiprāptena paṃcakā bhikṣavaḥ saddharmarasena saṃtarpya saṃsārakāntārād uttāryātyantaniṣṭhe yogakṣeme nirvāṇe pratiṣṭhāpitāḥ? yat tu mayātīte 'dhvani sarāgeṇa sadveṣeṇa samohenāparimuktena jātijārāvyadhimaraṇaśokaparidevaduḥkhadaurmanasyopāyāsair ete svarudhireṇa saṃtarpya paṃcasu vratapadeṣu pratiṣṭhāpitāḥ; tac chrūyatām.
The story of the king Vajrabāhu

bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo vārāṇasyāṃ nagaryāṃ vajrabāhur nāma rājā rājyaṃ kārayati ṛddhaṃ ca yāvad ākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca; sa rājā śrāddho bhadraḥ kalyāṇāśayaḥ ātmahitaparahitapratipannaḥ kāruṇiko mahātmā dharmakāmaḥ prajāvatsalaḥ sarvapradaḥ sarvaparityāgī niḥsaṅgaparityāgī ca mahati tyāge vartate; tenātyantaṃ maitrī svabhyastā; trir divasasya maitrīṃ samāpadyate; tasya maitrīṃ samāpadyamānasya yācanakajano vihanyate; tenāmātyānām ājñā dattā; bhavanto vārāṇasyāṃ caturṣu nagaradvāreṣu dānaśālā māpayitvā śramaṇabrāhmaṇakṛpaṇavaṇīpakādhvagayācanakebhyo yo yenārthī tasmai tad anuprayacchata iti; evaṃ deva ity amātyā rajño vajrabāhor pratiśutya vārāṇasyāṃ caturṣu nagaradvāreṣu dānaśālā māpayitvā annapānavastraśayanāsanahiraṇyasuvarṇamuktāvaiḍūryaśaṃkhaśilāpravāḍajātarūparajatāśmagarbhamusāragalbalohitikādakṣiṇāvartādidravyasaṃbhārenāvasthitāḥ yācanakajanaṃ saṃtarpanāya; yāvad apareṇa ( A 432a ) samayena vaiśravaṇena rājñā aḍakavattāyāṃ rājadhānyāṃ paṃca yakṣā ojohārā nirvāsitāḥ; itaś cāmutaś ca paribhramanto vārāṇasīm anuprāptāḥ; te gopālakān paśupālakān tṛṇahārakān kāṣṭhahārakān pathājīvān utpathājīvāṃś ca manuṣyān dṛṣṭvā kathayanti: bhavanto na yūyam asmān bibhīta? ( SBV II 19 ) iti; bhavantaḥ kimarthaṃ bibhīmaḥ yeṣām asmākaṃ rājā maitryātmakaḥ kāruṇikaḥ sarvasatvahitādhyāśayena trir divasasya maitrīṃ samāpadyate? iti; tataḥ te brāhmaṇaveṣam ātmānam abhinirmāya vārāṇasyām caturṣu dvāreṣu dānaśālāṃ pratyavekṣya vajrabāhuṃ rājānaṃ maitryā vyutthitaṃ jñātvā vinītaveṣadhāriṇo rajñaḥ sakāśam upasaṃkrāntāḥ; upasaṃkramya jayenāyuṣā ca rājānaṃ vardhayitvā ūcuḥ: deva bubhukṣitāḥ smāhāreṇa anugrahaṃ kuruṣva iti; rājñā amātyān āhūyoktāḥ: bhavanta etān brāhmaṇān praṇītenāhāreṇa saṃtarpayata iti; te kathayanti: māṃsarudhirabhakṣā vayamiti; rājñā amātyā abhihitā: bhavanto yadi māṃsasya <na> saṃbhavo 'sti rudhirasya vā vīthyā dharmanyāyalabdhaṃ rudhiraṃ prayacchata iti; te kathayanti: sadyohatarudhiramāṃsabhakṣakā vayam; sadyohatena māṃsarudhireṇānugrahaṃ kuruṣva iti; rājā saṃlakṣayati: kutaḥ sadyohatasya māṃsarudhirasya saṃbhavaḥ parasya pīḍām akṛtvā? yanv aham ebhyaḥ svarudhiram anuprayaccheyam iti; tato vaidyān āhūya kathayati: bhavanto mama sarvāṅgikaṃ śirāvedhaṃ kuruta; yācanakajanaṃ saṃtarpayiṣyāmi iti; vaidyāḥ kathayanti: na vayaṃ prākṛtapuruṣāṇām arthāya devasya śarīre śastraṃ nipātayāmaḥ; kuśalāḥ bhavanti bodhisatvās teṣu teṣu śilpasthānakarmasthāneṣu; tena svayam eva paṃcasu gātreṣu śastranipātaḥ kṛtaḥ; tataḥ svarudhireṇa saṃtarpya teṣāṃ tādṛśī dharmadeśanā kṛtvā yāṃ śrutvā te yakṣāḥ paṃcasu vratapadeṣu pratiṣṭhāpitāḥ.
<kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavaḥ? yo 'sau vajrabāhur nāma rājā aham eva sa tena kālena tena samayena; ye amī paṃca yakṣā ojohārās te evāmī paṃca bhikṣavaḥ; tadāpy ete svarudhireṇa saṃtarpya paṃcasu vratapadeṣu pratiṣṭhāpitāḥ>; etarhy apy ete mayā saddharmarasena saṃtarpya saṃsārakāntārād uttāryātyantaniṣṭhe yogakṣeme nirvāṇe pratiṣṭhāpitā.
yadā bhagavatā paṃcakā bhikṣavaḥ saddharmarasena saṃtarpya saṃsārakāntārād uttāryātyantaniṣṭhe yogakṣeme nirvāṇe pratiṣṭhāpitās tadā bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: paśya bhadanta bhagavatā paṃcakā bhikṣavaḥ saddharmarasena ( SBV II 20 ) saṃtarpya saṃsārakāntārād uttāryātyantaniṣṭhe yogakṣeme nirvāṇe pratiṣṭhāpitāḥ iti; bhagavān āha: kim atra bhikṣava āścaryaṃ yad idānīṃ mayā vigatarāgeṇa yāvat sarvajñānajñeyavaśiprāptena paṃcakā bhikṣavaḥ saddharmarasena saṃtarpya saṃsārakāntārād uttāryātyantaniṣṭhe yogakṣeme nirvāṇe pratiṣṭhāpitāḥ; yat tu mayātīte 'dhvani sarāgeṇa pūrvavat duḥkhadaurmanasyopāyāsaiḥ ete svarudhireṇa saṃtarpya paṃcasu vratapadeṣu pratiṣṭhāpitāḥ; tac chrūyatām.
The story of Maitrabala

bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo vārāṇasyāṃ nagaryāṃ maitrabalo nāma rājā rājyaṃ kārayati ṛddhaṃ ca yāvad bahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca; maitryātmakaḥ kāruṇiko mahātmā sarvasatveṣu dayāvān; ( A 432b ) yāvad apareṇa samayena vaiśravaṇena rājñā aḍakavattāyāṃ rājadhānyāṃ paṃca ojohārā yakṣāḥ kasmiṇcid eva aparādhe pravāsitāḥ; te taṃ janapadam anvāhiṇḍya vārāṇasīm anuprāptāḥ; teṣāṃ na kaścid balimālyopahāraṃ kurute; taiḥ prakopam āpannair ītir utsṛṣṭā; vārāṇasyāṃ janakāyo mriyate; amātyai rājñe maitrabalāya niveditam: deva vārāṇasyām atīva janakāyo mṛta iti; rājñā teṣām ājñā dattā: gacchata vārāṇasyām evaṃ ghaṇṭāvaghoṣaṇaṃ kārayata: bhadanto rājā maitrabalaḥ samājñāpayati, ahaṃ sarvasatvahitādhyāśayatatpareṇa manasā rātrindivam atinamayāmi; tad yuṣmābhir api sarvasatvānugatā maitrī manasi kartavyā; evaṃ vaḥ śāntir bhaviṣyatīti; te sarvasatvānugatāṃ maitrīṃ manasi kartum ārabdhā; ojohārā yakṣā vārāṇasīsāmantakena paribhramitum ārabdhāḥ; praveśaṃ na labhante; te praveśam alabhamānā gopālakāṃ paśupālakān tṛṇahārakāṃ kāṣṭhahārakāṃ pathājīvān utpathājīvāṃś ca manuṣyān dṛṣṭvā kathayanti: bhavanto na yūyam asmad bibhīta? iti; te kathayanti: na bibhīmaḥ; kiṃ kāraṇaṃ? vayaṃ hi yad rājā maitrabalaś cintayati tac cintayāmaḥ; kiṃ maitrabalo rājā cintayati? sarvasatvānugatāṃ maitrīṃ; te saṃlakṣayanti: idam atra kāraṇaṃ yena vayam idānīm avatāraṃ na labhāmaha iti; te vārāṇasyāṃ dvāreṇa ( SBV II 21 ) dvāraṃ paribhramanti: kadācid rājānaṃ maitrabalaṃ drakṣyāmaḥ iti; yāvad apareṇa samayena maitrabalo rājā bahir udyānāya saṃprasthitaḥ; tatas te brāhmaṇaveṣam ātmānam abhinirmāya śānteryāpathena rājānam upasaṃkramya jayenāyuṣā ca vardhayitvocuḥ: deva bubhukṣitā sma; āhāreṇānugrahaṃ kuruṣva iti; rājñā amātyā āhūyoktāḥ: bhavanta etān brāhmaṇān praṇītenāhāreṇa saṃtarpayata; te kathayanti: deva māṃsarudhirabhakṣā vayam iti; rājñā amātyā abhihitāḥ: bhavanta yadi māṃsasya <na> saṃbhavo 'sti rudhirasya vā vithyā dharmanyāyalabdhaṃ māṃsaṃ rudhiraṃ ca prayacchata iti; deva sadyohatarudhiramāṃsabhakṣā vayaṃ sadyohatena māṃsenānugrahaṃ kuruṣva iti; rājā saṃlakṣayati: kutas sadyohatasya māṃsarudhirasya saṃbhavaḥ parasyapīḍām akṛtvā; yanv aham ebhyaḥ svarudhiram anuprayaccheyam iti; tato vaidyān āhūya kathayati: bhavanto mama sarvāṅgikaṃ śirāvedhaṃ kuruta iti yācanakajanaṃ saṃtarpayiṣyāmi iti; vaidyāḥ kathayanti: deva na vayaṃ prākṛtapuruṣāṇām arthāya devasya śarīre śastraṃ nipātayāmaḥ; kuśalā bhavanti bodhisatvās teṣu teṣu śilpasthānakarmasthāneṣu; tena svayam eva paṃcasu gātreṣu śāstranipātaḥ kṛtaḥ; tataḥ svarudhireṇa saṃtarpya teṣāṃ tādṛśī dharmadeśanā kṛtā yāṃ śrutvā te yakṣā paṃcasu vratapadeṣu pratiṣṭhāpitāḥ.
kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavaḥ? yo 'sau maitrabalo nāma rājā 'bhūd aham eva sa tena kālena tena samayena; ye te paṃca ojohārās yakṣā ( A 433a ) ete eva te paṃcakā bhikṣavaḥ; tadāpy ete mayā svarudhireṇa saṃtarpya paṃcasu vratapadeṣu pratiṣṭhāpitāḥ; etarhy apy ete mayā saddharmarasena saṃtarpitāḥ saṃsārakāntārād uttāryātyantaniṣṭhe yogakṣeme nirvāṇe pratiṣṭhāpitā.
yadā bhagavatā ṣaḍvarṣāṇi duṣkaraṃ caritam; anuttarā samyaksaṃbodhir abhisaṃbuddhā, vārāṇasyāṃ gatvā dharmacakraṃ pravartitaṃ, paṃcakā vinīta upapaṃcakāḥ ṣaṣṭibhadravargīyāḥ pūgāḥ, bhikṣubahutvaṃ jātam, tadā bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: paśya bhadanta bhagavatā karma kṛtaṃ yasya karmaṇo vipākena ṣaḍvarṣāṇi duṣkaraṃ caritam; bhagavān āha: tathāgatenaivaitāni bhikṣavaḥ pūrvam anyāsu jātiṣu karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni labdhasaṃbhārāni pūrvavad yāvat phalanti khalu dehinām. ( SBV II 22 )
The story of Nandapāla the Potter (= Ghaṭīkarasutta, MN 81, cf. MV I 319ff.)

bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo vaibhiḍiṅgī nāma grāmanigamo 'bhūd ṛddhaś ca sphītaś ca bahujanamanuṣyaś ca; vaibhiḍiṅgyāṃ bhikṣavo grāmanigame nyagrodho nāma brāhmaṇamahāśālaḥ prativasati, āḍhyo mahādhano mahābhogaḥ sphītaḥ, vaibhiḍiṅgīṃ paribhuṃkte sotsadāṃ satṛṇakāṣṭhodakāṃ kṛkinā rājñā brahmadeyāṃ dattām; nyagrodhasya khalu bhikṣavo brāhmaṇamahaśālasya uttaro nāmo māṇavo 'ntevāsī upeto mātṛtaḥ pitṛtaḥ saṃśuddho gṛhiṇyām anākṣipto jātivādena gotravādena ca yāvad āsaptamaṃ mātāmahapaitāmahaṃ yugam upādāya; adhyāpako mantradharo trayāṇāṃ vedānāṃ pāraṃgataḥ sanighaṇṭukaiṭabhānāṃ sākṣaraprabhedānām itihāsapaṃcamānāṃ sādṛśo vyākarakaḥ, abhirūpo darśanīyaḥ prāsādikaḥ; nyagrodhasya brāhmaṇamahaśālasya paṃcamātrāṇi māṇavakaśatāni brāhmaṇakān mantrān vācayanti; vaibhiḍiṅgyāṃ bhikṣavo grāmanigame nandīpālo ghaṭīkaraḥ prativasati; buddhe 'bhiprasanno dharme saṃghe 'bhiprasannaḥ; buddhaṃ śaraṇaṃ gato dhammaṃ saṃghaṃ śaraṇaṃ gataḥ; buddhe ekāntiko dharme saṃghe ekāntikaḥ; buddhe niṣkāṃkṣo nirvicikitso dharme saṃghe niṣkāṃkṣo nirvicitaḥ; duḥkhe samudaye nirodhe mārge niṣkāṃkṣo nirvicikitso dṛṣṭasatya āgataphalābhisamitavāṃ nikṣiptaparṇamusalo na svahastaṃ pṛthivīṃ khanati na khānayati; nānyatra, yat tad bhavati dakaprarugnaṃ vā mūṣikotkirā vā tataḥ kāyena mṛttikāṃ saṃhṛtya niṣprāṇakenodakena tīmayitvā bhājanāni kṛtvā ekāntam upanikṣipya evam āha: eta āryā eta bhadramukhā tilān vā taṇḍulān vā mudgaprabhṛtīn vā māṣaprabhṛtīn vā ekānta upanikṣipya yo vā yena bhājanenārthī sa tad ādāya prakrāmatu iti; sa tasmād andhau mātāpitarau bibharti; kāśyapaṃ samyaksaṃbuddhaṃ kālena ( SBV II 23 ) kālaṃ piṇḍakena pratipādayati; uttarasya māṇavasya mitraṃ suhṛd vayasyako ca nandīpālo ghaṭīkaro yena kāśyapaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhaḥ tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ; upasaṃkramya kāśyapasya samyaksaṃbuddhasya pādau śirasā vanditvā ekāntaniṣaṇṇaḥ; ekāntaniṣaṇṇaṃ ( A 433b ) nandīpālaṃ ghaṭīkaraṃ kāśyapaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhaḥ dharmyayā kathayā saṃdarśayati samādāpayati samuttejayati saṃpraharṣayati; anekaparyāyeṇa dharmyayā kathayā saṃdarśya samādāpya samuttejya saṃpraharṣya tūṣṇīm; atha nandīpālo ghaṭīkaraḥ kāśyapasya samyaksaṃbuddhasya pādau śirasā vanditvā utthāyāsanāt prakrāntaḥ; tena khalu samayena uttaro māṇavaḥ sarvaśvetaṃ vaḍavāratham abhiruhya sauvarṇena daṇḍakamaṇḍalunā dhāryamānena māṇavakagaṇaparivṛto māṇavakagaṇapuraskṛto vaibhiḍiṅgyān niryāti; bahir vaibhiḍiṅgyāḥ brāhmaṇakān mantrān vācayitukāmaḥ adrākṣīd uttaro māṇavo nandīpālaṃ ghaṭīkaraṃ dūrād eva; dṛṣṭvā ca punar evam āha: kutas tvaṃ somya nandīpāla etarhy āgacchasi? ito 'haṃ somya uttara etarhy āgacchāmi kāśyapaṃ samyaksaṃbuddhaṃ paryupāsya; ehy āvāṃ somya uttara gamiṣyāvāḥ; kāśyapaṃ samyaksaṃbuddhaṃ paryupāsiṣyāvahe; alaṃ somya nandīpāla kāśyapena samyaksaṃbuddhena dṛṣṭenālaṃ paryupāsitena; tat kasya hetoḥ; kutas tasmin muṇḍake śramaṇake bodhiḥ; bodhir hi paramaduṣkarā; mā tvaṃ somya uttara evaṃ vada: kutas tasmin śramaṇake bodhiḥ; bodhir hi paramaduṣkarā; api tu buddhaḥ sa bhagavān, buddhāś cānena sarvadharmā iti; dvir api trir api nandīpālo ghaṭīkaraḥ uttaraṃ māṇavakam idam avocat: ehy āvāṃ somya uttara gamiṣyāvaḥ; kāśyapaṃ samyaksaṃbuddhaṃ paryupāsiṣyāvahe iti; dvir api trir api uttaro māṇavo nandīpālaṃ ghaṭīkaram idam avoat: alaṃ somya nandīpāla kāśyapena samyaksaṃbuddhena dṛṣṭena alaṃ paryupāsitena; tat kasya hetoḥ? kutas tasmin muṇḍale śramaṇake bodhiḥ; bodhir hi paramaduṣkarā; mā tvaṃ somyottara evaṃ vada kutas tasmin muṇḍake śramaṇake bodhiḥ; bodhir hi paramaduṣkarā; api tu buddhaḥ sa bhagavān, buddhāś cānena sarvadharmā iti; atha nandīpālo ghaṭīkara uttarasya māṇavasya ratham abhiruhya uttaraṃ māṇavam idam avocat: ehy āvāṃ somya uttara gamiṣyāvaḥ; kāśyapaṃ samyaksaṃbuddhaṃ paryupāsiṣyāvahe iti; athottarasya māṇavasyaitad abhavat: na batāvaro buddho bhaviṣyati; ( SBV II 24 ) nāvaraṃ dharmākhyānaṃ; yatredaṇīṃ nandīpālo ghaṭīkaro dīrgharātram acaṇḍo 'rabhaso 'karkaśa 'sāhasikaḥ keśagrahaṇam apy agamad iti viditvā nandīpālaṃ ghaṭīkaram idam avocat: somya nandīpāla ato 'pi yāvat; somya uttara, ato 'pi yāvat; ato 'pi yāvat somya nandīpāla; ato 'pi yāvat, somya uttara; tena hi somya nandīpāla muṃca, gamiṣyāvaḥ, kāśyapaṃ samyaksaṃbuddhaṃ paryupāsiṣyāvahe; athottaro māṇavo nandīpālaś ca ghaṭīkaraḥ ratham abhiruhya yena kāśyapaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhas tenopasaṃkrāntau; tayor yāvatī yānasya bhūmis tāvad yānena gatvā yānād avatīrya yena kāśyapaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhas tenopasaṃkrāntau; upasaṃkramya kāśyapasya samyaksaṃbuddhasya pādau śirasā vanditvā ekānte niṣaṇṇau; ekāntaniṣaṇṇo nandīpālo ghaṭīkaraḥ kāśyapaṃ samyaksaṃbuddham idam avocat: ayaṃ bhadanta uttaro ( A 434a ) māṇavo na buddhe 'bhiprasanno na dharme na saṃghe 'bhiprasannaḥ; sādhv asya bhagavān tathā dharmaṃ deśayed yathā uttaro māṇavo buddhe 'bhiprasīded dharme saṃghe 'bhiprasīded iti; adhivāsayati kāśyapaḥ samyaksaṃbuddha uttaraṃ māṇavaṃ dharmyayā kathayā saṃdarśayati samādāpayati samuttejayati saṃpraharṣayati; anekaparyāyeṇa dharmyayā kathayā saṃdarśya samādāpya samuttejya saṃpraharṣya tūṣṇīm; athottaro māṇavo nandīpālaṃ ghaṭīkaram idam avocat: kasmāt tvaṃ, somya nandīpāla, svākhyātaṃ dharmavinayaṃ śrutvā na pravrajasi samyag eva śraddhayā agārād anāgārikām? na tvaṃ, somya kumāra, jānīṣe yathāham andhaṃ mātāpitaraṃ bibharmi,

kāśyapaṃ samyaksaṃbuddhaṃ kālena ca kālaṃ piṇḍakena pratipādayāmi; pravraja tvaṃ somya nandīpāla mā vā; ahaṃ tāvat pravrajiṣye iti; atha nandīpālo ghaṭīkaraḥ kāśyapaṃ samyaksaṃbuddham idam avocat: ayaṃ bhadanta uttaro māṇava ākāṃkṣati svākhyāte dharmavinaye pravrajyām upasaṃpadaṃ bhikṣubhāvam; taṃ bhagavān pravrājayatūpasaṃpādayatu anukaṃpām upādāya iti; adhivāsayati kāśyapaḥ ( SBV II 25 ) samyaksaṃbuddho nandīpālasya ghaṭīkarasya tūṣṇīṃbhāvena; atha nandīpālo ghaṭīkaraḥ kāśyapasya samyaksaṃbuddhasya tūṣṇīṃbhāvenādhivāsanāṃ viditvā kāśyapasya samyaksaṃbuddhasya pādau śirasā vanditvotthāyāsanāt prakrāntaḥ; atha kāśyapaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhaś aciraprakrāntaṃ nandīpālaṃ ghaṭīkaraṃ viditvā uttaraṃ māṇavaṃ pravrājya upasaṃpādya yathābhiramyaṃ vaibhiḍiṃgyāṃ vihṛtya yena vārāṇasī kāśīnāṃ nigamas tena cārikāṃ prakrāntaḥ; anupūrveṇa cārikāṃ caran vārāṇasīm anuprāptaḥ; vārāṇasyāṃ viharati ṛṣivadane mṛgadāve.
aśrauṣīt kṛkī rājā kāśyapaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhaḥ kāśiṣu janapade cārikāṃ caran vārāṇasīm anuprāpto vārāṇasyāṃ viharati ṛṣivadane mṛgadāve iti; śrutvā ca punar vārāṇasyāḥ niṣkramya yena kāśyapaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhas tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ; upasaṃkramya upasaṃkramya kāśyapasya samyaksaṃbuddhasya pādau śirasā vanditvā ekānte niṣaṇṇau; ekāntaniṣaṇṇaṃ kṛkiṃ rājānaṃ kāśyapaḥ samyaksaṃbuddho dharmyayā kathayā saṃdarśayati samādāpayati samuttejayati saṃpraharṣayati; anekaparyāyeṇa dharmyayā kathayā saṃdarśya samādāpya samuttejya saṃpraharṣya tūṣṇīm; atha kṛkī rājā utthāyāsanād ekāṃsam uttarāsaṃgaṃ kṛtvā yena kāśyapaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhaḥ tenāñjaliṃ praṇamya kāśyapam idam avocat: adhivāsayatu me bhagavān śvo 'ntargṛhe bhaktena sārdhaṃ bhikṣusaṃghena iti; adhivāsayati kāśyapaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhaḥ kṛkino rājñas tūṣṇīṃbhāvena; atha kṛkī rājā kāśyapasya samyaksaṃbuddhasya tūṣṇīṃbhāvenādhivāsanāṃ viditvā kāsyapasya samyaksaṃbuddhasya pādau śirasā vanditvotthāyāsanāt prakrāntaḥ; atha kṛkī rājā tām eva rātriṃ śuci praṇītaṃ khādanīyabhojanīyaṃ samudānīya kālyam evotthāyāsanakāni prajñapya udakamaṇiṃ pratiṣṭhāpya ( A 434b ) kāśyapasya samyaksaṃbuddhasya dūtena kālam ārocayati: samayo bhadanta sajjaṃ bhaktaṃ yasyedānīṃ bhagavān kālaṃ manyate iti; atha kāsyapaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhaḥ pūrvāhṇe nivāsya pātracīvaram ādāya bhikṣugaṇaparivṛto bhikṣusaṃghapuraskṛto yena kṛkeḥ rājño bhaktābhisāras tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ; upasaṃkramya purastād bhikṣusaṃghasya prajñapta evāsane niṣaṇṇaḥ; atha kṛkī rājā sukhopaniṣaṇṇaṃ buddhapramukhaṃ bhikṣusaṃghaṃ viditvā śucinā praṇītena khādanīyabhojanīyena svahastaṃ saṃtarpayati saṃpravārayati; anekaparyāyeṇa śucinā praṇītena khādanīyabhojanīyena svahastaṃ saṃtarpya saṃpravārya kāśyapaṃ samyaksaṃbuddhaṃ bhuktavantaṃ viditvā dhautahastam apanītapātraṃ sauvarṇaṃ bhṛṅgāram ādāya kāśyapasya samyaksaṃbuddhasya ( SBV II 26 ) purato 'sthād āyācamānaḥ: adhivāsayatu me bhagavān traimāsīṃ cīvarapiṇḍapātaśayanāsanaglānapratyayabhaiṣajyapariṣkāraiḥ sārdhaṃ bhikṣusaṃghena; ahaṃ bhagavato 'rthāya paṃca vihāraśatāni māpayiṣyāmi; paṃca maṃcapīṭhavṛṣikocavabimbopadhānacaturaśrakaśatāni kārayiṣyāmi; anena caivaṃrūpena parṇopagūḍhena śālinā bhagavantaṃ upasthāsyāmi bhikṣusaṃghaṃ ca; alaṃ mahārājā kṛtam etāvad yāvad eva cittam abhiprasannam; dvir api trir api kṛkī rājā kāśyapaṃ samyaksaṃbuddham idam avocat: adhivāsayatu me bhagavān traimāsīṃ cīvarapiṇḍapātaśayanāsanaglānapratyayabhaiṣajyapariṣkāraiḥ sārdhaṃ bhikṣusaṃghena; ahaṃ bhagavato 'rthāya paṃca vihāraśatāni māpayiṣyāmi; paṃca maṃcapīṭhavṛṣikocavabimbopadhānacaturaśrakaśatāni kārayiṣyāmi; anena caivaṃrūpena parṇopagūḍhena śālinā bhagavantaṃ upasthāsyāmi bhikṣusaṃghaṃ ca; dvir api trir api kāśyapaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhāḥ kṛkiṃ rājānam idam avocat: alaṃ mahārājā kṛtam etāvad yāvad eva cittam abhiprasannam; atha kṛkī rājā kāśyapaṃ saṃyaksaṃbuddham idam avocat: asti kaścid bhagavan yo 'py evaṃrūpa upasthāyakaḥ tadyathā aham etarhy? asti mahārāja tavaiva vijite vaibhiḍiṃgī nāma grāmanigamaḥ; tatra nandīpālo nāma ghaṭīkara prativasati; sa buddhe 'bhiprasanno dharme saṃghe 'bhiprasannaḥ; buddhaṃ śaraṇaṃ gato dhammaṃ saṃghaṃ śaraṇaṃ gataḥ; buddhe ekāntiko dharme saṃghe ekāntikaḥ; buddhe niṣkāṃkṣo nirvicikitso dharme saṃghe duḥkhe samudaye nirodhe mārge niṣkāṃkṣo nirvicikitso dṛṣṭasatye āgataphalo 'bhisamitavāṃ nikṣiptaparṇamusalaḥ sa na svahastaṃ pṛthivīṃ khanati na khānayati; nānyatra, yat tad bhavati dakaprarugnaṃ vā mūṣikotkirā vā tataḥ kāyena mṛttikāṃ saṃhṛtya niṣprāṇakenodakena tīmayitvā bhājanāni kṛtvaikāntam upanikṣipyaivam āha: eta āryā eta bhadramukhā tilān vā taṇḍulān vā mudgaprabhṛtīn vā māṣaprabhṛtīn vā ekānta upanikṣipya yo vā yena bhājanenārthī bhavati sa tad ādāya prakrāmatu; sa tasmād andhaṃ mātāpitarau bibharti; māṃ ca kālena kālaṃ piṇḍakena pratipādayati; ( SBV II 27 ) ekam ahaṃ mahārāja samayaṃ vaibhiḍiṃgīṃ grāmanigamam upaniśritya viharāmi; so 'haṃ pūrvāhṇe nivāsya pātracīvaram ādāya vaibhiḍiṃgīṃ grāmanigamaṃ piṇḍāya prāvikṣam; ( A 435a ) sāvādānaṃ vaibhiḍaṃgīṃ piṇḍāya caran yena ghaṭīkarasya niveśanaṃ tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ; upasaṃkramya śanair mandamandam argaḍam ākoṭayāmi; tena khalu samayena nandīpālo ghaṭīkaraḥ bahir nirgato 'bhūt kenacid eva karaṇīyena; aśrauṣṭāṃ nandīpālasya ghaṭīkarasyāndhau mātāpitarāv argaḍasyākoṭanaśabdam; śrutvā ca punar evam āhatuḥ; ka eṣa āryaḥ ka eṣa bhadramukhaḥ śanair mandamandam argaḍam ākoṭayati? tāv aham evaṃ vadāmi: ahaṃ kāśyapaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhaḥ piṇḍakenārthī; tāv evam āhatuḥ: praviśatu āryaḥ praviśatu bhadramukha ete kuṇḍālikāyāṃ kulmāṣāḥ piṭhirikāyāṃ ca sūpikam; saced ākāṃkṣasy ātmanā gṛhītvā paribhuṃkṣva; bahirgata te upasthāyaka iti; so 'haṃ mahārāja uttarakauravaṃ samayam adhiṣṭhāya svayam eva kuṇḍalikāyāḥ kulmāṣān piṭhirikāyāś ca sūpikaṃ gṛhītvā bhuktavān; tataḥ paścād āgato nandīpālo ghaṭīkaraḥ; adrākṣīn nandīpālo ghaṭīkaraḥ kuṇḍalikāyāṃ kulmāṣān piṭhirikāyāṃ ca sūpikaṃ paribhuktam; dṛṣṭvā ca punar andhau mātāpitarāv idam avocat: amba tāta kenaite kuṇḍalikāyāṃ kulmāṣāḥ piṭhirikāyāṃ

ca sūpikaṃ paribhuktam; tāv evam āhatuḥ: iha te somya nandīpāla aciranirgatasyāśrauṣva argaḍakasyākoṭanaśabdam; śrutvā ca punar evaṃ vadāvaḥ: ka eṣa āryaḥ ka eṣa bhadramukhaḥ śanair mandamandam argaḍam ākoṭayati? sa evam āha: ahaṃ kāśyapaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhaḥ piṇḍakenārthī; tam enam evaṃ vadāvaḥ: praviśatu ārya praviśatu bhadramukha; ete kuṇḍalikāyāṃ kulmāṣāḥ piṭhirikāyāṃ sūpikam; saced ākāṃkṣasy ātmanā gṛhītvā paribhuṃkṣva; bahirgatas te upasthāyakaḥ; tena te kuṇḍālikāyāṃ kulmāṣāḥ piṭhirikāyāṃ ca sūpikaṃ paribhuktaṃ bhaviṣyati; atha nandīpālasya ghaṭīkarasyaitad abhavat: lābhā me sulabdhā yasya me kāśyapaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhaḥ kule 'tyarthaṃ viśvasto viśvāsam āpannaḥ iti viditvā tenaiva prītiprāmodyena saptāham ekaparyaṃkenātināmayati ardhamāsaṃ cāsya satatasahagatā smṛtiḥ kāyaṃ na vijahāti; sāvyucchinnā kāye vartate; saptāhaṃ mātāpitroḥ yathā kuṇḍālikāyāḥ kulmāṣam. piṭhirikāyaś ca sūpikam evaṃ kuṇḍikāyā odanaṃ piṭhirikāyāś ca sūpikam; ekam imaṃ mahārāja ( SBV II 28 ) samayaṃ vaibhiḍiṃgīṃ grāmanigamam upaniśritya ahaṃ varṣā upagataḥ; tasya mama tatprathamavarṣiṇā devena vihāro 'bhivṛṣyate; tena khalu samayena nandīpālasya ghaṭīkārasyāveśanaśālā navatṛṇapraticchannā 'bhūt; so 'ham upasthāyakān bhikṣūn āmantrayāmi: gacchata yūyaṃ bhikṣavo nandīpālasya ghaṭīkārasyāveśanaśālāṃ navatṛṇapraticchannām avacchādya mama vihāraṃ chādayata; te mama om iti pratiśrutya nandīpālasya ghaṭīkārasya navatṛṇapraticchannām āveśanaśālām avacchādayanti; tena khalu samayena nandīpālo ghaṭīkaro bahirnirgato 'bhūt kenacid eva karaṇīyena; aśrauṣṭāṃ nandīpālasya ( A 435b ) ghaṭīkarasyāndhau mātāpitarāv āveśanaśālāyām avacchādanaśabdaṃ; śrutvā ca punar evam āhatuḥ: ka eṣa āryaḥ ka eṣa bhadramukho nandīpālasya ghaṭīkarasya navatṛṇapraticchannām āveśanaśālām avacchādayati? te evam āhur vayaṃ bhikṣavaḥ kāśyapasya samyaksaṃbuddhasyopasthāyikāḥ; kāśyapasya samyaksaṃbuddhasya tatprathamavarṣiṇā devena vihāro vṛṣyate; te vayaṃ nandīpālasya ghaṭīkārasya navatṛṇapraticchannām āveśanaśālām avacchādya kāśyapasya samyaksaṃbuddhasya vihāraṃ praticchādayāmaḥ; tāv evam āhatuḥ harata āryā harata bhadramukhā bahirnirgato vaḥ upasthāyakaḥ; tais tām avacchādya mama vihāraḥ praticchāditaḥ; paścād āgato nandīpālo ghaṭīkaro 'drākṣīn navatṛṇapraticchannām āveśanaśālām avacchāditāṃ; dṛṣṭvā ca punar andhau mātāpitarāv idam avocat: amba tāta kenaiṣā navatṛṇapraticchannā āveśanaśālā avacchāditā; tāv evam āhatuḥ: iha te somya nandīpāla aciranirgatasya aśrauṣva navatṛṇapraticchannāyā āveśanaśālāyā avacchādanaśabdam; śrutvā ca punar evaṃ vadāvaḥ ka eṣa āryaḥ ka eṣa bhadramukho navatṛṇapraticchannām āveśanaśālām avacchādayati? te evam āhur vayaṃ bhikṣavaḥ kāśyapasya samyaksaṃbuddhasyopasthāyikāḥ; kāśyapasya samyaksaṃbuddhasya tatprathamavarṣiṇā devena vihāro vṛṣyate; te vayaṃ nandīpālasya ghaṭīkarasya navatṛṇapraticchannām āveśanaśālām avacchādya kāśyapasya samyaksaṃbuddhasya vihāraṃ praticchādayāmaḥ; tān āvām evaṃ vadāvaḥ harata āryā harata bhadramukhā bahirnirgato vaḥ upasthāyakaḥ; tair eṣā āveśanaśālā avacchāditā bhaviṣyati.
atha nandīpālasya ghaṭīkarasyaitad abhavat: lābhā me sulabdhā yasya me kāśyapaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhaḥ kule 'tyarthaṃ viśvasto viśvāsam ( SBV II 29 ) āpannaḥ iti viditvā tenaiva prītiprāmodyena saptāham ekaparyaṃkenātināmayati ardhamāsaṃ cāsya satatasamitā smṛtiḥ kāyaṃ na jahāti; sā cāvyucchinnā kāye vartate; saptāhaṃ mātāpitroḥ taṃ khalu varṣāvāsaṃ nandīpālasya ghaṭīkarasyāveśanaśālā ekavāribindunāpi nābhivṛṣṭā; yathāpitad buddhasya buddhānubhāvena devatānāṃ ca devatānubhāvena.
syāt khalu te mahārāja cetaso 'nyathātvam nādhivāsayati me kāśyapaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhas traimāsīṃ cīvarapiṇḍapātaśayanāsanaglānapratyayabhaiṣajyapariṣkārān? na tv eva nandīpālasya ghaṭīkarasya navatṛṇapraticchannāyām āveśanaśālāyām avacchāditāyāṃ cetaso 'nyathātvaṃ; lābhā bhadanta nandīpālena ghaṭīkareṇa sulabdhā yasyāsya bhagavān kule 'tyarthaṃ viśvasto viśvāsam āpannaḥ.
atha kāsyapaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhaḥ kṛkeḥ rājñas taddānam anayābhyanumodanayābhyanumodate;
agnihotramukhā yajñāḥ gāyatrī chandasāṃ mukham /
rājā mukhaṃ manuṣyāṇāṃ nadīnāṃ sāgaro mukham //
nakṣatrāṇāṃ mukhaṃ candra ādityas tapatāṃ mukham /
ūrdhvaṃ tiryag adhaś cāpi yāvatī jagato gatiḥ /
sadevakeṣu lokeṣu saṃbuddho hījyatāṃ varaḥ //
atha kāśyapaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhaḥ kṛkiṇaṃ rājānaṃ dharmyayā kathayā ( A 436a ) saṃdarśya samādāpya samuttejya saṃpraharṣyotthāyāsanāt prakrāntaḥ; atha kṛkī rājā aciraprakrāntaṃ kāśyapaṃ samyaksaṃbuddhaṃ yatrotsadanadharmakaṃ tat sarvaṃ visarjanadharmakam iti kṛtvā kāśyapaṃ samyaksaṃbuddhaṃ pṛṣṭhataḥ pṛṣṭhataḥ samanubaddhaḥ; atha kṛkī rājā kāsyapaṃ samyaksaṃbuddhaṃ yāvat tāvat pṛṣṭhataḥ pṛṣṭhataḥ samanubaddhya kāśyapasya pādau śirasā vanditvā kāśyapaṃ samyaksaṃbuddhaṃ trir pradakṣiṇīkṛtya tata eva pratinivṛttaḥ; atha kṛkī rājā aciraprakrāntaṃ kāśyapaṃ samyaksaṃbuddhaṃ viditvā anyatamaṃ puruṣam āmantrayate: ehi tvaṃ bhoḥ puruṣa parṇopagūḍhasya śāleḥ paṃcamātrāṇi śakaṭaśatāni pūrayitvā yena nandīpālo ghaṭīkaras tenopasaṃkrāma; upasaṃkramya nandīpālaṃ ( SBV II 30 ) ghaṭīkaram idam avocaḥ: imāni te somya nandīpāla kṛkiṇā rājñā paṃcamātrāṇi śakaṭaśatāni parṇopagūḍhasya śāler anupreṣitāni; atas tvam ātmānaṃ samyak sukhena prīṇaya andhaṃ ca mātāpitaram; kāśyapaṃ ca samyaksaṃbuddhaṃ kālena kālaṃ piṇḍakena pratipādaya; evaṃ deva iti sa puruṣaḥ kṛke rajñaḥ pratiśrutya parṇopagūḍhasya śāleḥ paṃcamātrāṇi śakaṭaśatāni pūrayitvā yena nandīpālp ghaṭīkaras tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ; upasaṃkramya nandīpālaṃ ghaṭīkaram idam avocat: imāni te somya nandīpāla kṛkiṇā rājñā parṇopagūḍhasya śāleḥ paṃcamātrāṇi śakaṭaśatāny anupreṣitāni; atas tvam ātmānaṃ samyak sukhena prīṇaya andhaṃ ca mātāpitaram; kāśyapaṃ ca samyaksaṃbuddhaṃ kālena kālaṃ piṇḍakena pratipādaya; bhoḥ puruṣa rājā bahukṛtyo bahukaraṇīya ity uktvā nādhivāsayati.

kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavaḥ? yo 'sau uttaro māṇavaḥ aham eva sa tena kālena tena samayena; yan mayā kāśyape samyaksaṃbuddhe kharaṃ vākkarma niścaritaṃ: kutaḥ tasmin muṇḍake śramaṇake bodhiḥ; bodhir hi paramaduṣkarā; tasya karmaṇo vipākena etarhi mayā ṣaḍvarṣāṇi duṣkaraṃ caritaṃ; yadi punar bodhir apavaditābhaviṣyat punar api mayā triṇi kalpāsaṃkhyeyāni ātmabodhinimittaṃ parikhedito 'bhaviṣyam; iti hi bhikṣava ekāntakṛṣṇānāṃ karmaṇām ekāntakṛṣṇo vipākaḥ pūrvavad yāvad ekāntaśukleṣv eva karmasv ābhogaḥ karaṇīyaḥ; ity evaṃ vo bhikṣavaḥ śikṣitavyam.
Yaśodharā brings forth a son
yam eva divasaṃ bodhisatvo nirgatas tam eva divasaṃ yaśodharā āpannasatvā saṃvṛttā; yadā bodhisatvo duṣkarāṇi carati tadāntaḥpuram api duṣkaraṃ caritum ārabdhaṃ; yaśodharāyāḥ sa garbho layaṃ gataḥ; yadā bhagavān niṣkiṃcanaṃ duṣkaram iti viditvā yathāsukham āśvasiti; yathāsukhaṃ praśvasiti; odārikam āhāram āharaty odanakulmāṣaṃ, sarpistailābhyāṃ gātrāṇi mrakṣayati sukhodakena ca kāyaṃ pariṣiṃcati; antaḥpuram api tadā yathāsukham āśvasiti, yathāsukhaṃ praśvasiti, odārikam āhāram āharaty odanakulmāṣān, sarpistailābhyāṃ gātrāṇi mrakṣayati, sukhodakena ca kāyaṃ pariṣiṃcati; tadāsau garbhaḥ punar api puṣṭiṃ gataḥ tasyā ( SBV II 31 ) garbhanimittāni prādurbhūtāni; sā śākyaiḥ saparihāsam ucyate: tvaṃ bodhisatve tapovanaṃ gate vyabhicaritā iti; sā kathayati: śāntaṃ pāpaṃ, nāhaṃ vyabhicarāmi; kathaṃ jñāyate? yuṣmākaṃ pratyāyayiṣyāmi; yāvad asau prasūtā, dārako jātaḥ; yam eva divasaṃ jātaḥ, tam eva divasaṃ rāhuṇā candro gṛhītaḥ; tasya jātau jātimahaṃ kṛtvā nāmadheyaṃ ( A 436b ) vyavasthāpyate; kiṃ bhavatu dārakasya nāma iti; tasya jñātayaḥ kathayanti: asya janmani rāhuṇā candro gṛhītaḥ tad bhavatu dārakasya rāhula iti nāma iti; jāte kumāre bhūyasyā mātrayā śākyā vibruvate eva; tayāsau satyopayācanaṃ kṛtvā rāhulabhadro bodhisatvasya vyāyāmaśilāyāṃ sthāpayitvā krīḍāpuṣkariṇyām āplāvitaḥ: yady ayaṃ bodhisatvena jātaḥ plavatām iti; plavitum ārabdhaḥ; sā kathayati: pārād apāram āgacchatu iti; sa pārād apāram āgataḥ; te vismayam āpannāḥ; yaśodharā kathayati: bhūyo 'pi bhavatāṃ pratyakṣīkariṣyāmi yathāyaṃ bodhisatvena jātaḥ, nāhaṃ vyabhicaritā iti.
yadā bhagavān atikrāntaḥ ṣaḍvarṣāṇy abhisaṃbuddhaḥ kapilavastv anuprāptaḥ ekaṃ divasaṃ rājakule bhuṃkte, ekam antaḥpure; tadā yaśodharāyā etad abhavat: ko 'sāv upāyaḥ syād yenāhaṃ bhagavantam anvāvarteyam it; kapilavastuni cānyatamā parivrājikā vaśīkaraṇādikarmasv atyarthaṃ pravīṇā; yaśodharayā tasyāḥ paṃcakārṣāpaṇaśatāni dattāni: ārye kārṣāpaṇair vaśīkaraṇaṃ kṛtvā preṣaya iti; tayā vaśīkaraṇamodako yaśodharāyāḥ preṣitaḥ; yaśodharayā rāhulasya haste datta uktaś ca: putra yas tava pitā tasmai anuprayaccha iti; atrāntare nāsti kiṃcid buddhānāṃ bhagavatām ajñātam adṛṣṭam aviditam avijñātaṃ; bhagavān saṃlakṣayati: yaśodharāyā asacchabdo nirgataḥ; tasyāpannayāḥ kartavya iti; bhagavatā paṃcabuddhaśatāni nirmitāni; rāhulena sarvān buddhān pratyavekṣya bhagavato vṛddhānte sthitasya dattaḥ; bhagavatā gṛhītvā punas tasyaiva dattaḥ; rāhulena bhakṣitaḥ; bhagavān dakṣiṇādeśanāṃ kṛtvā prakrāntaḥ; rāhulabhadraḥ kumāro bhagavataḥ pṛṣṭhataḥ pṛṣṭhato 'nubaddhaḥ nirvartyamāno 'pi na nirvartate: arodīt iti; bhagavān saṃlakṣayati: caramabhaviko 'yaṃ satvaḥ, na śakyam anena gṛhavāse vastum ( SBV II 32 ) iti; rāhulena bhagavataḥ pratyabhijñātena kṛtena rājā śuddhodanaḥ sāntaḥpurajanaḥ śākyāś ca paraṃ vismayam upagatāḥ yaśodharāyāṃ cātyartham abhiprasannāḥ; tato yaśodharābhyākhyānaṃ sarveṇa sarvaṃ prativugataṃ; bhagavān rāhulaṃ kumāraṃ pravrājayitum ārabdhaḥ; rājñā śuddhodanena śrutaṃ; sa bhagavatsakāśam upasaṃkrāntaḥ; upasaṃkramya bhagavantam idam avocat: bhagavan, yadi rāhulabhadraḥ kumāro 'vaśyaṃ pravrājyate adyaikaṃ divasaṃ tiṣṭhatu yāvad aham asya pūjāṃ karomi iti; rājñā śuddhodanena rāhulasya mahān utsavaḥ kṛtaḥ; tatra bhagavatā āyuṣmān śāriputro 'bhihitaḥ; pravrājaya, śāriputra, rāhulaṃ kumāram iti; evaṃ bhadanta ity āyuṣmatā śāriputreṇa bhagavataḥ pratiśrutya rāhulabhadraḥ kumāraḥ pravrājitaḥ.

bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: paśya bhadantāyuṣmatā rāhulena bhagavān modakena mahājanakāyasya madhye vijñāta iti; bhagavān āha: na bhikṣava etarhyi yathātīte 'py adhvani aham anena rāhulena mālayā vijñātaḥ; tac chrūyatām.
The story of the great thief
bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo anyatarasmin karvaṭake gṛhapatiḥ prativasati; tena sadṛśāt kulāt kalatram ānītaṃ; sa tayā sārdhaṃ krīḍati ramate paricārayati; tasya krīḍato ramamāṇasya paricārayataḥ ( A 437a ) putro jātaḥ; sa patnīm āmantrayate: bhadre jāto 'smākaṃ dhanaharo ṛṇaharaḥ; gacchāmi paṇyam ādāya mahāsamudram avatarāmi iti; sā kathayati: āryaputra evaṃ kuruṣva iti; sa paṇyam ādāya mahāsamudram avatīrṇaḥ; sa tatraiva ca nidhanam upayātaḥ; tatas tasya patnyā śokavinodanaṃ kṛtvā sa dārako hastabalena jñātibalena cāpyāyitaḥ poṣitaḥ saṃvardhitaḥ; tasya nātidūre kuvindaḥ prativasati svaśilpakṛtāvī; tasya svaśilpāt sarvaṃ saṃpadyate; sā tasya svaśilpād bhogasaṃpattiṃ dṛṣṭvā kathayati: varaṃ kuvindakarma na samudrāvataraṇaṃ; tasmin gate anayena vyasanam āpadyante iti; tayāsau kuvindo 'bhihitaḥ: bhrāta imam api bhāgineyaṃ kuvindakarma śikṣayeti; sa kathayati: śobhanam evaṃ ( SBV II 33 ) bhavatu iti; sa taṃ śikṣayitum ārabdhaḥ; paṭupracāro 'sau; tenālpīyasā kālena kuvindakarma śikṣitaṃ; sa kuvindaḥ susnātaḥ suprāvṛtaḥ praṇītam āhāraṃ bhuṃkte; sā dārakaḥ kathayati: mātula tvam api tad eva karma karoṣi; aham api tad eva; atha kasmāt tvaṃ susnātaḥ suprāvṛtaḥ praṇītam āhāraṃ bhuṃkṣe; mama tu na saṃpadyate iti; sa kathayati: bhāgineya ahaṃ karmadvayaṃ karomi, divā kuvindatvaṃ rātrau cauryam iti; sa kathayati: mātula yady evam aham api cauryaṃ karomi; bhāgineya śakṣyasi tvaṃ cauryaṃ kartuṃ? mātula śakṣyāmi; sa saṃlakṣayati: jijñāsayāmi tāvad enam iti; sa tam ādāya vīthiṃ gataḥ; tena tatra śaśakaḥ krītvā tasya dattaḥ bhāgineya sādhaya tāvad yad ahaṃ snātvāgacchāmi; sa snātvā āgataḥ; tena taṃ laghu laghv eva sādhayitvā ekapādo bhakṣitaḥ; sa kuvindaḥ snātvā āgataḥ; bhāgineya sādhitaḥ śaśakaḥ? mātula sādhitaḥ; paśyāmi tāvat; tena samarpitaḥ; paśyati pādatrayaṃ; sa kathayati bhāgineyāsya caturthaḥ pādaḥ kva gataḥ? sa kathayati: mātula śaśakasya caturthaḥ pādo nāsti; kva gamiṣyati? iti; sa saṃlakṣayati: ahaṃ tāvac coraḥ, ayaṃ tu mahācora iti; sa tam ādāya tripādakaṃ ca śaśakaṃ pānāgāraṃ praviṣṭaḥ: bhāgineya madyaṃ pibāmaḥ; pibāmaḥ; tābhyāṃ pītaṃ; kuvindaḥ kathayati: bhāgineya madyamūlyam apalapāmaḥ; sa kathayati: mātula yena pītaṃ so 'palapatu; ahaṃ naiva pibāmi; kim apalapāmi iti; sa kuvindaḥ saṃlakṣayati: mahācoro 'yaṃ; śakyam anena sārdhaṃ cauryaṃ kartum iti; sa tena sārdhaṃ cauryaṃ kartum ārabdhaḥ; sa kuvindaḥ sandhau śiraḥ prakṣipati; tenocyate: mātula cauryam api na jñāyate tvayā kartuṃ; pādau pūrvaṃ prakṣeptavyaṃ na śiraḥ; yadi śiraḥ chidyate pratyabhijñāyate, kulaṃ sarvaṃ vināśam upaiti; pādau prakṣipa iti; tena pādau prakṣiptau; tataś coraś cora iti kolāhalo jāta iti padbhyāṃ gṛhītaḥ; mahājanakāyo lagnaḥ; sa eko na śaknoty ākarṣṭuṃ; sa śiraś chitvā tad ādāya prakrāntaḥ; amātyai rājño nivedita: deva ekaś coraḥ sandhiṃ praviṣṭo gṛhītaḥ; tasya ko 'pi śiraś chitvā tad ādāya prakrāntaḥ; rāja kathayati: bhavantaḥ yaḥ śiraś ( SBV II 34 ) chitvā prakrāntaḥ sa mahācoraḥ; gacchata taṃ kabandhaṃ caturmahāpathe sthāpayitvā pratigupte pradeśe tiṣṭhata; yas taṃ gṛhītvā roditi tenaikacoreṇa bhavitavyaṃ, gṛhṇīta iti; tatas te rājapuruṣāḥ taṃ kabandhaṃ caturmahāpathe sthāpayitvā pratigupte pradeśe sthitāḥ; sa ekacoraḥ saṃlakṣayati: na nāma mayā mātulaṃ kaṇṭhe gṛhītvā roditavyaṃ; sa unmattakaveṣam ( A 437b ) ātmānaṃ kṛtvā striyam api kaṇṭhe gṛhṇāti; puruṣam api vṛkṣam api aśvam api vṛṣabham api mahiṣam api chāgam api kukkuram api grahītum ārabdhaḥ; yadā lokena vijñāta unmattako 'yam iti tadā taṃ kabandhaṃ kaṇṭhe gṛhītvā yāvadāptaṃ ruditvā prakrāntaḥ; rājapuruṣai rājño niveditaṃ: deva unmattakas taṃ kabandhaṃ kaṇṭhe gṛhītvā yāvadāptaṃ ruditvā prakrānta iti; rāja kathayati: bhavantaḥ sa evāsāv ekacorakaḥ; na śobhanaṃ kṛtaṃ yan na gṛhītaḥ; idānīṃ gṛhṇīta iti; ekacorakaḥ saṃlakṣayati: na nāma mayā mātulaḥ satkārayitavyaḥ? iti; sa śākaṭikaveṣaṃ kṛtvā kāṣṭhasya śakaṭaṃ pūrayitvā taṃ pradeśaṃ gataḥ; tasyopari śakaṭaṃ kāṣṭhapūrṇaṃ sthāpayitvā balīvardān utsṛjya śakaṭe agniṃ datvā prakrāntaḥ;

tena dahyamānena sa kabandho dagdhaḥ; rājapuruṣai rājña niveditaṃ: deva sa ekacorako dagdhaḥ; rājā kathayati, kena; tair yathāvṛttaṃ samākhyātaṃ; rājā kathayati: bhavanto yo 'sau śākaṭikaḥ sa evāsāv ekacorikaḥ; na śobhanaṃ kṛtaṃ yan na gṛhītaḥ; gṛhṇīta iti; sa ekacorikaḥ saṃlakṣayati: na nāma mayā mātulasya śmaśāne pitṛkāryaṃ kṛtam iti; sa brahmaṇaveṣaṃ kṛtvā adhiṣṭhāne bhikṣām aṭitvā taya tāṃ bhikṣāṃ śmaśāne paktvā piṇḍān datvā prakrāntaḥ; rājapuruṣai rājño niveditaṃ: deva brāhmaṇenādhiṣṭhāne bhikṣām aṭitvā yasmin pradeśe sa kabandho dagdhaḥ tatra paṃca piṇḍān datvā prakrānta iti; rājā kathayati: bhavantaḥ sa evāsāv ekacorikaḥ; na śobhanaṃ kṛtaṃ yan na gṛhīta iti; ekacorikaḥ saṃlakṣayati: na nāma mayā mātulasyāsthīni gaṃgāyāṃ prakṣeptavyāni? iti; sa kāpālikaveṣaṃ kṛtvā taṃ pradeśaṃ gataḥ; sa tatra gātraṃ bhasmanā uddhūlayitvā asthīnāṃ bhasmanāṃ ca karparakaṃ pūrayitvā gaṃgāyāṃ prakṣipya prakrāntaḥ; rājapuruṣai rājño yathāvṛttam ārocitaṃ; rājā kathayati: bhavantaḥ sa evāsāv ekacorikaḥ; ( SBV II 35 ) na śobhanaṃ kṛtaṃ yan na gṛhītaḥ; sarvathā tiṣṭhata yūyaṃ; aham evainaṃ gṛhṇāmi iti; rājñā gaṃgāyāṃ naubhir udyānaṃ kāritaṃ; ubhayakūle ārakṣakāḥ puruṣāḥ sthāpitāḥ; rājño duhitā abhirūpā darśanīyā prāsādikā tasmin jalodyāne sthāpitā; uktā ca yadi tvāṃ kaścid gṛhṇāti rāvayiṣyasi iti: ārakṣakapuruṣāṇāṃ cājñā dattā: yadaiṣā rāvayati tadā yuṣmābhir jalodyānaṃ gantavyaṃ; yadi kaścit tatra puruṣo bhavati sa gṛhītvā māṃ neyaḥ iti; ekacorakaḥ saṃlakṣayati: na nāma mayā rājaduhitryā sārdhaṃ paricārayitavyam iti; sa tatra gaṃgāyām anusroto 'vasthitaḥ; sa tatra riktapiṭharikān kṣeptum ārabdhaḥ; ekaḥ kṣiptaḥ; ārakṣakapuruṣāḥ cora iti kṛtvā dhāvitāḥ; tair asau prahāreṇa bhagnaḥ; dvitīyaḥ kṣiptaḥ; so 'pi bhagnaḥ; tṛtīyaḥ kṣiptaḥ; so 'pi bhagnaḥ; ārakṣakā riktapiṭharikā eta uhyante ity apy upekṣitā vyavasthitāḥ; tato 'sāv ekacorikaḥ riktapiṭharikāyāṃ śiraḥ prakṣipya śrotasā uhyamānas taṃ pradeśam āgataḥ; tato nāvam abhirūḍho dārikāyāḥ kathayati: mā śabdaṃ kariṣyasi; na tvāṃ praghātayiṣyāmi iti; sā saṃtrastā tūṣṇīm avsthitā; tayā sārdhaṃ paricārya prakrāntaḥ; sā pralapitum ārabdhā: eṣa coro māṃ paricārya gacchati iti; ārakṣakāḥ kathayanti: yadā paricārayati tadā tūṣṇīṃ tiṣṭhasi; yadā paricārayitvā prakrāntas tadā rodiṣi; idānīṃ kutra samanveṣāma iti; ārakṣakai rājño yathāvṛttam ārocitaṃ; rājā kathayati: na śobhanaṃ kṛtaṃ yan na gṛhītaḥ iti; dārikā coreṇa sārdhaṃ paricārayitvā āpannasatvā saṃvṛttā; sā aṣṭānāṃ vā navānāṃ vā māsānām ( A 438a ) atyayāt prasūtā; dārako jātaḥ; ekacorakena śrutaṃ; sa saṃlakṣayati: na mayā putrasya janmani pramodaḥ kṛtaḥ iti; sa kāṃcukīyam ātmānaṃ kṛtvā rājakulān nirgamya pauruṣeyān āmantrayate: bhavanto deva ājñāpayati pattanaṃ luṇṭhayata iti; te saṃlakṣayanti: rājño naptā jātaḥ; tenāsmābhir ājñā dattā; luṇṭhayāmaḥ; te luṇṭhayitum ārabdhāḥ; uccaśabdamahāśabdo jātaḥ; rājā pṛcchati kim etad iti; amātyair vistareṇa samākhyātaṃ; sa kathayati: evam apy ahaṃ tena khalīkṛtaḥ; rājyaṃ vā parityajāmi tasya vā nigrahaṃ karomi iti; tena viditvā maṇḍalavāṭaḥ kāritaḥ; kaṃcit kālaṃ vinodya amātyānām ( SBV II 36 ) ājñā dattā: bhavanta adhiṣṭhāne evaṃvidhaṃ ghaṇṭāvaghoṣaṇaṃ kārayata; yāvanto puruṣāḥ prativasanti taiḥ sarvair niṣparihārair bhūtvā maṇḍalavāṭaṃ praveṣṭavyaṃ; yo na praviśati tasya vadho daṇḍa iti; āmatyair ghaṇṭāvaghoṣaṇā kāritā; sarve 'dhiṣṭhānanivāsinaḥ puruṣā praviṣṭāḥ; tato rājñā tasmai dārakāya mālāṃ datvā uktaṃ: yas tava pitā tasmai tāṃ mālām anuprayaccha iti; ārakṣakāś ca puruṣā uktāḥ: yasyāyaṃ dārako mālāṃ dadāti yuṣmābhir gṛhītvā matsakāśam upaneyaḥ iti; tatas tāṃ puṣpamālāṃ gṛhītvā paribhramitum ārabdho janakāyān nirīkṣamāṇaḥ; tenāsau coro dṛṣṭaḥ; acintyaḥ satvānāṃ karmavipākaḥ; tena tasmai mālā dattā; rājapuruṣai ekacoro gṛhītvā rājña upanāmitaḥ; rājā amātyān āmantrayate: bhavantaḥ katham atra pratipattavyaṃ? iti; te kathayanti; deva praghātyatām iti;
rājā kathayati: bhavantaḥ katham īdṛśo vīrapuruṣaḥ praghātyaḥ; upasaṃgraho 'sya kartavyaḥ iti; tena tasmai sā duhitā sarvālaṃkāravibhūṣitā bhāryārthaṃ dattā; upārdharājyena saṃvibhaktaḥ.
kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavaḥ? yo 'sāv ekacorika aham eva sa tena kālena tena samayena; yo 'sau tasya putraḥ eṣa evāsau rāhulas tena kālena tena samayena; tadāpy anena mālayā vijñātaḥ; etarhy apy aham anena modakena vijñātaḥ; evaṃ hi vo bhikṣavo 'cintyaḥ satvānāṃ karmavipākaḥ iti karmaparāyaṇair bhavitavyaṃ.
Yaśodharā seeks to bring the Buddha back to her

yaśodharā saṃlakṣayati: yadi rāhulasya pitā antaḥpuraṃ praviśati tathāivānucaritavyo yathā na bhūyo nirgacchati iti; tata ātmānam ādau kṛtvā gopikāmṛgajāpramukhāni ṣaṣṭistrīsahasrāṇi nānāvidhālaṃkārair alaṃkṛtāni surabhimālyadhūpavastrair vibhūṣitāni; atha bhagavān pūrvāhṇe nivāsya pātracīvaram ādāya bhikṣugaṇaparivṛto bhikṣusaṃghapuraskṛto vineyajanāpekṣā antaḥpuraṃ praviṣṭaḥ; tato yaśodharāmṛgajāgopikāpramukhāni ṣaṣṭistrīsahasrāṇi rūpayauvanavibhramāśākhedākulavilasitacalitaśithilamekhalākalāpanisvanair ( A 438b ) hasitamadhuragītamadhunetrabhrūvikārotkaṃpanapayodharodaradarśanāṃgavispaṣṭaceṣṭitair bhāvaṃ darśayām āsuḥ; atha bhagavata etad abhavat: saced bhokṣye vaineyajanakālātikramo bhaviṣyati; etāḥ striyāḥ kāmarāgābhibhūtāḥ satyānām abhājanabhūtā ( SBV II 37 ) bhaviṣyanti; asty āśu pṛthagjanasya riddhir āvarjanakarī; yannv aham antaḥpuram ṛddhiprātihāryeṇāvarjayeyam iti; viditvā pūrvasyāṃ diśy upari vihāyasam abhyudgamya caturvidham īryāpathaṃ kalpayati; tadyathā caṃkramyate tiṣṭhati niṣīdati śayyāṃ kalpayati; tejodhātum api samāpadyate; tejodhātusamāpannasya buddhasya bhagavato vividhāny arcīṃṣi kāyān niścaranti; tadyathā nīlāni pītāni lohitāny avadātāni maṃjiṣṭhāni sphaṭikavarṇāni; yamakāny api prātihāryāṇi vidarśayati; adhaḥkāyaḥ prajvalati, uparimāt kāyāc chitalā vāridhārāḥ syandante, uparimaḥ prajvalati, adhaḥkāyāc chitalā vāridhārā syandante; yathā pūrvasyāṃ diśy avaṃ dakṣiṇāyāṃ paścimāyām uttarasyāṃ diśi iti caturdiśaṃ caturvidham ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ vidarśayan ṛddhyabhisaṃskārān pratiprasrabhya purastād bhikṣusaṃghasya prajñapta evāsane niṣaṇṇaḥ; atha tāḥ striyo bhagavata ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ dṛṣṭvā āvarjitā mūlanikṛntā iva drumā bhagavataḥ pādayor nipatya purastān niṣaṇṇāḥ dharmaśravaṇāya; tato bhagavatā tāsām āśayānuśayaṃ dhātuṃ prakṛtiṃ ca jñātvā tādṛśī caturāryasatyasaṃprativedhikī dharmadeśanā kṛtā yāṃ śrutvā gopikāmṛgajāpramukhaiḥ ṣaṣṭistrīsahasraiḥ srotaāpattiphalaṃ sākṣātkṛtaṃ; yaśodharāyā atyarthaṃ kāmarāgābhibhūtāyā satyadarśanaṃ na kṛtaṃ; tasyā etad abhavat: yannv ahaṃ bhagavantaṃ rasatṛṣṇayā anvāvarteyam iti; viditvā svayam eva bhagavato 'rthāya annapānaṃ sādhayitvā kathayati: adyāhaṃ svahastaṃ bhagavantaṃ saṃtarpayāmi iti; śrutvā bhikṣubhir bhagavata ārocayanti: yaśodharā bhadanta bhagavantaṃ svahastaṃ rasatṛṣṇayā anvāvartayitukāma iti; bhagavān āha: pūrvam ahaṃ bhikṣavaḥ sarāgaḥ sadveṣaḥ samohaḥ rasapratisaṃvedī rasarāgapratisaṃvedī ca; etarhy ahaṃ vigatarāgo vigatadveṣo vigatamoho rasapratisaṃvedī no tu rasarāgapratisaṃvedī; tat katham idānīṃ yaśodharā rasatṛṣṇayā anvāvartayati iti.
bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: paśya bhadanta yaśodharā bhagavantaṃ vaśīkaraṇamodakenānvāvartayitukāmārabdhā; bhagavān āha: na bhikṣava etarhi yathātīte 'py adhvani aham anayā modakenānvāvartitaḥ; tac chrūyatām ( SBV II 38 )
The story of Ṛṣyaśṛṅga
bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo anyatamasmin grāmake 'raṇyāyatane puṣpaphalasalilakandasaṃpanne riṣiḥ ( A 439a ) prativasati; sa kaṣṭatapā mūlaphalāmbubhakṣo 'jinavalkalavāsā; anena paṃcābhijñāḥ sākṣātkṛtā; tasya vyāḍamṛgā apy āśramapade viśvastavihāriṇo viharanti; so 'nyatamaṃ pradeśaṃ prasrāvaṃ kartum abhisaṃprasthitaḥ; mṛgī pṛṣṭhataḥ samanubaddhā; tena saśukaḥ prasrāvaḥ kṛtaḥ; sa tayā mṛgyā pītaḥ; strīndriyaṃ jihvayā nirlīḍham; acintyaḥ satvānāṃ karmavipākaḥ; āpannasatvā saṃvṛttā; prasavanakāle tam eva deśam āgamya prasūtā; dārako jātaḥ; sā gandhaṃ ghrātvā visabhāgaḥ satvaḥ iti saṃtrastā mūtrapurīṣam utsṛjantī chorayitvā prakrāntā; yāvad asau riṣis taṃ pradeśam anuprāptaḥ; tena sa dārako dṛṣṭaḥ; sa samanvāhartuṃ pravṛttaḥ kasyāyaṃ putraḥ iti; paśyati atmanaḥ; tena svāśramapadaṃ nītvā āpāyitaḥ poṣitaḥ saṃvardhitaḥ; tasyāpi vṛddhiṃ gacchataḥ śirasi mṛgaḍṛṅge prādurbhūte; tasya mṛgasya yādṛśe śṛṅge iti riṣyaśṛṇga iti saṃjñā saṃvṛttā; yāvad asau riṣir mlānaḥ saṃvṛttaḥ; sa ṛṣiḥ pratirūpair bhaiṣajyair upasthīyate; na cāsau vyādhir upaśamaṃ gacchati; yadā tasya maraṇāntikī vedanā prādurbhūtā na cireṇa kālaṃ kariṣyāmi iti; tadā tenāsau putro 'bhihitaḥ; putra asminn āśramapade nānādeśanivāsinaḥ riṣayaḥ kālena kālam upasaṃkrāmanti; te tvayā matpriyatayā svāgatavādasamudācāreṇa saṃmodya āsanenopanimantrayitavyā yathāśaktitaś ca phalamūlaiḥ pratipādyāḥ ity uktvā
sarve kṣayāntā nicayāḥ patanāntāḥ samucchrayāḥ /
saṃyogā viprayogāntā maraṇāntaṃ hi jīvitam* //

iti kāladharmeṇa saṃyuktaḥ; sa tena ṛṣidharmasamudācāreṇa dhyāpitaḥ; tena pitṛśokābhibhūtena saṃvegāt paṃcābhijñāḥ sākṣātkṛtāḥ; so 'pareṇa samayena salilārthī ghaṭam ādāya saṃprasthitaḥ; devaś ca varṣitum ārabdhaḥ; sa pānīyaghaṭaṃ pūrayitvā āgantum ārabdhaḥ; skhalitaḥ patitaḥ; āśuprakopino riṣayaḥ; tena pānīyastokaṃ gṛhītvā kṣipatā śāpo dattaḥ; durācāra tvayā pānīyaghaṭaḥ pūrṇo bhagnaḥ; tasmāt tvayā idaṃ divasam upādāya dvādaśavarṣāṇi na varṣitavyam ( SBV II 39 ) iti; devo na varṣitum ārabdhaḥ; vārāṇasyāṃ mahādurbhikṣaṃ prādurbhūtaṃ; janakāyaḥ samantād vidrutaḥ; rajñā naimittikā āhūya pṛṣṭāḥ: bhavantaḥ kasyānubhāvād devo na varṣati iti; te kathayanti: deva riṣiprakopād yady ayaṃ riṣis tasmāt tapasaḥ cālayituṃ śakyeta, evaṃ devo varṣati, anyathā na iti; rājā cintāparo vyavasthitaḥ; antaḥpurāmātyakumārair ucyate: deva kimarthaṃ cintāparaḥ? sa kathayati: riṣiprakopād devo na varṣayati; naimittikāś caivaṃ kathayanti, yady asau riṣis tasmāt tapasaś cālyate evaṃ devo varṣayati; anyathā na; tan na vijñāyate: kas taṃ śaknoti tasmāt tapaśaś cālayitum ( A 439b ) iti; tasya rājño duhitā śāntā nāma; sā kathayati: deva yady evam alpotsuko bhava; ahaṃ tathā kariṣyāmi yathāsau riṣis tasmāt tapasaḥ calati iti; sa kathayati kenopāyena? sā kathayati: māṃ brāhmaṇakān mantrān pāṭhaya anyāṃś ca kanyāḥ; nausaṃkrame ca āśramapadaṃ kāraya puṣpaphalasalilasaṃpannam iti; tena brāhamṇakān mantrān pāṭhitā anyāś ca kanyāḥ, nausaṃkrame ca tādṛśam āśramapadaṃ kāritaṃ, tataḥ tayā tāni phalāni vaśīkaraṇadravyaiḥ madyena ca samāpūritāni; aparāṇi ca nānāvicitrāṇi ca phalāni kāritāni; riṣiveṣaḥ kṛtaḥ; sā cīvaravalkalaprāvṛtā; sā tābhiḥ kanyābhiḥ brāhmaṇakān mantrān pāṭhayantī āśramapadaṃ gatā; riṣeḥ śiṣyair niveditam upādhyāya bahavas tavāśramapadaṃ riṣaya āgatāḥ; svāgataṃ riṣīṇāṃ praviśantu iti; te praviṣṭāḥ; sa dṛṣṭvā gāthāṃ bhāṣate:
vyāyāmahīnā ca gatiḥ salīlā mukhāni ca śmaśruvivarjitāni /
urāṃsi caiṣāṃ viṣamonnatāni veṣo hy apūrvo 'yaṃ mahāriṣīnām* //
iti; tena tā vicikitsāparyākulīkṛtamatināpi mūlaphalaiḥ pravāritāḥ; tābhis tāni phalāni paribhujya sa riṣir abhihito: yuṣmākam etāni phalāni kaṭukatiktakaṣayāni; asmākaṃ tv āśramo jalamadhye yatra phalāny amṛtaprakhyāni; api tu tvam asmābhir āśramapade upanimantrito bhava; tenādhivāsitaṃ; sa tābhiḥ nausaṃkramodyānam ( SBV II 40 ) abhirohitaḥ; tasya tatra madyapūrṇāni vaśīkaraṇadravyasaṃyuktāni nārikelaphalāni ca dattāni; sa madyamadākṣipto vaśīkaraṇadravyayogāt tayā sārdhaṃ vipratipannaḥ riddhiparihīṇaḥ; meghāḥ samantād unnatāḥ; varṣābhiprāyā devateti ṛṣiṇā santarjitā; śāntā kathayati: adyāpi tvam ātmānaṃ na jānīṣe ko 'ham iti; sa tayā rāgapāśapāśito rājñaḥ sakāsam unnītaḥ deva ayaṃ sa riṣiḥ iti; tato devo varṣitum ārabdhaḥ; subhikṣaṃ prādurbhūtaṃ; rājñā sā tasyaiva riṣer bhāryārthaṃ saparivārā dattā; sa śāntāṃ pratyākhyāya tābhir anyābhiḥ sārdhaṃ paricārayitum ārabdhaḥ; tatra śāntā īrṣyākulīkṛtahṛdayā tasyāsatkāraṃ kartum ārabdhā; tata uttarād uttaraṃ; sa tayā sopānatkena pādena śirasi parāhataḥ; sa saṃlakṣayati: yo 'haṃ meghasyāpi garjitaṃ na sahe sa idānīṃ rāgapāśitaḥ strīmātreṇaivaṃ khalīkṛtaḥ iti; tena vīryam āsthāya punar api paṃcābhijñāḥ sākṣātkṛtāḥ.
kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavaḥ? yo 'sāv ṛṣir aham eva sa tena kālena tena samayena; yāsau śāntā eṣaiva sā yaśodharā; tadāpy aham anayā rasatṛṣṇayā anvāvartitaḥ; etarhy apy eṣā māṃ modakenānvāvartituṃ pravṛttā.
Yaśodharā attempts to commit suicide
yadā bhagavān antaḥpurān bhuktvā niṣkrāmati tadā yaśodharayā nairāśyam āpannayā bhartuḥ snehavaimukhyāc charaṇapṛṣṭham abhiruhya ātmā muktaḥ; ( A 440a ) asaṃmoṣadharmāṇo buddhā bhagavataḥ; sā bhagavatā ṛddhyā pratigṛhītā.
bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: paśya bhadanta yaśodharayā bhagavanto 'rthāya śaraṇapṛṣṭhād ātmā muktaḥ iti; bhagavān āha: na bhikṣava etarhi yathātīte 'py adhvany anayā mamārthāyātmā parityaktaḥ; tac chrūyatām ( SBV II 41 )
The story of the Kinnara and the Kinnarī
bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo vārāṇasyāṃ nagaryāṃ brahmadatto nāma rājā babhūva; so 'pareṇa samayena mṛgavadhāya nirgataḥ; anupūrveṇa parvatakandaraṃ praviṣṭaḥ; tena tatra kinnaraḥ kinnarī ca dṛṣṭā; kinnaraḥ suptaḥ, kinnarī jāgarti; rajñā ākarṇaṃ dhanuḥ pūrayitvā kinnaraḥ śareṇa marmani tāḍitaḥ; prāṇair viyuktaḥ; rājñā kinnarī gṛhitā bhāryāṛthāya; rājā tām ādāya saṃprasthitaḥ; sā kathayati: deva tiṣṭhatu tāvat, anujānīhi māṃ yāvad asya kinnarasya śarīrapūjāṃ kariṣyāmi iti; rājā saṃlakṣayati: kva gamiṣyati; paśyāmi tāvat katham asya śarīrapūjāṃ karoti iti; sā tena samanujñātā; tatas tayā taṃ kinnaraṃ kāṣṭhair avaṣṭabhya citāṃ prajvālyātmā prakṣiptaḥ; devatā gāthāṃ bhāṣate
anyathā cintito py artha anyathā parivartitaḥ /
kinnarīṃ ramayāmīti kṛtaṃ prāṇivadhadvayam // iti
kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavaḥ? yo 'sau kinnara aham eva sa tena kālena tena samayena; yāsau kinnarī eṣaiva sā yaśodharā; tadāpy anayā mamārthāyātmā citāyāṃ muktaḥ; etarhy apy anayā mamārthāyātmā śaraṇapṛṣṭhān muktaḥ iti.
Conversion of Yaśodharā
bhagavān saṃlakṣayati: idānīṃ yaśodharāyā prāpto vinayakālaḥ; yad aham enāṃ saṃsārakāntārād uttārayeyam iti viditvā tasya tādṛśī caturāryasatyasaṃprativedhikī dharmadeśanā kṛtā yāṃ śrutvā yaśodharayā viṃśatiśikharasamudgataṃ satkāyadṛṣṭiśailaṃ jñānavajreṇa bhitvā srotaāpattiphalaṃ sākṣātkṛtaṃ; sā samyag eva śraddhayā agārād anagārikāṃ pravrajitā; yāvad arhantinī saṃvṛttā; svakulasaṃśānurūpatayā āryamārgapratilambhāc ca bhikṣuṇīnāṃ madhye samutpanneṣu kāryeṣv atyarthaṃ jihreti; tatra bhagavān bhikṣūn āmantrayati: eṣāgrā me bhikṣavo bhikṣuṇīnāṃ mama śrāvikānāṃ hrīmatīnāṃ yaduta yaśodharā rāhulamātā iti.
punar api bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: kiṃ bhadanta yaśodharayā karma ( SBV II 42 ) kṛtaṃ yasya karmaṇo vipākena ṣaḍvarṣāṇi kukṣiṇā garbho dhāritaḥ iti; bhagavān āha: yaśodharayaiva bhikṣavaḥ pūrvam anyāsu jātīṣu karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni pūrvavad yāvad phalanti khalu dehinām.
The story of the two Ābhīrīs

bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo 'nyatamasmin gokule dvau ābhīryau prativasataḥ; mātā ca duhtā ca; te abhikṣṇaṃ mathitaghaṭam ādāya grāmāntaṃ gacchataḥ; tayor duhitā śāṭhyasamudācārajātā mātā ṛjukā; duhitā kathayati: amba gṛhāṇa ( A 440b ) tāvan mathitaghaṭaṃ prasrāvaṃ karomi iti; sāgṛhītvā saṃprasthitā; sā śāṭhyasamudācāreṇa pṛṣṭhato lambata eva, na tām anugacchati; evaṃ tayāsau mātā ṣaṭkroṣān mathitaghaṭaṃ vāhitā.
kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavaḥ? yāsāv ābhīrīduhitā eṣā eva sā yaśodharā tena kālena tena samayena; yad anayā mātā śāṭhyasamudācāreṇa ṣaṭkroṣān mathitaghaṭaṃ vāhitā, tasya karmaṇo vipākenānayā rāhulaḥ ṣaḍvarṣāṇi kukṣiṇā ūḍhaḥ iti hi bhikṣava ekāntakṛṣṇānām karmaṇām ekāntakṛṣṇo vipākaḥ pūrvavad yāvad evaṃ vo bhikṣavaḥ śikṣitavyam.
bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: kiṃ bhadanta āyuṣmatā rāhulena karma kṛtaṃ yasya karmaṇo vipākena mātuḥ kukṣau ṣaḍvarṣāṇy avasthitaḥ iti; bhagavān āha: rāhulenaiva bhikṣavaḥ karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni labdhasaṃbhārāṇi pariṇatapratyayāny oghavat pratyupasthitāny avaśyabhāvīni; rāhulena karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni ko 'nyaḥ pratyanubhaviṣyati; na bhikṣavaḥ karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni na bāhye pṛthivīdhātau vipacyante, nābdhātau, na tejodhātau, na vāyudhātau, api tūpātteṣv eva skandhadhātvāyataneṣu karmāṇi kṛtāni vipacyante śubhāny aśubhāni ca;
na praṇaśyanti karmāṇy api kalpaśatair api /
sāmagrīm prāpya kālaṃ ca phalanti khalu dehinām // ( SBV II 43 )
Story of Śaṅkha and Likhita
bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavaḥ vārāṇasyāṃ nātidūre puṣpaphalasaṃpannam āśramapadaṃ nānāvihaganikūjitaṃ viśvastamṛgapakṣiniṣevitam; tatra dvāv ṛṣī bhrātarau prativasataḥ phalamūlāmbubhakṣāv ajinavalkaladhāriṇau śaṅkhaś ca likhitaś ca; śaṅkha upādhyāya likhitaś ca śiṣyaḥ; tau vārāṇasyāṃ sarvalokaprakhyātau; rājñāpi brahmadatte<na> viditau: amuṣminn udyāne dvāv ṛṣī bhrātarau prativasataḥ śaṅkhaś ca likhitaś ca; tatra śaṅkha upādhyāyo likhitaś ca śiṣyaḥ iti; yāvad apareṇa samayena śaṅkha udakasya kuṇḍikāṃ pūrayitvā mūlaphalānām arthe vanaṃ gataḥ; likhitas tu sarātram evotthāya pūrvataraṃ gataḥ; sa puṣpaphalāny ādāya tvaritam āgataḥ; ātmīyām āṭikāṃ pratyavekṣate; svalpaṃ pānīyaṃ; sa tṛṣṇārtaḥ saṃlakṣayati upādhyāyasantakaṃ pānīyaṃ pibāmi iti; tena pītaṃ; yāvat śaṅkha riṣir mūlaphalāny ādāya tṛṣāparyākulīkṛtamukhaḥ āśramaṃ praviṣṭaḥ; kuṇḍikāṃ pratyavekṣate; paśyati riltikāṃ; sa saṃjātāmarṣaḥ kathayati, kena coreṇa pānīyam apahṛtaṃ? iti; likhitaḥ kathayati: upādhyāya ahaṃ coraḥ; mayā pītaṃ; daṇḍaṃ prayaccha iti; sa kathayati: tvaṃ mama bhrātā śiṣyaś ca; yadi pītaṃ supītaṃ yathāsukham iti; sa kathayati: upādhyāya na śaknomy aham etat kaukṛtyaṃ prativinodayituṃ; prayaccha me gurukaṃ daṇḍaṃ yaś corasya pradīyate iti; evam uktaḥ śaṅkha ṛṣiḥ ( A 441a ) prakupitaḥ kathayati: nāhaṃ daṇḍam anuprayacchāmi: yadi tvaṃ daṇḍenārthī rājñaḥ sakāśaṃ gaccha iti; sa rājñaḥ sakāśaṃ gataḥ; tasmiṃś ca samaye rājā mṛgavadhāya saṃprasthitaḥ; tenāsau jayenāyuṣā vardhayitvā gāthayā vijñaptaḥ:
ahaṃ coro mahārāja yo 'syādattaṃ jalaṃ pibet /
prayaccha me guruṃ daṇḍaṃ yaś corasya pradīyate //
rājā kathayati: nāsti pānīyasyādattādānam iti; api tu kasya santakaṃ tvayā jalam apahṛtaṃ? <iti>; tena yathāvṛttaṃ samākhyātaṃ; rājā kathayati: sa tava bhrātā upādhyāyaś ca; gaccha na tvaṃ daṇḍārhaḥ iti; sa kathayati deva na śaknomy ahaṃ kaukṛtyaṃ ( SBV II 44 ) prativinodayituṃ; prayaccha me guruṃ daṇḍaṃ yaś corasya pradīyate iti; evam ukte rājā prakupitaḥ tīvreṇa paryavasthānena paryavasthitaḥ; sa kathayati: yady evam atraiva tiṣṭha na tāvat prayātavyaṃ yāvad ahaṃ pratinirvṛttaḥ iti; sa rājā mṛgavadhaṃ kṛtvā saṃcintyānyena dvāreṇa praviṣṭaḥ na bhūyo nirgacchati; amātyai ṣaṣṭe divase rājño niveditaṃ: deva tasya riṣer adya ṣaḍdivasā<n> tasminn eva pradeśe tiṣṭhataḥ ājñāṃ dātum arhasi iti; rājā kathayati: uddhṛtadaṇḍo bhavatu; gacchatu, eṣaivāsya daṇḍaḥ iti; amātyais tasya riṣer ākhyātaṃ: ṛṣe deva kathayati uddhṛtadaṇḍo 'sau gacchatv eṣa evāsya daṇḍaḥ iti; sa vigatakaukṛtyaḥ prakrāntaḥ.

kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavaḥ? yo 'sau rājā brahmadatta eṣa eva sa rāhulaḥ tena kālena tena samayena; yad anena cittaṃ pradūṣya riṣir abhihitaḥ; tasmin pradeśa tiṣṭha; na te gantavyam iti; tasya karmaṇo vipākena mātuḥ kukṣau ṣaḍvarṣāṇy uṣitaḥ; iti hi bhikṣavaḥ ekāntakṛṣṇānāṃ karmaṇām ekāntakṛṣṇo vipākaḥ pūrvavad yāvad evaṃ vo bhikṣavaḥ śikṣitavyam.
bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: kiṃ bhadanta āyuṣmatā bhadrikeṇa karma kṛtaṃ yasya karmaṇo vipākena pradhānapuruṣāṇāṃ rājā saṃvṛttaḥ? bhagavān āha: bhadrikeṇaiva bhikṣavaḥ karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni labdhasaṃbhārāṇi pariṇatapratyayāny oghavat pratyupasthitāny avaśyabhāvīni; bhadrikeṇaiva karmāṇy upacitāni ko 'nyaḥ pratyanubhaviṣyati; na bhikṣavaḥ karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni <na> bāhye pṛthivīdhātau vipacyante, nābdhātau, na tejodhātau, na vāyudhātau, api tūpātteṣv eva skandhadhātvāyataneṣu karmāṇi kṛtāni vipacyante śubhāny aśubhāni ca;
na praṇaśyanti karmāṇy api kalpaśatair api /
sāmagrīm prāpya kālaṃ ca phalanti khalu dehinām //
Story of the beggar (concerning a previous birth of King Bhadrika)
bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavaḥ anyatamaḥ koṭṭamallakaḥ janapadād vārāṇasīm āgataḥ; sa tannivāsibhiḥ koṭṭamallakaiḥ īrṣyā<svabhāvaiḥ> ( SBV II 45 ) pratyākhacapeṭāprahārādibhiḥ pratāḍitaṃ kṛtvā niṣkāsitaḥ; sa bahir vārāṇasyāṃ rājakīya udyāne 'vasthitaḥ; yāvad rājā brahmadattaḥ samprāpte vasantakālasamaye saṃpuṣpiteṣu pādapeṣu haṃsakrauñcamayūraśukaśārikākokilajīvañjīvakonnādite vanaṣaṇḍe ( A 441b ) 'ntaḥpurasahīyaḥ udyānabhūmiṃ nirgataḥ; sa tatrāntaḥpureṇa sārdham udyāne sukham anubhūya middham avakrāntaḥ; puṣpaphalalolupo mātṛgrāmaḥ puṣpaphalāni samanveṣamāṇaḥ paribhramitum ārabdhaḥ; yāvad rājā brahmadattaḥ nidrālasyaṃ prativinodya laghu laghv eva vārāṇasīṃ praviṣṭaḥ; antaḥpurajano 'pi tvaritatvaritaṃ saṃprasthitaḥ; yāvad anyatamā strī saṃbhrāntā muktāhāraṃ chorayitvā prakrāntā; yāvad asau koṭṭamallakas tasminn udyāne paribhramitum ārabdhaḥ; tenāsau muktāhāro dṛṣṭaḥ; sa saṃlakṣayati: kiṃ mamānena prayojanaṃ; sthānam etad vidyate yad arthāyānarthaṃ prāpayāmi iti; tenāsau latāyāṃ baddhvā udyāne 'vasthitaḥ; yasya santako bhaviṣyati sa grahīṣyati iti; yāvad antaḥpurikābhiḥ rājā vijñaptaḥ; deva amukayā udyāne muktāhāro vismṛtaḥ iti; rājñāmātyānām ājñā dattā: bhavanta udyāne uktāhāro vismṛtaḥ, samanveṣata iti; te udyānaṃ gatvā samanveṣayitum ārabdhāḥ; yāvat paśyati latāyām upanibaddhaṃ; te saṃlakṣayanti: vicārayāmas tāvat kenaiṣa baddha iti; te udyānaṃ paribhramitum ārabdhāḥ; yāvat paśyanti koṭṭamallakaṃ; sa tair uktaḥ: bhoḥ puruṣa kenaiṣa muktāhāro latāyāṃ baddhvāvasthāpitaḥ; tena yathāvṛttaṃ teṣāṃ samākhyātam; amātyai rajño muktāhāro dattaḥ; yathāvṛttam ārocitaṃ; rājā kathayati bhavantas taṃ koṭṭamallakaṃ śabdāpayata; paśyāmi iti; taiḥ śabditaḥ; rājñā pṛṣṭaḥ bhoḥ puruṣa kasmāt tvayā muktāhāro latāyāṃ baddhvāvasthapitaḥ, na svīkṛtaḥ iti; sa kathayati: deva nāham asya bhāgī devasyaivārhati iti; rājā abhiprasannaḥ kathayati: bhoḥ puruṣa varārhas tvaṃ; vada kaṃ te varam anuprayacchāmi iti; sa kathayati: yadi devaḥ parituṣṭaḥ koṭṭamallakān bhojayitvā teṣāṃ pratyekam ekaikaṃ vastrayugenācchādya mām ( SBV II 46 ) adhipatiṃ sthāpayatu iti; rājñāmātyānām ājñā dattā: bhavanto yuṣmābhiḥ koṭṭamallakān bhojayitvā pratyekam ekaikaṃ vastrayugenācchādya etaṃ puruṣaṃ teṣām adhipatiṃ sthāpayata; taiḥ vārāṇasyāṃ ghaṇṭāvaghoṣaṇaṃ kāritaṃ: devasamājñāpayati yāvantaḥ koṭṭamallakāḥ vārāṇasyāṃ sarvair amuṣminn udyāne saṃnipatitavyam; ahaṃ koṭṭamallakān bhojayāmi ekaikaṃ vastrayugenācchādayāmi iti; te sarve saṃnipatitāḥ āmatyaiḥ praṇītenāhāreṇa saṃtarpitāḥ; pratyekaṃ vastrayugenācchāditāḥ; uktāś ca: deva samājñāpayati, adyāgreṇa yuṣmākam eṣa koṭṭamallako rājā; yuṣmābhir asyājñā kartavyā iti; te praṇītenāhāreṇa saṃtarpitāḥ vastrayugenācchāditāḥ prītamanasaḥ kathayanti yathā devaḥ samājñāpayati iti; so koṭṭamallako 'dhipatiḥ saṃvṛttaḥ; prakṛtyaiva koṭṭamallakāḥ kṣutpipāsābhibhūtāḥ vīthyām annapānam ācchindanti; te rājñā satkṛtā iti bhūyasyā mātrayā ācchettum ārabdhāḥ; pattanopajīvi janakāyaḥ kṣubdhaḥ; rājño niveditaṃ; rājā kathayati ( A 442a ) apramattair bhavadbhir ārakṣā kartavyā, na tu te tāḍayitavyāḥ iti; yāvad anyatamaḥ puruṣaḥ pūpakān ādāya vīthīmadhyena gacchati; tena koṭṭamallakādhipatinā tasya sakāśāt pūpikā ācchinnāḥ; sa tān ādāya pratiguptaṃ pradeśaṃ gataḥ; koṭṭamallakair anubaddhaḥ; sa tair upadrūyamāno nadīṃ vārakām uttīrya anyatamasmin vṛkṣamūle 'vasthitaḥ; asati buddhānām utpāde pratyekabuddhā loka utpadyante hīnadīnānukampāḥ prāntaśayanāsanabhaktā ekadakṣiṇīyā lokasya; yāvad anyatamaḥ pratyekabuddho daivāt taṃ pradeśam āgataḥ; tenāsau dṛṣṭaḥ kāyaprāsādikaḥ śānteryāpathaś ca; sa saṃlakṣayati: nūnaṃ mayā evaṃvidhe sadbhūtadakṣiṇīye kārā na kṛtā yenāhaṃ mānuṣyam āsādya koṭṭamallako jātaḥ; yady ayaṃ mahātmā mamāntikāt pūpān pratigṛhṇīyād aham asmai dadyām iti; tatas tena pratyekabuddhena tasya cetasā cittam ājñāya parānugrahakāraṇāt pātram upanāmitaṃ; tena tasmai satkṛtya pūpikā dattāḥ; kāyikī teṣāṃ mahātmanāṃ dharmadeśanā na vācikī; sa upari vihāyasam abhyudgamya jvalanatapanavarṣaṇavidyotanaprātihāryāṇi kartum ārabdhaḥ; asty āśu pṛthagjanasya riddhir āvarjanakarī; sa mūlanikṛnta iva ( SBV II 47 ) drumaḥ pratyekabuddhasya pādayor nipatya praṇidhānaṃ kartum ārabdhaḥ: yan mayaivaṃvidhe sadbhūtadakṣiṇīye kārāḥ kṛtāḥ, anenāhaṃ kuśalamūlena pradhānapuruṣāṇāṃ rājā syām*; prativiśiṣṭataraṃ cātaḥ śāstāram ārāgayeyam eva na virāgayeyam iti;
tataḥ te koṭṭamallakāḥ saṃprāptāḥ kathayanti: asmākam api pūpikāṃ prayaccha iti; sa kathayati: ayaṃ mahātmā riṣiḥ; asmai mayā pratipaditā iti; te kathayanti: pratipādya kiṃ tvayā praṇidhānaṃ kṛtam iti; sa kathayati: pradhānapuruṣāṇāṃ rājā syām iti; te kathayanti: vayam eva te pradhānapuruṣāḥ syāma yeṣāṃ tvaṃ rājā bhaviṣyasi iti; sa kathayati: śobhanam evaṃ bhavatu; kiṃ tv asya riṣeḥ pādayor nipatya praṇidhānaṃ kuruta iti; tais tasya pratyekabuddhasya pādayor nipatya praṇidhānaṃ kṛtaṃ vayaṃ te pradhānapuruṣāḥ syāma yeṣām ayaṃ rājā bhaviṣyati iti.

kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavaḥ? yo 'sau koṭṭamallakādhipatir eṣa eva sa bhadrikaḥ śākyarājaḥ iti tena kālena tena samayena; ye te koṭṭamallakā etāny eva tāni pañcaśākyaśatāni; bhadrikeṇa koṭṭamallakabhūtena pratyekabuddhe praṇidhānaṃ kṛtaṃ; tasya karmaṇo vipākena eṣāṃ pañcānāṃ śākyaśatānāṃ rājā saṃvṛttaḥ; iti hi bhikṣavaḥ ekāntakṛṣṇānāṃ karmaṇām ekāntakṛṣṇo vipākaḥ pūrvavad yāvad evaṃ vo bhikṣavaḥ śikṣitavyam.
The story of Madhuvāsiṣṭha
buddho bhagavān nādikāyāṃ viharati guñjikāvasathe; tena khalu samayena saṃbahulāni pātrāṇy abhyavakāśa upari kṣiptāni; bhagavataś ca pātram; athānyatamo markataḥ śālavṛkṣād avatīrya yena pātrāṇi ( A 442b ) tenopasaṃkramati; bhikṣavas taṃ vārayanti, mā bhetsyati pātrāṇi iti; tatra bhagavān bhikṣūṇām āmantrayate sma: mā bhikṣavaḥ etaṃ markaṭaṃ vārayata; tat kasya hetoḥ; naiṣa bhetsyate pātrāṇi; atha sa markaṭo yena bhagavataḥ pātraṃ tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ; upasaṃkramya bhagavataḥ pātram ādāya taṃ śālāvṛkṣam abhiruhya kṣaudrasya madhuno 'neḍakasya pūrayitvā śanair mandamandaṃ śālavṛkṣād avatīrya bhagavata upanāmayati; tasya bhagavān na pratigṛhṇāti saprāṇakam iti kṛtvā; atha sa markaṭa ekānte prakramya ( SBV II 48 ) niṣprāṇakaṃ kṛtvā bhagavata upanāmayati; tasya bhagavān na pratigṛhṇāti akalpikam iti kṛtvā; atha sa markaṭa ekānte prakramya śītalena vāriṇā pariṣicya bhagavata upanāmayati; tasya bhagavān pratigṛhṇāti kṛtakalpikam iti; atha sa markaṭa pratigṛhītaṃ me bhagavatā madhupātram iti viditvā hṛṣṭatuṣṭapramuditaḥ udagraprītisaumanasyajātaḥ prāñjalīkṛtaḥ pratipuṭakaṃ pratyavasṛto nartamānaḥ bhagavantaṃ namasyamānaḥ bhagavati prasādajāto bhagavantaṃ nirīkṣamāṇaḥ pṛṣṭhato nāvalokayati; kūpe patitaḥ; kālagataḥ; nādikāyām eva ṣaṭkarmanirate brāhmaṇakule upapannaḥ; yam eva divasaṃ pratisandhir gṛhītas tam eva divasaṃ madhuvarṣaṃ patitaṃ; pitrā cāsya naimittikā āhūya pṛṣṭāḥ; te kathayanti: asya satvasyānubhāva iti; yāvad asau brāhmaṇī aṣṭānāṃ va nāvānāṃ vā māsānām atyayāt prasūtā; dārako jātaḥ; yam eva divasaṃ jātas tam api divasaṃ madhuvarṣaṃ patitaṃ; tasya jñātayaḥ saṃgamya samāgamya trīṇi saptakāny ekaviṃṣatidivasān vistareṇa jātasya jātimahaṃ kṛtvā nāmadheyaṃ vyavasthāpyate, kiṃ bhavatu dārakasya nāma iti; jñātaya ūcuḥ: ayaṃ dārako yam eva divasaṃ mātuḥ kukṣim avakrāntas tam eva divasaṃ madhuvarṣaṃ patitaṃ; yam api divasaṃ jātaḥ tam api divasaṃ madhuvarṣaṃ patitaṃ; vāsiṣṭhasagotraś ca; tasmād bhavatu dārakasya madhuvāsiṣṭha iti nāmadheyaṃ vyavasthāpitaṃ; sa unnīto vardhito mahān saṃvṛttaḥ; yadā mahān saṃvṛttaḥ tadā svyākhyāte dharmavinaye pravrajitaḥ; tasya pravrajitasyāpi sataḥ dine dine trīṇi madhupātrāṇi saṃpadyante; sa teṣām ekaṃ bhagavato 'nuprayacchati; dvitīyaṃ saṃghāya; tritīyaṃ sapremakaiḥ sārdhaṃ paribhuṅkte.
bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: kiṃ bhadantāyuṣmatā madhuvāsiṣṭhena karma kṛtaṃ yasya karmaṇo vipākenāsya dine dine trīṇi pātrāṇi saṃpadyante iti; bhagavān āha: madhuvāsiṣṭhenaiva bhikṣavaḥ ( SBV II 49 ) karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni labdhasaṃbhārāṇi pariṇatapratyayāny oghavat pratyupasthitāni pūrvavad yāvad phalanti khalu dehināṃ; dṛṣṭo yuṣmābhir bhikṣavaḥ sa markaṭaḥ yena tathāgatasya madhupātram upanāmitaṃ? ( A 443a ) dṛṣṭo bhadanta; yo 'sau markaṭa eṣa evāsau madhuvāsiṣṭhaḥ tena kālena tena samayena; tena tathāgatasya madhupātram upanāmitaṃ; tasya karmaṇo vipākena ṣaṭkarmanirate brāhmaṇakule upapannaḥ pratisandhau cāsya jātau ca madhuvarṣaṃ patitaṃ; yāvad etarhy api divase divase trīṇi madhupātrāṇi saṃpadyante; iti hi bhikṣavaḥ ekāntakṛṣṇānāṃ karmaṇām ekāntakṛṣṇo vipākaḥ pūrvavad yāvad ekāntaśukleṣv eva karmasv ābhogaḥ karaṇīyaḥ; tat kasya hetoḥ; yadi madhuvāsiṣṭho bhikṣuḥ pūrvaṃ mahāsamudraṃ madhv adhimucyate; tad api madhu syāt; evaṃ hi bhikṣavaḥ aprameyā tathāgatadakṣiṇā iti.
bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: kiṃ bhadantāyuṣmatā upālinā karma kṛtaṃ yasya karmaṇo vipākena rājenāpitaḥ saṃvṛttaḥ; bhagavān āha: upālinaiva bhikṣavaḥ aprameyā tathāgatadakṣiṇā iti pūrvam anyāsu jātiṣu karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni labdhasaṃbhārāṇi pūrvavad yāvad phalanti khalu dehināṃ.
The story of the royal barber
(concerning a previous birth of Upālin)
bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo 'nyatamasya rājanāpitasya pratyekabuddhaḥ upasaṃkrāntaḥ: bhadramukha keśān me 'vatārya, puṇyaṃ bhaviṣyati iti; sa ca rājakulaṃ saṃprasthitaḥ; tena bhāgineya uktaḥ: bhāgineya asya pravrajitasya keśān avatāraya; ahaṃ rājakulaṃ saṃprasthitaḥ; tathā cāvatāraya yathā rājñaḥ iti; sa saṃlakṣayati: yathā mātulaḥ kathayati; nūnam atra puṇyena bhavitavyam iti; tenādaraṃ kṛtvā keśaśmaśrv avatāritaṃ; pratyekabuddhaḥ saṃlakṣayati: bahv anena satvena puṇyaṃ prasutaṃ; kuśalamūlāvaropaṇam asya kartavyam iti viditvā tasyānukampārtham upari vihāyasam ( SBV II 50 ) abhyudgamya jvalanatapanavarṣaṇavidyotanaprātihāryāṇi kartum ārabdhaḥ; asty āśu pṛthagjanasya ṛddhir āvarjanakarī; sa mūlanikṛnta iva drumaḥ pādayor nipatya praṇidhānaṃ kartum ārabdhaḥ: anenāhaṃ kuśalamūlena yathā me mātulo rājanāpitaḥ evam aham api rājanāpitaḥ syām iti.
kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavaḥ? yo' sau rājanāpitasya bhāgineya eṣa evāsāv upālir bhikṣuḥ; yad anena pratyekabuddhasya keśaśmaśrūṇy avatārya praṇidhānaṃ kṛtaṃ tasya karmaṇo vipākena rajanāpitaḥ saṃvṛttaḥ; bhūyo 'pi yad anena praṇidhānaṃ kṛtaṃ tac chrūyatām.
Another story of a barber

bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo 'nyatarasmin karvaṭake gṛhapatiḥ prativasati; tena sadṛśāt kulāt kalatram ānītaṃ; sa tayā sārdhaṃ krīḍati ramate paricārayati; tasya krīḍato ramamāṇasya paricārayataḥ putro jātaḥ; bhūyo 'pi krīḍato ramamāṇasya paricārayataḥ putro jātaḥ; bhūyo 'pi krīḍato ramamāṇasya paricārayataḥ putro jātaḥ; yāvat krameṇa sapta putrāḥ jātāḥ; tasya rājanāpito vayasyaḥ; so 'putraḥ; kare kapolaṃ kṛtvā cintāparo 'vasthitaḥ; na me putro na duhitā; mamātyayāt sarvaṃ svāpateyam aputrakam iti kṛtvā rājavidheyaṃ bhaviṣyati iti; sa tena gṛhapatinā dṛṣṭa uktaś ca: vayasya kim asi cintāparaḥ? sa ( A 443b ) kathayati: vayasya kathaṃ na cintāparo bhaviṣyāmi yasya me iyat dhanajātaṃ na putro na duhitā, mamātyayāt sarvam etad rājavidheyaṃ bhaviṣyati iti; sa kathayati: yady evam eṣa mama sarvakanīyān putraḥ: sa mayā tava dattaḥ iti; tenāsau pratigṛhītaḥ; yāvad gṛhapatiḥ kālagataḥ; te tasya putrāḥ yadā kenacit sārdhaṃ kaliṃ kurvanti tadā tena paribhāṣyante: yūyam api kaliṃ kurutha yeṣāṃ bhrātā nāpitaḥ iti; te daurmanasyajātāḥ saṃlakṣayanti: yat kiṃcid vayaṃ paribhūtāḥ sarvaṃ tad asya bhrātur doṣāt; sarvathā ācchettavya iti; sa tair ācchinno nāpitaḥ; tena sarvanāpitāḥ kriyākāraṃ kāritāḥ, amukasya gṛhapateḥ putrāṇāṃ na kenacit śmaśrukarma kartavyam iti; te dīrghaśmaśrunakhā jātāḥ; te rājñā dṛṣṭā uktāś ca: bhavantaḥ kimarthaṃ yūyaṃ dīrghaśmaśrunakhās tiṣṭhatha? iti te kathayanti ( SBV II 51 ) anena nāpitena sarvanāpitā nivāritāḥ; na kenacid eṣāṃ śmaśrukarma kartavyam iti; kiṃ kāraṇāt; tair yathāvṛttaṃ samākhyātaṃ; rājā kathayati: arhati pitā putraṃ dātuṃ; kim iti yuṣmābhir ācchinnaḥ? tasyaiva prayacchata iti; tair akāmakaiḥ pratimuktaḥ; te daurmanasyajātāḥ lokāpavādabhayāt taṃ ghātayitum icchanti; mitrāmitramadhyamo lokaḥ; tasyāparaiḥ samākhyātaṃ; tenāsau nāpita uktaḥ: te māṃ praghātayitum icchanti; anujānīhi pravrajāmi iti; sa saṃlakṣayati: kāmam eva pravrajatu mā taiḥ prāṇān viyokṣyata iti viditvā uktaḥ: putra yady evaṃ gaccha pravraja; yat kiṃcid guṇagaṇam adhigacchethās tadā mamārocayiṣyasi iti; sa labdhānujño riṣīṇāṃ madhye pravrajitaḥ; tenānupacāryakenānupādhyāyakena pratyekabodhiḥ sākṣātkṛtā; sa saṃlakṣayati: mayā tasya pituḥ pratijñātam upadarśayiṣyāmi iti; gacchāmi, tām imāṃ pūrvikāṃ pratijñāṃ niryātayāmi iti; sa tasya sakāśaṃ gatvā jvalanatapanavarṣaṇavidyotanaprātihāryaṃ yāvat mūlanikṛnta iva drumaḥ sa pādayor nipatya praṇidhānaṃ kartum ārabdhaḥ: yan mayā evaṃvidhe sadbhūtadakṣiṇīye kārāḥ kṛtāḥ anenāhaṃ kuśalamūlena rājanāpitaḥ syām iti; bhūyo 'pi anena pañcasu pratyekabuddhaśateṣu kārān kṛtvā praṇidhānaṃ kṛtam: anenāhaṃ kuśalamūlena rājanāpitaḥ syām iti; punar api caturṣu samyaksaṃbuddheṣu kārān kṛtvā praṇidhānaṃ kṛtam anenāhaṃ kuśalamūlena rājanāpitaḥ syām iti; tasya karmaṇo vipākena bahūn vārān rājanāpitaḥ saṃvṛttaḥ.
bhūyo 'pi bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: kiṃ bhadanta upālinā karma kṛtaṃ yena vinayadhārāṇām agro nirdiṣṭaḥ iti; bhagavān āha: kutra praṇidhānaṃ kṛtaṃ?
Upāli is the foremost among those who master and know the Vinaya
bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo 'sminn eva bhadrake kalpe viṃśativarṣasahasrāyuṣi prajāyāṃ kāśyapo nāma samyaksaṃbuddho loka udapādi pūrvavad yāvat sa vārāṇasīṃ nagarīm ( A 444a ) upaniśritya viharati ṛṣivadane mṛgadāve; tasyāyaṃ pravacane pravrajitaḥ; yaḥ pravrajito ( SBV II 52 ) bhikṣuḥ sa punaḥ kāśyapena samyaksaṃbuddhena vinayadharāṇām agro nirdiṣṭaḥ; tatrānena yāvadāyur brahmacaryaṃ caritaṃ; na kaścid guṇagaṇo 'dhigataḥ; tad anena maraṇakālasamaye praṇidhānaṃ kartum ārabdhaṃ: yad mayā kāśyape bhagavati samyaksaṃbuddhe yāvadāyur brahmacaryaṃ caritaṃ, na kaścid guṇagaṇo 'dhigataḥ; anenāhaṃ kuśalamūlena yo 'sau bhagavatā kāśyapena samyaksaṃbuddhena uttaro nāma māṇavo vyākṛto bhaviṣyasi tvaṃ māṇava varṣaśatāyuṣi prajāyāṃ śākyamunir nāma tathāgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddha iti; tasyāhaṃ pravacane pravrajya sarvakleśaprahāṇād arhatvaṃ sākṣātkuryām; yathā ca me upādhyāyena bhagavatā kāśyapena samyaksaṃbuddhena vinayadhārāṇām agro nirdiṣṭaḥ; evaṃ mām api sa bhagavāṃs śākyamunir vinayadharāṇām agraṃ nirdiṣed iti tatpraṇidhānavaśāt tathāgatena vinayadharāṇām agro nirdiṣṭaḥ; iti hi bhikṣavaḥ ekāntakṛṣṇānāṃ karmaṇām ekāntakṛṣṇo vipākaḥ pūrvavad yāvad ābhogaḥ karaṇīyaḥ; ity evaṃ vo bhikṣavaḥ śikṣitavyam.
Untrue announcement of the death of the Buddha and the birth of Ānanda

yadā bhagavatā ṣaṭtriṃśadbhūtakoṭiparivāraṃ māraṃ papīyaṃsam abhinirjitya anuttaraṃ jñānam adhigataṃ, tadā sāntaḥpurāmātyapaurajanapadasyārocitam: adya śramaṇo gautamaḥ kālagataḥ iti; rājā śuddhodanaḥ sāntaḥpurakumārāmātyapaurajanapadaḥ śocitum ārabdhaḥ; devatānāṃ darśanam adhastāt pravartate; śuddhāvāsakāyikābhir devatābhir Arocitaṃ: na bhagavān kālagato 'pi tu bhagavatānuttaraṃ jñānam adhigatam iti; tato rājā śuddhodanaḥ param ānandam upāgataḥ; ten asamayenāmṛtodanasya dārako jātaḥ; tasya jātau jātimahaṃ vistareṇa kṛtvā nāmadheyaṃ vyavasthāpyate, kiṃ bhavatu dārakasya nāma iti; jñātasya kathayaṃti: ayaṃ dārakaḥ ānande vartamāne jātaḥ; tad bhavatu dārakasyānanda iti nāmadheyaṃ vyavasthāpitam; ānando dārako 'ṣṭābhyo dhātrībhyo 'nupradattaḥ; dvābhyām aṃśadhātrībhyāṃ dvābhyāṃ krīḍanikābhyāṃ dhātrībhyāṃ dvābhyāṃ kṣīradhātrībhyāṃ dvābhyāṃ maladhātrībhyāṃ; sa dhātryaṃśagato naimittikair vyākṛto 'nena dārakeṇa bhagavataḥ śākyamuner upasthānaṃ kartavyam iti; dārako naimittikair vyākṛta iti śrutvā amṛtodanaḥ saṃlakṣayati: yady evaṃ bhagavān pravrājayiṣyati, na tatpurastād avatāro 'py anena kartavya iti; sa yadā bhagavān kapilavastv āgacchati tadā ( SBV II 53 ) vaiśālīn nīyate; yadā bhagavān vaiśālīṃ gacchati tadā punaḥ kapilavastu nīyate; atrāntare nāsti kiṃcid buddhānāṃ bhagavatām ajñātam adṛṣṭam aviditam avijñātaṃ; dharmatā khalu buddhānāṃ bhagavatāṃ mahākāruṇikānāṃ lokānugrahapravṛttānām ekārakṣāṇāṃ śamathavipaśyanāvihāriṇāṃ tridamathavastukuśalānāṃ caturoghottīrṇānāṃ caturṛddhipādacaraṇatalasupratiṣṭhitamatīnāṃ caturṣu saṃgrahavastuṣu dīrgharātrakṛtaparicayānāṃ pañcāṅgaviprahīnānāṃ pañcagatisamatikrāntānāṃ ṣaḍaṅgasamanvāgatānāṃ ṣaṭpāramitāparipūrṇānāṃ saptabodhyaṅgakusumāḍhyānām aṣṭāṅgamārgadeśikānāṃ navānupūrvavihārasamāpattikuśalānāṃ daśabalināṃ daśadiksamāpūrṇayaśasāṃ daśaśatavaśavartiprativiśiṣṭānāṃ trī rātres trir divasasya ca buddhacakṣuṣā lokaṃ vyavalokya jñānadarśanaṃ pravartate: ko hīyate ko vardhate kaḥ kṛcchraprāptaḥ kaḥ saṃkataprāptaḥ kaḥ saṃbādhaprāptaḥ ko 'pāyanimnaḥ ko 'pāyapravaṇaḥ ko 'pāyaprāgbhāraḥ kam aham apāyād uddhṛtya svarge mokṣe ca pratiṣṭhāpayeyaṃ; kasya anavaropitāni kuśalamulāny avaropayeyaṃ? kasyāvaropitāni paripācayeyaṃ? kasya pakvāni vimocayeyam? āha ca:
apy evātikramed velāṃ sāgaro makarālayaḥ /
na tu vaineyavatsānāṃ buddho velām atikramet //
Ānanda's conversion
bhagavān saṃlakṣayati: caramabhaviko ānando dārakaḥ; sa mama śāsane pravrajiṣyati, pravrajya cānena mamopasthānaṃ kartavyaṃ vacanaṃ ca dhārayitavyaṃ mayi ca parinirvṛte amṛtam adhigantavyaṃ yan nv aham ānandaṃ kumāraṃ śāsane 'vatārayeyam iti; apravidita eva kapilavastunagaraṃ praviśyāmṛtodanasya bhavanam āgamya prajñapta evāsane niṣaṇṇaḥ; amṛtodanenānandaḥ kumāro 'vavarakaṃ praviśya sthāpitaḥ; bhagavatā tathādhiṣṭhito yena svayam eva dvāram apāvṛtaṃ; prathamata eva ca bhagavato pādau śirasā ( SBV II 54 ) vanditvā bhagavataḥ pṛṣṭhataḥ sthito 'bhūd vyajanaṃ gṛhītvā ca bhagavantaṃ vījayamānaḥ; tato 'mṛtodano bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvaikānte niṣaṇṇaḥ; ekānte niṣaṇṇaṃm amṛtodanaṃ bhagavān dharmyayā kathayā saṃdarśya samādāpya samuttejya saṃpraharṣya āsanād utthāya prakrāntaḥ; mahad api hetubalaṃ pratyayabalam apekṣate; ity ānandaś caramabhavikaḥ satvo bhagavantaḥ pṛṣṭhataḥ pṛṣṭhataḥ samanubaddhaḥ; amṛtodanena sāntaḥpuraparivāreṇa na śakyate nivartayituṃ; bhagavān āha: ayaṃ caramabhavikaḥ satvaḥ na tvayā śakyate nivartayituṃ, mā nivarteta iti; amṛtodanaḥ kathayati; bhagavan yady evam ānupūrvīm asya kurmaḥ; bhagavān āha: evaṃ kuru; tato 'mṛtodanena śramaṇabrāhmaṇakṛpaṇavaṇīpakaparivrājakayācanakebhyo dānāni dīyante; puṇyāni kriyante; svabandhujanaṃ ca kṣamāpayitvā sarvālaṃkāravibhūṣito hastiskandham abhiruhya anekajanaparivṛto nyagrodhārāmābhimukho bhagavatsakāśaṃ preṣitaḥ; ( A 445a ) tataś ca tasya vīthīmadhyena gacchato hastinā utpalahastako nigīrṇaḥ; naimittikair dṛṣṭaḥ; te kathayanti: anena kumāreṇa śrutidharāṇām agreṇa bhavitavyam iti; tasya yānasya yāvatī bhūmis tāvad yānena gatvā yānād avatīrya padbhyām eva nyagrodhārāmaṃ praviśya yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ; upasaṃkramya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvaikānte niṣaṇṇaḥ; bhagavatā daśabalakāśyapasya samarpitaḥ kāśyapa pravrājaya kumāram iti; tena pravrājita upasaṃpāditaḥ; atha bhagavān yathābhiramyaṃ kapilavastuni vihṛtya yena rājagṛhaṃ tena cārikāṃ prakrāntaḥ; anupūrveṇa cārikāṃ caran rājagṛham anuprāptaḥ; rājagṛhe viharati veṇuvane kalandakanivāpe.
āyuṣmataḥ ānandasya mūrdhni piṭako jātaḥ; bhagavatā jīvikasyājñā dattā ānandasya bhikṣoś cikitsāṃ kuruṣva iti; evaṃ bhadanta iti jīvikaḥ kumārabhṛto bhagavataḥ pratyaśauṣīd; atha bhagavān purastād bhikṣusaṃghasya prajñapta evāsane niṣaṇṇaḥ dharmaṃ deśayati; āyuṣmān apy ānandas tatraiva niṣaṇṇaḥ dharmaśravaṇāya; jīvikaḥ kumārabhṛtaḥ saṃlakṣayati: ayam asya kalaś cikitsāyāḥ; ( SBV II 55 ) dharmavegaprāpto 'yaṃ na cetayiṣyati iti; tena tasya piṭake pācanaṃ dattaṃ; tatraiva ca pāṭitaḥ; tatra paryavasite dharme jīvakaḥ kathayati: bhagavan mayā aryānandasyātraiva niṣaṇṇasya piṭakaḥ pācitaḥ pāṭito rohitaś ca; āyuṣmān ānandaḥ kathayati: yadi mama śarīraṃ tilaśaś chinnam abhaviṣyat tathāpi mayā na parijñātam abhaviṣyad bhagavato dharmaṃ deśayato dharmānvayaprasādāvarjitasantatinā; jīvakaḥ paraṃ vismayam āpannaḥ.
bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: kiṃ bhadanta āyuṣmatā ānandena karma kṛtaṃ yenāsya pṛṣṭhe piṭako jātaḥ iti; bhagavān āha: ānandenaiva bhikṣavaḥ bhikṣuṇā karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni pūrvavad yāvad phalanti khalu dehināṃ.
The story of the king Kirātas
(a previous birth of Ānanda)
bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo 'nyatamasmin karvaṭake kirātānām adhipatiḥ prativasati; asati buddhānām utpāde pratyekabuddhā loka utpadyante hīnadīnānukampakāḥ prāntaśayanāsanabhaktāḥ ekadakṣiṇīyā lokasya; athānyatamaḥ pratyekabuddhas tena tenānvāhiṇḍamānaḥ kirātanagaram anuprāptaḥ; sa tatra piṇḍārthī kirātarājasya gṛhaṃ praviṣṭaḥ; sa tena saṃjātāmarṣeṇa cittaṃ pradūṣya guḍikayā pṛṣṭhe tāḍitaḥ; sa mahātmā nihatamadamānatvāt tasyābhavyatāṃ jñātvā prakrāntaḥ.

kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavaḥ? yo 'sau kirātarājaḥ eṣa eva sa ānando bhikṣuḥ; yad anena pratyekabuddhaḥ saṃjātāmarṣeṇa cittaṃ pradūṣya pṛṣṭhe guḍikayā tāḍitaḥ tasya karmaṇo vipākena yatra yatra jāyate tatra tatrāsya paṃcajanmaśatāni pṛṣṭhe piṭako jāyate; yāvad etarhy apy asya carame bhave pṛṣṭhe piṭako jātaḥ ( SBV II 56 )
Ānanda follows the Buddha and makes an exhibition of mathematical knowledge
yadā āyuṣmān ānando bhagavatā sārdhaṃ gacchati tadāsya bhagavati tīvraprasādagauravaṃ ( A 445b ) hrīvyapatrāpyaṃ chambitatvaṃ copatiṣṭhati; yadā nirmāṇena na tādṛśaṃ prasādagauravaṃ hrīvyapatrāpyaṃ chambitatvaṃ copatiṣṭhati; yāvad anyatamena gṛhapatinā buddhapramukho bhikṣusaṃgho 'ntargṛhe bhaktenopanimantritaḥ; bhagavān pūrvāhṇe nivāsya pātracīvaram ādāya bhikṣugaṇaparivṛto bhikṣusaṃghapuraskṛtaḥ tasya gṛhapater gṛhaṃ praviśya bhuktvā prakrāntaḥ; bhikṣubhir āyuṣmān ānandaḥ pṛṣṭaḥ; āyuṣmann ānanda kiṃ tvam adya bhagavatā sārdhaṃ gataḥ āhosvin nirmāṇena iti; sa kathayati: bhagavatā sārdhaṃ gato na buddhanirmāṇena; kathaṃ kṛtvā; yadāhaṃ bhagavatā sārdhaṃ gacchāmi tato mama bhagavato 'ntike tīvraprasādagauravaṃ hrīvyapatrāpyaṃ chambitatvaṃ copatiṣṭhati; yadā buddhanirmāṇena tadā na tathā iti
bhikṣavaḥ parasparaṃ mantrayanti: āyuṣmān ānando nimittakuśalaḥ iti; digvidikṣu śabdo visṛtaḥ ānando bhikṣur nimittakuśalaḥ iti; atha bhagavān yathābhiramya rājagṛhe vihṛtya yena śrāvastī tena cārikāṃ prakrāntaḥ; anupūrveṇa cārikāṃ caran śrāvastīm anuprāptaḥ; śrāvastyāṃ viharati jetavane 'nāthapiṇḍadasyārāme; athāyuṣmān ānandaḥ pūrvāhṇe nivāsya pātracīvaram ādāya śrāvastīṃ piṇḍāya prāvikṣat; anyatamena brāhmaṇena dṛṣṭaḥ; sa saṃlakṣayati: ayaṃ śramaṇasya gautamasya śrāvakaḥ ānando bhikṣuḥ, yo 'sau śrūyate nimittakuśala iti; pṛcchāmi tāvad enam asyāḥ śiṃśapāyāḥ kiyanti patrāṇi iti; sa tena pṛṣṭaḥ: ārya asyāḥ śiṃśapāyāḥ kiyanti patrāṇi iti; sa kathayati: etāvanti śatāni sahasrāṇi śatasahasrāṇi ity uktvā prakrāntaḥ; tena brāhmaṇena katipayāni patrāṇy apanīya gaṇayitvā choritāni; āyuṣmān ānandaḥ piṇḍapātam aṭitvā pratinivṛttaḥ; tena brāhmaṇena bhūya uktaḥ; ārya idānīṃ jānīṣva asyāḥ śiṃśapāyāḥ kiyanti patrāṇi iti; sa kathayati: pūrvam etāvanti śatāni sahasrāṇi śatasahasrāṇi ca; ata etāvanty apanītāni iti uktvā prakrāntaḥ; sa brāhmaṇaḥ paraṃ vismayam āpannaḥ; īdṛśo 'py āryo gaṇite kṛtāvī iti.
bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: kiṃ bhadanta āyuṣmatānandena karma ( SBV II 57 ) kṛtaṃ yena nimittakuśalo jātaḥ iti; bhagavān āha: ānandenaiva bhikṣavaḥ bhikṣuṇā karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni pūrvavad yāvat phalanti khalu dehināṃ.
The story of the astronomer
(a previous birth of Ānanda)
bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo vārāṇasyām anyatamo brāhmaṇaḥ, tena sadṛśāt kulāt kalatram ānītaṃ; sa tayā sārdhaṃ krīḍati ramate paricārayati; tasya krīḍato ramamāṇasya paricārayataḥ putro jātaḥ; tasya trīṇi saptakāny ekaviṃṣatidivasān vistareṇa jātasya jātimahaṃ kṛtvā kulasadṛśaṃ nāmadheyaṃ vyavasthāpyataṃ; sa unnīto vardhito mahān saṃvṛttaḥ; tena deśāntaraṃ gatvā ṣaṣṭisahasrakaṃ horāśāstram adhītam; evaṃ yāvat saṃsāre saṃsaratā paṃca janmaśatāni horājñānam adhītaṃ; pareṣāṃ copadiṣṭaṃ; tena hetunā tena pratyayena yatra yatropapannaḥ tatra tatra ( A 446a ) naimittikānām agro jātaḥ; yāvad etarhy api paścime bhave naimittikānām agro jātaḥ.

The story of the rice, the two patridges and the sugar-cane
(concerning king Prasenajit and a previous birth of him)
rājñaḥ prasenajitaḥ kośalasya pratidinaṃ bhojanakāle śālyodanaṃ phelāyāṃ nipatati tittirī dvāv ikṣuyaṣṭiś ca; tayor ekaḥ phelāyāṃ dvitīyo bhūmyāṃ; tenāyuṣmata ānandasya niveditaṃ; tena bhikṣūṇām.
bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: kiṃ bhadanta rājñā prasenajitā kośalena karma kṛtaṃ yenāsya bhojanavelāyāṃ śālyodanaṃ phelāyāṃ nipatati tittirī dvāv ikṣuyaṣṭiś ca; tayor ekaḥ phelāyāṃ, dvitīyo bhūmyāṃ? iti; bhagavān āha: rājñaiva bhikṣavaḥ prasenajitā kośalena pūrvam anyāsu jātiṣu karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni yenāsya bhojanavelāyāṃ ( SBV II 58 ) śālyodanaṃ phelāyāṃ nipatati tittirī dvāv ikṣuyaṣṭiś ca; tayor ekaḥ phelāyāṃ, dvitīyo bhūmyāṃ.
bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo vārāṇasyāṃ nagaryāṃ anyatamo gṛhapatiḥ prativasaty āḍhyo mahādhano mahābhogaḥ; tasya paricārakaiḥ krṣigrāmān navaśālir ānītaḥ; dve tittirī ikṣuṣaṣṭiś ca; asati buddhānām utpāde pratyekabuddhā loka utpadyante hīnadīnānukampakāḥ prāntaśayanāsanabhaktāḥ ekadakṣiṇīyā lokasya; anyatamaḥ pratyekabuddho vārāṇasīm anuprāptaḥ; sa pūrvāhṇe nivāsya pātracīvaram ādāya piṇḍapātam aṭaṃs tasya gṛhapater niveśanaṃ praviṣṭaḥ; sa tena dṛṣṭaḥ kāyaprāsādikaḥ cittaprāsādikaś ca; tena tasmai tatprathamato navānnam ānetavyam iti kṛtvā śālyodanam ikṣuyaṣṭis tittiridvayaṃ dattaṃ; tatraikaḥ pātre nipatito dvitīyo bhūmyāṃ.
bhagavān āha: kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavaḥ? yo 'sau gṛhapatir eṣa evāsau rājā prasenajit kośālas tena kālena tena samayena; yad anena pratyekabuddhāya navaṃ śālyodanam ikṣuyaṣṭis tittiridvayaṃ ca dattaṃ tena karmaṇā bahūni varṣāṇī bahūni varṣaśatāni bahūni varṣaśatasahasrāṇi divyamānuṣaṃ saukhyam anubhūtam; etarhy apy asya bhojanavelāyāṃ śālyodanam ikṣuyaṣṭis tittiridvayaṃ ekaḥ phelāyāṃ patati dvitīyo bhūmyāṃ.
rājñā prasenajitā kośalena śrutaṃ: mama bhagavatā evaṃ karmaplotir vyākṛtā; tad ayaṃ prāktanasya karmaṇaḥ phalavipāka iti viditvā bhagavati saśrāvakasaṃghe prasannaḥ; sa caivaṃ karmavipākāvarjitamatis tiṣṭhati; naimittikena ca vyākṛtam āryānandasya paṭṭabandho bhaviṣyati iti; yāvat prabhātāyāṃ rajanyām āyuṣmata ānandasya lalāṭe piṭako jātaḥ; rājñā prasenajitā kośalena śrutaṃ; tasyaitad abhavat; bhavati dakṣiṇīyeṣu kārān kṛtvā avandhyapuṇyaphalaviśeṣaḥ; yannv aham asya svayam evopasthānaṃ kūryām iti; tena sarvavaidyā āhūtaḥ: āryānandasya cikitsāṃ kuruta iti; te tasya cikitsāṃ kartum ārabdhāḥ; rājñā prasenajitā kośalena āyuṣmata ānandasya svayam eva śataśalākaṃ chatraṃ dhāritaṃ; śirāyāṃ ca muktāyāṃ lalāṭe ( A 446b ) paṭṭo baddhaḥ. ( SBV II 59 )
bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: kiṃ bhadantāyuṣmatānandena karma kṛtaṃ yasya karmaṇo vipākena rājñā prasenajitā kośalena mūrdhni śataśalākaṃ chatraṃ dhāritaṃ svayam eva śuklapaṭṭo baddhaḥ upasthānaṃ ca kṛtam iti; bhagavān āha: ānandenaiva bhikṣavaḥ bhikṣuṇā pūrvam anyāsu jātiṣu karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni pūrvavad yāvat phalanti khalu dehināṃ.
The story of the physician
(a previous birth of Ānanda)
bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo vārāṇasyām anyatamo vaidyaḥ prativasati; tasya samīpe pratyekabuddho glāna upasaṃkrāntaḥ; sa tena sarvopakaraṇaiḥ pravāritaḥ; svayam eva cikitsā kṛtā upasthānaṃ ca.
kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavaḥ? yo 'sau vaidya eṣa evāsau ānanadabhikṣuḥ tena kālena tena samayena; yad anena pratyekabuddhāya kārān kṛtvā praṇidhānaṃ kṛtaṃ tasya karmaṇo vipākena anekāni varṣāṇi varṣaśatāni varṣasahasrāṇi rājāmātyabrāhmaṇagṛhapatibhir asyopasthānaṃ kṛtaṃ; yāvad etarhy asya rājñā prasenajitā kośalena śatiśalākaṃ chatraṃ dhāritaṃ; svayaṃ copasthānaṃ kṛtam iti.
The Buddha chooses Ānanda as servant
atha bhagavān yathābhiramyaṃ śrāvastyāṃ viharati; yena śālā tena cārikāṃ <caran> prakrāntaḥ; anupūrveṇa cārikāṃ caran śālām anuprāptḥ; śālāyāṃ viharati brāhmaṇagrāmake; tena khalu samayena evaṃrūpā saṃbahulā sthavirasthavirā mahāśrāvakā bhagavataḥ sāmantakam upaniśritya viharanty araṇyakuṭikāyā<ṃ>, tadyathā āyuṣmān ājñātakauṇḍinyaḥ, āyuṣmān aśvajid bhadrikaḥ bāṣpaḥ mahānāmā yaśā pūrṇaḥ vimalaḥ gavāmpatiḥ subāhuḥ āyuṣmān śāriputraḥ āyuṣmān mahāmaudgalyāyanaḥ āyuṣmān mahākāśyapaḥ ( SBV II 60 ) āyuṣmān mahākauṣṭhilaḥ āyuṣmān mahākapphinaḥ āyuṣmān aniruddhaḥ nandikaḥ kimpilaḥ yaśā śālāviharīyakasthaviraḥ pūrṇaḥ kuṇḍopadhānīyakasthavira itīme cānye ca sthavirasthavirā mahāśrāvakā bhagavataḥ sāmantakam upaniśritya viharanti.
tatra bhagavān bhikṣūn āmantrayate sma: aham asmi bhikṣavaḥ etarhi jīrṇo vṛddho mahallakaḥ, klāmyāmi catasraḥ parṣado 'vavadituṃ bhikṣūn bhikṣuṇīḥ upāsikān upāsikyaḥ; utsāhayata me bhikṣavo bhikṣum upasthāyakaṃ yo mām upasthānaṃ kariṣyati manāpena nāmanāpena, bhāṣitaṃ codgrahīṣyati, svam arthaṃ ca na riṃciṣyati; athāyuṣmān ājñātakauṇḍinya utthāyāsanād ekāṃśam uttarāsaṅgaṃ kṛtvā yena bhagavāṃs tenāñjaliṃ praṇamayya bhagavantam idam avocat*: ahaṃ bhadantam upasthāsyāmi manāpena nāmanāpena, bhāṣitaṃ codgrahīṣyāmi, svaṃ cārthaṃ na riṃciṣyāmi; tvaṃ tāvat kauṇḍinya jīrṇo vṛddho mahallakaḥ; tavaiva tāvad upasthāyakena karaṇīyaṃ; niṣīda tvaṃ kauṇḍinya yathāsvake āsane; niṣaṇṇa āyuṣmān ( A 447a ) ājñātakauṇḍinyo yathāsvake āsane; athāyuṣmān aśvajid bhadrikaḥ bāṣpaḥ mahānāmā yaśā pūrṇaḥ vimalaḥ gavaṃpatiḥ subāhuḥ āyuṣmān śāriputraḥ āyuṣmān mahāmaudgalyāyanaḥ āyuṣmān mahākāśyapaḥ āyuṣmān mahākauṣṭhilaḥ āyuṣmān mahākapphinaḥ āyuṣmān aniruddhaḥ nandikaḥ kiṃpilaḥ yaśā śālāvihārīyakasthaviraḥ pūrṇaḥ kuṇḍopadhānīyakasthavira utthāyāsanād ekāṃśam uttarāsaṅgaṃ kṛtvā yena bhagavāṃs tenāñjaliṃ praṇamayya bhagavantam idam avocan*: ahaṃ bhadantam bhagavantam upasthāsyāmi manāpena nāmanāpena, bhāṣitaṃ codgrahīṣyāmi, svaṃ cārthaṃ na riṃciṣyāmi; tvam api pūrṇo jīrṇo vṛddho mahallakaḥ; tavaiva tāvad upasthāyakena karaṇīyaṃ; niṣīda tvaṃ pūrṇa yathāsvake āsane; niṣaṇṇa āyuṣmān pūrṇo yathāsvake āsane.

athāyuṣmato mahāmaudgalyāyanasyaitad abhavat*: kaḥ punar bhagavato bhikṣur abhipreta upasthāyako bhaviṣyati? yannv ahaṃ tadrūpaṃ samādhiṃ samāpadyeyaṃ yathā samāhite citte bhagavato mānasam ( SBV II 61 ) avalokayeyam; athāyuṣmān mahāmaudgalyāyanas tadrūpaṃ samādhiṃ samāpanno yathā samāhite citte bhagavataḥ mānasam avalokayati; adrākṣīd āyuṣmān mahāmaudgalyāyano bhagavato mānasaṃ āyuṣmaty ānande pratiṣṭhitam ānando me bhikṣur upasthāsyati manāpena nāmanāpena, bhāṣitaṃ codgrahīṣyati, svaṃ cārthaṃ na riṃciṣyati; dṛṣṭvā ca punas tasmāt samādher vyutthāyāyuṣmantaṃ śāriputram idam avocat*: yat khalu āyuṣman jānīyāḥ bhagavato mānasam āyuṣmaty ānande pratiṣṭhitam ānando me bhikṣur upasthāsyati manāpena nāmanāpena, bhāṣitaṃ codgrahīṣyati, svaṃ cārthaṃ na riṃciṣyati; tadyathā kūṭāgāre vā kūṭāgāraśālāyāṃ vā uttarāyatāyāṃ prācīnāyatāyāṃ pūrveṇa vātāyanena sūryaraśmayaḥ praviṣya paścimāṃ bhittiṃ niśritya tiṣṭheyuḥ; evam eva bhagavato mānasam āyuṣmaty ānande pratiṣṭhitam ānando me bhikṣur upasthāsyati manāpena nāmanāpena, bhāṣitaṃ codgrahīṣyati, svaṃ cārthaṃ na riṃciṣyati; ehi gatvā utsāhayāvaḥ.
athāyuṣmān chāriputra āyuṣmāṃ ca mahāmaudgalyāyano yenāyuṣmān ānandas tenopasaṃkrāntau; upasaṃkramyāyuṣmatā ānandena sārdhaṃ saṃmukhaṃ saṃmodanīṃ saṃrañjanīṃ vividhāṃ kathāṃ vyatisārya ekānte niṣaṇṇau; ekāntaniṣaṇṇāv āyuṣmatśāriputramaudgalyāyanau; āyuṣmān śāriputra āyuṣmantam ānandam idam avocat: utsaha tvam āyuṣman ānanda bhagavantam upasthātuṃ, maharddhikā te bhaviṣyati sugataparicaryā; nāhaṃ āyuṣman śāriputra utsahe bhagavantam upasthātuṃ; tat kasya hetoḥ; durāsadā hi buddhā bhagavanto duṣprasahāḥ; tadyathā agniḥ prajvalito durāsado bhavati duṣprasaho yadutārcirantarikayā, evam eva durāsadā buddhā bhagavanto duṣprasahāḥ; nāham utsahe bhagavantam upasthātuṃ; tadyathā siṃho mṛgarājā ( A 447b ) giriguhāgato durāsado bhavati duṣprasaho yaduta daṃṣṭrāntarikayā, evam eva durāsadā buddhā bhagavanto duṣprasahāḥ; tadyathā rājño nāgo matto mātaṅgaḥ kuñjaraḥ ṣaṣṭihāyana īṣādanto vyūḍhoraskaḥ saṃgrāmāvacaraḥ saṃgrāmamadhyagato durāsado bhavati duṣprasaho yaduta dantāntarikayā, evam eva durāsadā buddhā bhagavanto duṣprasahāḥ; nāhaṃ āyuṣman śāriputra utsahe bhagavantam upasthātuṃ. ( SBV II 62 )
athāyuṣmān mahāmaudgalyāyana āyuṣmantam ānandam idam avocat: yat khalu āyuṣman jānīyaḥ bhagavato mānasam āyuṣmaty ānande pratiṣṭhitam ānando me bhikṣur upasthāsyati manāpena nāmanāpena, bhāṣitaṃ codgrahīṣyati, svaṃ cārthaṃ na riṃciṣyati; tadyathā kūṭāgāre vā kūṭāgāraśālāyāṃ vā uttarāyatāyāṃ prācīnāyatāyāṃ pūrveṇa vātāyanena sūryaraśmayaḥ praviṣya paścimāṃ bhittiṃ niśritya tiṣṭheyuḥ; evam eva bhagavato mānasam āyuṣmaty ānande pratiṣṭhitam ānando me bhikṣur upasthāsyati manāpena nāmanāpena, bhāṣitaṃ codgrahīṣyati, svaṃ cārthaṃ na riṃciṣyati; utsaha tvam āyuṣman ānanda bhagavantam upasthātuṃ, maharddhikā te bhaviṣyati sugataparicaryā; evam aham āyuṣmān mahāmaudgalyāyana utasahe bhagavantam upasthātuṃ sacen me bhagavān trīn varān dadyāt, nāhaṃ bhagavato nirvasanaṃ cīvaraṃ dhārayeyaṃ; nāhaṃ bhagavataḥ paudgalikaṃ nimantraṇaṃ svīkūryāṃ; na ca me kaścid akālaḥ syād bhagavantaṃ darśanāyopasaṃkramituṃ paryupāsanāya; sacen me āyuṣman mahāmaudgalyāyana bhagavān imān trīn varāṃ dadyāt, evam aham utsahe bhagavantam upasthātuṃ, nānyathā.

athāyuṣmān mahāmaudgalyāyana āyuṣmān śāriputra āyuṣmantam ānandaṃ bhagavata upasthāyakam utsāhya yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṃkrāntau; upasaṃkramya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvaikānte niṣaṇṇau; ekāntaniṣaṇṇo āyuṣmān mahāmaudgalyāyano bhagavantam idam avocat*: utsāhita āvābhyaṃ bhadanta bhikṣur bhagavata upasthāyako yadutāyuṣmān ānanda; sa evam āha: sacen me āyuṣman mahāmaudgalyāyana bhagavāṃs trīn varān dadyād evam aham utsahe bhagavantam upasthātuṃ; nāhaṃ bhagavato nirvasanaṃ cīvaraṃ dhārayeyaṃ, nāhaṃ bhagavataḥ paudgalikaṃ nimantraṇaṃ svīkūryāṃ; na ca me kaścid akālaḥ syād bhagavantaṃ darśanāyopasaṃkramituṃ paryupāsanāya; saced bhagavān imān trīn varān dadyāt, evam aham utsahe bhagavantam upasthātuṃ; sādhu sādhu maudgalyāyana paṇḍita ānando bhikṣuḥ; sa paśyaty anāgataṃ ( SBV II 63 ) sabrahmacāriṇām antikād vādānuvādaṃ garhasthānīyaṃ dharmaṃ; syur me atonidānaṃ sabrahmacāriṇo vaktāraḥ, cīvarahetor ānando bhikṣuḥ śāstāram upatiṣṭhati; maudgalyāyana ānandasya bhikṣor āścaryādbhuto dharmaḥ; sādhu sādhu maudgalyāyana paṇḍita ānando bhikṣuḥ; sa paśyaty anāgataṃ sabrahmacāriṇām antikād vādānuvādaṃ garhasthānīyaṃ dharmaṃ; syur me atonidānaṃ sabrahmacāriṇo vaktāraḥ, ( A 448a ) piṇḍapātahetor ānando bhikṣuḥ śāstāram upatiṣṭhati; sādhu sādhu maudgalyāyana paṇḍita ānando bhikṣuḥ kālajñaḥ kālavit*; sa kālaṃ jñāsyaty ayaṃ me kālo bhagavantaṃ darśanayopasaṃkramitum, ayam akālaḥ; ayaṃ kālo bhikṣusaṃghasya bhikṣuṇīsaṃghasya upāsakaparṣadaḥ upāsikāparṣadaḥ ayaṃ kālo 'nyatīrthikaparivrājakānāṃ darśanayopasaṃkramitum, ayam akālaḥ; amī anyatīrthikaparivrājikā bhagavataḥ kathāprātibhānikā amī na kathāprātibhānikāḥ; idaṃ khādanīyabhojanīyaṃ bhagavataḥ sukhopacayāya saṃvarteta, idaṃ na saukhopacayāya; maudgalyāyana paṇḍita ānando bhikṣuḥ kālajñaḥ kālavit; sa kālaṃ jñāsyati ayaṃ me kālo bhagavantaṃ darśanayopasaṃkramitum, ayam akālaḥ; ayaṃ kālo bhikṣusaṃghasya bhikṣuṇīsaṃghasyopāsakaparṣadaḥ upāsikāparṣadaḥ ayaṃ kālo 'nyatīrthikaparivrājakānāṃ bhagavantaṃ darśanayopasaṃkramitum, ayam akālaḥ; amī anyatīrthikaparivrājikā bhagavataḥ kathāprātibhānikā amī na kathāprātibhānikāḥ; idaṃ khādanīyabhojanīyaṃ bhagavataḥ sukhopacayāya saṃvarteta, idaṃ na saukhopacayāya; ayaṃ maudgalyāyana ānandasya bhikṣor āścaryādbhuto dharmaḥ; sādhu sādhu maudgalyāyana paṇḍita ānando bhikṣuḥ; sa cetaḥparyāyakuśalaḥ; evaṃ saṃjñāsyati tathāgataṃ sāyāhne pratisaṃlayanād vyutthitaṃ nimittena vā parikathayā vā ādeṣṭum; anena cānena ca sukhavihāreṇa bhagavān bahulaṃ vyāhārṣīd; anena cānena ca sukhavihāreṇa sugato bahulaṃ vyāhārṣīd; yac ca yadā ādekṣyati tat sarvaṃ tathaiva bhaviṣyati, nānyathā; ayaṃ maudgalyāyana ānandasya bhikṣor āścaryādbhuto dharmaḥ; sa tathāgatam upasthāsyati manāpena nāmanāpena, bhāṣitaṃ codgrahīṣyati, svaṃ cārthaṃ na riṃciṣyati; yan maudgalyāyanānando bhikṣuḥ tathāgatam upasthāsyati manāpena nāmanāpena, ( SBV II 64 ) bhāṣitaṃ codgrahīṣyati, svaṃ cārthaṃ na riṃciṣyati, ayam ānandasya bhikṣoḥ āścaryādbhuto dharmaḥ.
yadāyuṣmadbhyāṃ śāriputramaudgalyāyanābhyām āyuṣmān ānando bhagavata upasthāyaka utsāhitaḥ, bhagavatā cānuvarṇitaḥ, tadā bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: kiṃ bhadanta āyuṣmatā ānandena karma kṛtaṃ yasya karmaṇo vipākena bhagavato bhrātā saṃvṛttaḥ, upasthāyako, bahuśrutaḥ., śrutadharaḥ, śrutasannicaya iti; bhagavān āha: ānandenaiva bhikṣavaḥ bhikṣuṇā karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni pūrvavad yāvat phalanti khalu dehināṃ.
The story of Bhānumān and Bhānumantaḥ
(concerning a previous birth of Ānanda)
bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo vārāṇasyāṃ nagaryāṃ bhānur nāma rājā rājyaṃ kārayati ṛddhaṃ ca yāvad ākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca; sa devyā sārdhaṃ krīḍati ramate paricārayati; tasya krīḍato ramamāṇasya paricārayataḥ putro jātaḥ; tasya jātau jātimahaṃ kṛtvā nāmadheyaṃ vyavasthāpyate, kiṃ bhavatu dārakasya nāmeti; amātyāḥ kathayanti; ( A 448b ) pitāsya bhānuḥ, tasmād bhavatu dārakasya bhānumān iti nāma; tasya bhānumān iti nāma kṛtaṃ; sa unnīto vardhito mahān saṃvṛttaḥ; pitrā yauvarājye 'bhiṣiktaḥ; bhūyo 'py asya krīḍato ramamāṇasya paricārayataḥ putro jātaḥ; tasyāpi jātau jātimahaṃ kṛtvā bhānumanta iti nāma kṛtaṃ; bhānumān kumāro naiṣkramyābhinandī; sa pitaraṃ paśyati dharmādharmeṇa rājyaṃ kārayantaṃ; sa saṃlakṣayati; aham api pitur atyayād rājā bhaviṣyāmi; aham api dharmādharmeṇa rājyaṃ kārayitvā narakaparāyaṇo bhaviṣyāmi iti; sa pituḥ sakāśam upasaṃkrāntaḥ pādayor nipatya kathayati: deva anujānīhi pravrajāmi iti; sa kathayati: putra yasyārthe yajñā ijyante homā hūyante tapāṃsi tapyante tat tava karatalagataṃ rājyaṃ; kasyārthe pravrajasi iti; sa nivāryamāṇo 'pi nāvatiṣṭhate; rājñā avaśyanirbandhaṃ jñātvā anujñātaḥ; sa ṛṣīṇāṃ madhye pravrajitaḥ; rājñā bhānumantaḥ kumāro yauvarājye abhiṣiktaḥ; bhānumatā ṛṣimadhye pravrajitena ekānte prakramya anācāryakeṇa anupādhyāyakena pratyekabodhiḥ sākṣātkṛtā; so 'pareṇa samayena glānaḥ saṃvṛttaḥ; sa itaś cānutaś ca paribhraman vārāṇasīm anuprāptaḥ; rājñā śrutaṃ; bhānumatā ( SBV II 65 ) pratyekabodhiḥ sākṣātkṛtā, sa ceha iti; sa tasya sakāśam upasaṃkrāntaḥ pādayor nipatya kathayati: maharṣe tvaṃ piṇḍakenārthī, ahaṃ puṇyena; ihaiva madīye udyāne prativasa; ahaṃ te sarvopakaraṇair vaighātaṃ karomi iti; tenādhivāsitaṃ; rājñā tasya bhānumantaḥ kumāraḥ upasthāyako dattaḥ; sa tasyopasthānaṃ kartuṃ pravṛttaḥ; pratyekabuddhena tasya alpalakṣaṇaṃ dṛṣṭaṃ, saptāhasyātyayāt kālaṃ kariṣyatīti; sa tenoktaḥ: bhrātaḥ kimarthaṃ na pravrajasi? iti; sa kathayati: maharṣe pravrajāmi; yady evaṃ gaccha, pitaram avalokya; sa rājñaḥ sakāśaṃ gataḥ; deva anujānīhi māṃ, pravrajāmi; rājā kathayati: tava bhrātā pravrajitaḥ; mamātyayāt tvam eva rājā; kimarthaṃ pravrajasi iti; sa na labhate pravrajyāṃ; sa pratyekabuddhaḥ svayam eva rājñaḥ sakāśam upasaṃkrāntaḥ; upasaṃkramya gāthayā kathayati:
muñca bhāno bhānumantaṃ pravrājayati bhānumān /
pravrajyā śreyasi bhāno yasmāt saṃvarṇitā jinaiḥ // iti;
rājā kathayati: maharṣe tvaṃ pravrajitaḥ; eṣa mamātyayād rājā bhaviṣyati; ihaiva dānāni dāsyati; puṇyāni kariṣyati; kimarthaṃ pravrajati iti; pratyekabuddho gāthāṃ bhāṣate:

anyathā cintitā hy arthā anyathā parivartitāḥ /
alpakaṃ jīvitaṃ bhāno paraṃ saptāham eva tu //
maharṣe asya saptāhaṃ jīvitaṃ? pratyekabuddhaḥ kathayati, saptāhaṃ; rājā kathayati: maharṣe yady evam anujñāto bhavatu; pravrājaya; sa ātmanaḥ alpakaṃ jīvitaṃ jñātvā tīvreṇa prasādena tasyopasthānaṃ kartum ārabdhaḥ; sa pratyekabuddho vyāvābādhikaḥ; tasya pātraṃ karatale hṛhītvā bhuṃjānasya vāyunā hastaḥ kampate; tatas tena rājakumāreṇa kaṭakam avatārya pātrasya ( A 449a ) ādhārako dattaḥ; tatpātraṃ niścalaṃ sthitaṃ; sa taṃ dṛṣṭvā praṇidhānaṃ kartum ārabdhaḥ: yathaitat pātraṃ niścalaṃ, evaṃ mamānena ( SBV II 66 ) kuśalamūlena ye dharmasantāne praviśeyuḥ te niścalā avatiṣṭheyuḥ iti; sa tasya pūrvaṃ parimaṇḍalaiḥ padavyañjanair dharmaṃ deśayati; sa kathayati: tvaṃ pūrvam āgārikabhūtaḥ parimaṇḍalaparimaṇḍalaiḥ padair vyañjanair dharmaṃ deśayasi; idānīṃ tvayā pratyekabodhiḥ sākṣātkṛtā; kimarthaṃ na deśayasi iti; sa kathayati: nāhaṃ deśayāmi; artho ko deśayati? ye te tathāgatā arhantaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhāḥ te buddhā bhagavantaḥ parimaṇḍalaparimaṇḍalaiḥ padavyañjanair dharmaṃ deśayanti iti; tena praṇidhānaṃ kṛtaṃ; yo 'sau buddho bhagavān parimaṇḍalaparimaṇḍalaiḥ padavyañjanair dharmaṃ deśayati, tasyāhaṃ bhrātā syām upasthāyakaś ca; sa tena pratyekabuddhena pravrājitaḥ uktaś ca: vatsa etad eva te manasi kartavyaṃ mayā saptāhasyātyayāt martavyam iti; tena tena saptāhena na kiṃcid adhigataṃ; sa maraṇakālasamaye praṇidhānaṃ karoti; anenāhaṃ kuśalamūlena tasya bhagavatas tathāgatasyārhataḥ samyaksaṃbuddhasya śāsane pravrajya bahuśrutaḥ syāṃ, śrutadharaḥ, śrutasannicaya iti.
kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo yo 'sau rājakumāraḥ pratyekabuddhasya bhrātā eṣa evāsāv ānando bhikṣuḥ; yad anena pratyekabuddhasya bhrātur upasthānaṃ kṛtvā praṇidhānaṃ kṛtaṃ tasya karmaṇo vipākena bhagavato bhrātā saṃvṛttaḥ upasthāyako bahuśrutaḥ śrutadharaḥ śrutasannicayaś ca.
bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: kiṃ bhadanta āyuṣmatā ānandena karma kṛtaṃ yasya karmaṇo vipākena bhagavatā bahuśrutāṇāṃ śrutadharāṇāṃ śrutasannicayāṇām agro nirdiṣṭa iti; bhagavān āha: ānandenaiva bhikṣavo bhikṣuṇā karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni labdhasaṃbhārāṇi pūrvavad yāvat phalanti khalu dehināṃ.
Ānanda is the foremost among the learned monks
bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo 'sminn eva bhadrake kalpe viṃśativarṣaśatāyuṣi prajāyāṃ kāśyapo nāma samyaksaṃbuddho loka udapādi, vidyācaraṇasaṃpannaḥ yāvad buddho bhagavān; sa vārāṇasīṃ nagarīm ( SBV II 67 ) upaniśritya viharati ṛṣivadane mṛgadāve; tasyāyaṃ pravacane pravrajitaḥ; tatrānena na kaścid guṇagaṇo 'dhigataḥ; yasya sakāśe pravrajitaḥ bhagavatā kāśyapena bahuśrutānāṃ śrutadharāṇāṃ śrutasannicayānām agro vyākṛtaḥ; sa maraṇakālasamaye praṇidhānaṃ karoti: yan mayā bhagavati kāśyape samyaksaṃbuddhe anuttare dakṣiṇīye yāvadāyur brahmacaryaṃ caritaṃ, na kaścid guṇagaṇo 'dhigataḥ; anenāhaṃ kuśalamūlena yo 'sau bhagavatā kāśyapena samyaksaṃbuddhena uttaro māṇavo vyākṛtaḥ, bhaviṣyasi tvaṃ māṇava varṣaśatāyuṣi prajāyāṃ śākyamunir nāma tathāgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddha iti; tasyāhaṃ pravacane pravrajya sarvakleśaprahāṇād arhatvaṃ sākṣātkuryām; yathā ca me upādhyāyo bhagavatā kāśyapena samyaksaṃbuddhena bahudhārāṇām ( A 449b ) śrutadharāṇāṃ śrutasannicayāṇām agro vyākṛtaḥ; evaṃ mām api sa bhagavān śākyamunir śākyādhirāja bahuśrutānāṃ śrutadharāṇāṃ śrutasannicayānām agraṃ vyākuryād; iti hi bhikṣavaḥ ekāntakṛṣṇānām iti yāvad ity evaṃ vo bhikṣavaḥ śikṣitavyam.
uddānaṃ:
ṛddhiḥ śāstā tṛkā vaktā caṇḍālenāyaṃ gayā /
yasya caite parādhyanti satvaśrāṇāś ca kukkurāḥ // ( SBV II 68 )
Famine in Rājagṛha
cf. Matsuda, "A Vinaya Fragment of the MSV from 'Bendall's Puka'", Fests. Bechert (1997)
bhagavān rājagṛhe viharati venuvane kalandakanivāpe; tena khalu samayena durbhikṣam abhūt kṛcchraḥ kāntāro durlabhaḥ piṇḍako yācanakena; tatra ye bhikṣavaḥ ṛddher lābhinas te yasyā jambvā nāmnā jambūdvīpaḥ prajñāyate tato varṇagandharasopetānāṃ jambūpeśīnāṃ pātrapūram ādāya ātmanā paribhuṃjate; sataś ca śeṣeṇa bhikṣūn saṃvibhajante; yadvā punar asyās sāmantakena bilvavanaṃ kapitthavanam āmalakīvanaṃ tato varṇagandharasopetānām āmalakapeśīnāṃ pātrapūram ādāya ātmanā paribhuṃjate; śataś ca śeṣeṇa bhikṣūn saṃvibhajante; uttarakurudvīpaṃ gatvā akṛṣṭoptasya taṇḍulaphalaśāleḥ pātrapūram ādāya ātmanā paribhuṃjate; śataś ca śeṣeṇa bhikṣūn saṃvibhajante; cāturmahārājikān trayastriṃśān devān gatvā divyāyāḥ sudhāyāḥ pātrapūram ādāya ātmanā paribhuṃjate; śataś ca śeṣeṇa bhikṣūn saṃvibhajante; ye vā te janapadāḥ ṛddhāś ca yāvad ākirṇabahujanamanuṣyāś ca tataḥ śucinaḥ praṇītasya khādanīyabhojanīyasya pātrapūram ādāya ātmanā paribhuṃjate; śataś ca śeṣeṇa bhikṣūn saṃvibhajante.
Devadatta strives to win magical power

cf. Matsuda, "A Vinaya Fragment of the MSV from 'Bendall's Puka'", Festsch. Bechert (1997)
atha devadattasya etad abhavat*: etarhi durbhikṣaṃ kṛcchraḥ kāntāro durlabhaḥ piṇḍako yācanakena; ye bhikṣavaḥ ṛddhilābhinas te yasyā jambvā nāmnā jambūdvīpaḥ prajñāyate tato varṇagandharasopetānāṃ jambūpeśīnāṃ pātrapūram ādāya ātmanā paribhuṃjate; sataś ca śeṣeṇa bhikṣūn saṃvibhajante; yadvā punar asyās sāmantakena bilvavanaṃ kapitthavanam āmalakīvanaṃ tato varṇagandharasopetānām āmalakapeśīnāṃ pātrapūram ādāya ātmanā paribhuṃjate; śataś ca śeṣeṇa bhikṣūn saṃvibhajante; uttarakurudvīpaṃ gatvā akṛṣṭoptasya taṇḍulaphalaśāleḥ pātrapūram ādāya ātmanā paribhuṃjate; śataś ca śeṣeṇa bhikṣūn saṃvibhajante; cāturmahārājikān trayastriṃśān devān gatvā divyāyāḥ sudhāyāḥ pātrapūram ādāya ātmanā paribhuṃjate; śataś ca śeṣeṇa bhikṣūn saṃvibhajante; ye vā te janapadāḥ ṛddhāś ca yāvad ākirṇabahujanamanuṣyāś ca tataḥ śucinaḥ praṇītasya khādanīyabhojanīyasya pātrapūram ādāya ātmanā paribhuṃjate; śataś ca śeṣeṇa bhikṣūn saṃvibhajante; aham api yadi ṛddher lābhī syām aham api yasyā jambvā nāmnā jambūdvīpaḥ prajñāyate tato varṇagandharasopetānāṃ jambūpeśīnāṃ pātrapūram ādāya ātmanā paribhuṃjīya; sataś ca śeṣeṇa bhikṣūn saṃvibhajante; yadvā punar asyās sāmantakena bilvavanaṃ kapitthavanam āmalakīvanaṃ tato varṇagandharasopetānām āmalakapeśīnāṃ pātrapūram ādāya ātmanā paribhuṃjate; śataś ca śeṣeṇa bhikṣūn saṃvibhajante; uttarakurudvīpaṃ gatvā akṛṣṭoptasya taṇḍulaphalaśāleḥ pātrapūram ādāya ātmanā paribhuṃjate; śataś ca śeṣeṇa bhikṣūn saṃvibhajante; cāturmahārājikān trayastriṃśān devān gatvā divyāyāḥ sudhāyāḥ pātrapūram ādāya ātmanā paribhuṃjate; śataś ca śeṣeṇa bhikṣūn saṃvibhajante; ye vā te janapadāḥ ṛddhāś ca yāvad ākirṇabahujanamanuṣyāś ca tataḥ śucinaḥ praṇītasya khādanīyabhojanīyasya pātrapūram ādāya ātmanā paribhuṃjate; śataś ca śeṣeṇa bhikṣūn saṃvibhajante. ( A 450a ) atha ko nu me pratilabhaḥ syād ṛddher mārgaṃ vyapadeṣṭum iti; atha devadatto yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ; upasaṃkramya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā ekānte asthāt*; ekāntasthito devadatto bhagavantam idam avocat*; vyapadiśatu me bhagavān ṛddher mārgam iti; atha bhagavān devadattasya idam evaṃrūpaṃ pāpakam icchāgatam utpannaṃ viditvā devadattam idam ( SBV II 69 ) avocat: adhiśīle tvaṃ gautama yoniśo manasi kuru, ṛddhiś ca te bhaviṣyati, anyac ca; adhicitte adhiprajñe tvaṃ gautama yoniśo manasi kuru; ṛddhiś ca te bhaviṣyati, anyac ca; atha devadattasyaitad abhavat: na vyapadiśati me bhagavān ṛddher mārgam iti viditvā prakrāntaḥ; yena āyuṣmān ājñātakauṇḍinyas tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ; upasaṃkramya āyuṣmantam ājñātakauṇḍinyam idam avocat: vyapadiśatu me sthavira ṛddher mārgaṃ; athāyuṣmān ājñātakauṇḍinyo bhagavato mānasaṃ vyavalokya devadattasya cedam evaṃrūpaṃ pāpakam icchāgataṃ viditvā devadattam idam avocat: rūpaṃ tvaṃ devadatta yoniśo manasi kuru, ṛddhiś ca te bhaviṣyati, anyac ca; atha devadattasyaitad abhavat: sthaviro 'pi me kauṇḍinyo na vyapadiśati ṛddher mārgam iti viditvā āyuṣmān aśvajid bhadriko bāṣpo mahānāmā pūrṇo vimalo gavaṃpatiḥ subāhur yena paṃca sthaviraśatāni tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ; upasaṃkramya paṃca sthaviraśatāni idam avocat: vyapadiśantu me sthavirā ṛddher mārgaṃ; atha paṃca sthaviraśatāni bhagavato mānasaṃ vyavalokya sthavirasthavirāṇāṃ ca bhikṣūṇāṃ devadattasya cedam evaṃrūpaṃ pāpakam icchāgataṃ viditvā devadattam idam avocat: rūpaṃ tvaṃ devadatta yoniśo manasi kuru, ṛddhiś ca te bhaviṣyati, anyac ca; vedanāsaṃjñāsaṃskārān vijñānaṃ tvaṃ devadatta yoniśo manasi kuru, ṛddhiś ca te bhaviṣyati, anyac ca; atha devadattasyaitad abhavat: paṃcāpi sthaviraśatāni ṛddher mārgaṃ na vyapadiśanti; kiṃ punar ebhir āyuṣmadbhir bhagavatā sārdhaṃ purvam eva saṅgītaṃ bhaviṣyati? tathā hi me na kaścid vyapadiśanti ṛddher mārgaṃ; atha devadattasyaitad abhavat*: atha ko nu me pratibalaḥ syād ṛddher mārgaṃ vyapadeṣṭuṃ?
Daśabalakāśyapa teaches to Devadatta the way to obtain magical power
cf. Matsuda, "A Vinaya Fragment of the MSV from 'Bendall's Puka'", Festsch. Bechert (1997)
tena khalu samayena āyuṣmān daśabalakāśyapo rāhagṛhe viharati senikāguhāyaṃ ( A 450b ) atha devadattasyaitad abhavat*: ayaṃ sthaviro daśabalakāśyapo dīrgharātram aśaṭha amāyāvī; ṛjukaṛjukajātīyo bhrātṛsālohitasya ca me nandasya upādhyāyo bhavati; pratibalaś ca me sthaviro daśabalakāśyapaḥ ṛddher mārgaṃ vyapadeṣṭum iti viditvā yenāyuṣmān daśabalakāśyapas tena upasaṃkrāntaḥ; upasaṃkramya ( SBV II 70 ) āyuṣmato daśabalakāśyapasya pādau śirasā vanditvā ekānte asthāt*; ekāntasthito devadattaḥ āyuṣmantaṃ daśabalakāśyapam idam avocat*: vyapadiśatu me sthaviro ṛddher mārgaṃ; athāyuṣmān daśabalakāśyapaḥ bhagavato mānasam avyavalokya sthavirasthavirāṇāṃ ca bhikṣūṇāṃ devadattasya cedam evaṃrūpaṃ pāpakam icchāgatam utpannam ity aviditvā ṛddher mārgaṃ vyapadiśati; tatra devadattena pūrvarātrāpararātraṃ jāgarikāyogam anuyuktena viharatā prathamaṃ dhyānaṃ niśritya ṛddhir abhinirhṛtā; sa eko bhūtvā bahudhā bhavati; bahudhā bhūtvā ekībhavati: āvirbhāvatirobhāvaṃ jñānadarśanena pratyanubhavati; tiraḥkuḍyaṃ tiraḥśailaṃ tiraḥprākāram asajjamānena kāyena gacchati tadyathā ākāśe; pṛthivyāṃ unmajjananimajjanaṃ karoti tadyathā udake; udake 'py abhinnasroto gacchati tadyathā pṛthivyām; ākāśe paryaṅkena krāmati tadyathā pakṣī śakunakaḥ imau vā sūryācandramasau evaṃmahardhikāv evaṃmahānubhāvau pāṇinā āmārṣṭi parimārṣṭi.

atha devadattasyaitad abhavat*: kiṃ punar me yasyā jambvā nāmnā jambūdvīpaḥ prajñāyate tato varṇagandharasopetānāṃ jambūpeśīnāṃ pātrapūram ādāya ātmanā paribhoktuṃ? sataś ca bhikṣūn śeṣeṇa saṃvibhaktuṃ? yadvā punar asyās sāmantakena bilvavanaṃ kapitthavanam āmalakīvanaṃ tato varṇagandharasopetānām āmalakapeśīnāṃ pātrapūram ādāya ātmanā paribhoktuṃ? śataś ca bhikṣūn śeṣeṇa saṃvibhaktuṃ? uttarakurudvīpaṃ gatvā akṛṣṭoptasya taṇḍulaphalaśāleḥ pātrapūram ādāya ātmanā paribhoktuṃ? śataś ca bhikṣūn śeṣeṇa saṃvibhaktuṃ? cāturmahārājikān trayastriṃśān ca devān gatvā divyāyāḥ sudhāyāḥ pātrapūram ādāya ātmanā paribhoktuṃ? śataś ca bhikṣūn śeṣeṇa saṃvibhaktuṃ? ye vā te janapadā ṛddhāś ca yāvad ākirṇabahujanamanuṣyāś ca tataḥ śucinaḥ praṇītasya khādanīyabhojanīyasya pātrapūram ādāya ātmanā paribhoktuṃ? śataś ca bhikṣūn śeṣeṇa saṃvibhaktuṃ?
Devadatta seduces Prince Ajātaśatru
atha devadattasyaitad abhavat*: kiṃ punar aham asmin magadhakṣetre pradhānapuruṣam anvāvartayeyaṃ: yasminn anvāvṛtte ( SBV II 71 ) akṛcchreṇa mahājanakāyo 'nvāvarteta; atha devadattasyaitead abhavat*: ayam ajātaśatruḥ kumāraḥ pitur atyayāt paitryarājyaiśvaryādhipatye pratiṣṭhāsyati; yannv aham ajātaśatrum anvāvartayeyaṃ; yasmin me anvāvṛtte alpakṛcchreṇa mahājanakāyo 'nvāvartiṣyate; atha devadattaḥ abhijāto hastyājāneyo bhūtvā ajātaśatroḥ kumārasya ( A 451a ) niveśanam apadvāreṇa praviśya dvāreṇa pratiniṣkrāmati; dvāreṇa praviśya apadvāreṇa pratiniṣkrāmati abhijātaḥ aśvājāneyaḥ bhikṣur api muṇḍaḥ saṅghāṭīprāvṛtaḥ; dahro 'pīdānīṃ kumāraḥ suvarṇamekhalādhārī bhūtvā ajātaśatroḥ kumārasya utsaṅge āvartate; parivartate saṃvartate; ajātaśatrur api enaṃ kumāram āliṅgati cumbati pariṣvajati; apīdānīṃ kheṭapiṇḍam apy āsye prakṣipati; tad api devadatto 'bhyavaharati yathāpital lābhasatkāreṇa abhibhūtaḥ paryādattacittaḥ iti; tatrājātaśatruḥ kumāro bhūyasyā mātrayā pāpakaṃ dṛṣṭigataṃ pratilabdhavān: mahardhikataro batāryo devadattaḥ śāstur antikāt* iti; prasannaś cāsya prasannādhikāram akārṣīt; paṃcamātrai rathaśataiḥ sārdhaṃ sāyaṃ ca prātaś ca upasthānakaro niryāti; paṃcamātrāṇi cāsya sthālīpākaśatāni bhaktābhisāre bhaktābhisāre upasaṃharati; devadatto 'pi paṃcamātrair bhikṣuśatair bhaktāgra upaniṣīdati.
The gifts and honours of Ajātaśatru infatuate Devadatta and his magical powers leave him entirely
atha saṃbahulā bhikṣavaḥ pūrvāhṇe nivāsya pātracīvaram ādāya rājagṛhaṃ piṇḍāya prāvikṣan; aśrauṣuḥ saṃbahulā bhikṣavaḥ rājagṛhaṃ piṇḍāya carantaḥ; devadattasya ayam evaṃrūpo lābhasatkāra udapādi; rājāsya māgadhaḥ ajātaśatruḥ vaidehīputraḥ paṃcamātrai rathaśataiḥ sārdhaṃ sāyaṃ ca prātaś ca upasthānakaro niryāti; paṃcamātrāṇi cāsya sthālīpākaśatāni bhaktābhisāre bhaktābhisāre upasaṃharati; devadattaḥ paṃcamātrair bhikṣuśataiḥ sārdhaṃ bhaktāgra ( SBV II 72 ) upaniṣīdati iti; śrutvā punaḥ rājagṛhaṃ piṇḍāya caritvā kṛtabhaktakṛtyāḥ paścādbhaktapiṇḍapātapratikrāntaḥ pātracīvaraṃ pratiśamayya pādau prakṣālya yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṃkrantāḥ; upasaṃkramya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā ekānte niṣaṇṇāḥ; ekāntaniṣaṇṇāḥ saṃbahulā bhikṣavo bhagavantam idam avocan: iha vayaṃ bhadanta saṃbahulā bhikṣavaḥ pūrvāhṇe nivāsya pātracīvaram ādāya rājagṛhaṃ prāvikṣāma; aśrauṣma vayaṃ bhadanta saṃbahulā bhikṣavo rājagṛhaṃ piṇḍāya caranto: devadattasyāyam evaṃrūpo lābhsatkāraḥ udapādi; rājasya māgadhaḥ ajātaśatrur vaidehīputraḥ paṃcamātrai rathaśataiḥ sārdhaṃ sāyaṃ ca prātaś ca upasthānakaro niryāti; paṃcamātrāṇi cāsya sthālīpākaśatāni bhaktābhisāre bhaktābhisāre upasaṃharati; devadatto 'pi paṃcamātrair bhikṣuśataiḥ sārdhaṃ bhaktāgra upaniṣīdati; mā yūyaṃ bhikṣavo devadattasya lābhasatkāraṃ spṛhayata; tat kasya hetoḥ? vadhāya devadattasya lābhasatkāraḥ; parābhavāya devadattasya lābhasatkāraḥ; tadyathā bhikṣavo vadhāya kadalī phalaṃ dadāti parābhavāya kadalī phalaṃ dadāti; evam eva vadhāya ( A 451b ) devadattasya lābhasatkāraḥ; parābhavāya devadattasya lābhasatkāraḥ; tadyathā vadhāya veṇur naḍaḥ phalaṃ dadāti; evam eva vadhāya devadattasya lābhasatkāraḥ; parābhavāya devadattasya lābhasatkāraḥ; tadyathā vadhāya aśvatarī garbhaṃ gṛhṇāti; parābhavāya aśvatarī garbhaṃ gṛhṇāti; evam eva vadhāya devadattasya lābhasatkāraḥ; yāvac ca bhikṣavo devadattasya ayam evaṃrūpo lābhasatkāraḥ utpadyate, tat kasya bhaviṣyati mohapuruṣasya dīrgharātram anarthāya duḥkhāya; tasmāt tarhi bhikṣavaḥ evaṃ śikṣitavyaṃ yal lābhasatkāram abhibhaviṣyāmaḥ; na ca na utpanno lābhasatkāraḥ cittaṃ paryādāya sthāsyati; ity evaṃ vo bhikṣavaḥ śikṣitavyaṃ;
phalaṃ vai kadalīṃ hanti phalaṃ veṇuṃ phalaṃ naḍam* /
<satkāraḥ> puruṣaṃ hanti svagarbho 'śvatarīṃ yathā // ( SBV II 73 )
yāvad eva hy anarthāya jñāto bhavati bāliśaḥ /
hanti bālasya śuklāṃsaṃ mūrdhno 'py asya nipātayat* //
atha devadattasya lābhasatkārābhibhūtasya paryādattacittasya idam evaṃrūpo pāpakam icchāgatam utpannam: etarhi bhagavān jīrṇo vṛddho mahallakaḥ klāmyati catasraḥ parṣado 'vavaditum; aho vata bhagavān mama bhikṣusaṃghaṃ pratinisṛjet; ahaṃ bhikṣusaṃghaṃ parikarṣayeyaṃ; bhagavān alpotsuko viharet dṛṣṭadharmasukhavihāram anuyuktaḥ iti; sahacittotpādāt sa punar devadattas tasya ṛddheḥ parihīṇaḥ; parihīṇaś ca punar nājñāsīd ity apy ahaṃ parihīṇaḥ iti.
Maudgalyāyana informs the Buddha as Devadatta is aiming at the direction of the congregation

tena khalu samayena kakudo bhikṣuḥ kroḍaputro bhagavataḥ śrāvako bhagavato 'ntike brahmacaryaṃ caritvā caturo brahmavihārān bhāvayitvā, kāmeṣu kāmacchandaṃ prahāya, tadbahulavihārī brahmalokasabhāgatāyām utpannaḥ; tena khalu samayena āyuṣmān mahāmaudgalyāyanaḥ bhārgaveṣu viharati śiśumāragirau bhīṣaṇikāvane mṛgadāve; atha kakudo brahmā devadattaṃ tasyā ṛddheḥ parihīṇaṃ viditvā, tadyathā balavān puruṣaḥ saṃkucitaṃ vā bāhuṃ prasārayet, prasāritaṃ vā saṃkucayed evam eva kakudo brahmā brahmaloke 'ntarhito bhārgaveṣu pratyaṣṭhād āyuṣmato mahāmaudgalyāyanasya purastād; atha kakudo brahmā āyuṣmantaṃ mahāmaudgalyāyanam idam avocat*; yat khalu bhadanta maudgalyāyana jānīyā devadattasya lābhasatkāreṇābhibhūtasya paryādattacittasya idam evaṃrūpo pāpakam icchāgatam utpannam: etarhi bhagavān jīrṇo vṛddho mahallakaḥ klāmyati catasraḥ parṣado 'vavaditum; aho ( SBV II 74 ) vata bhagavān mama bhikṣusaṃghaṃ pratinisṛjet; ahaṃ bhikṣusaṃghaṃ parikarṣayeyaṃ; bhagavān alpotsuko viharet dṛṣṭadharmasukhavihārayogam anuyuktaḥ iti; sahacittotpādāt sa punas tasyā ṛddheḥ parihīṇaḥ; parihīṇaś ca punar nājñāsīd ity apy ahaṃ parihīṇa iti; bhadanta sādhu maudgalyāyana ( A 452a ) yena bahagavāṃs tenopasaṃkrāmeḥ; upasaṃkramya bhagavantam etam evārthaṃ vistareṇārocayeḥ anukampām upādāya; adhivāsayaty āyuṣmān mahāmaudgalyāyanaḥ kakudasya brahmaṇas tūṣṇīṃbhāvena; atha kakudo brahmā āyuṣmato mahāmaudgalyāyanasya tūṣṇīṃbhāvenādhivāsanāṃ viditvā āyuṣmato mahāmaudgalyāyanasya pādau śirasā vanditvā tatraivāntarhitaḥ; athāyuṣmān mahāmaudgalyāyanaḥ aciraprakrāntaṃ kakudaṃ brahmāṇaṃ viditvā tadrūpaṃ samādhiṃ samāpannaḥ, yathā samāhite citte bhārgeṣv antarhitaḥ rājagṛhe pratyaṣṭhād veṇuvane kalandakanivāpe; athāyuṣmān mahāmaudgalyāyano yena bhagavāṃś tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ; upasaṃkramya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā ekānte niṣaṇṇaḥ; ekāntaniṣaṇṇa āyuṣmān mahāmaudgalyāyano yāvān evābhūt kakudena brahmaṇā sārdham antarākathāsamudāhāras tat sarvaṃ vistareṇārocayati; evam ukto bhagavān āyuṣmantaṃ mahāmaudgalyāyanam idam avocat*: na khalu maudgalyāyana devadattaḥ pūrvam eva cetasā spharitvā viditaḥ? kiṃ tataḥ paścāt kakudena brahmaṇā ārocitam? evaṃ bhadanta iti; iyaṃ ca punar bhagavata āyuṣmatā mahāmaudgalyāyanena sārdham antarākathā viprasṛtā.
Devadatta visits the Buddha and departs indignant
atha devadattaś catubhir bhikṣubhiḥ sahāyakaiḥ kokālikena khaṇḍadravyeṇa kaṭamorakatiṣyeṇa samudradattena ca sārdhaṃ yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ; adrākṣīd bhagavān devadattaṃ dūrād eva dṛṣṭvā ca punar āyuṣmantaṃ mahāmaudgalyāyanam āmantrayate: rakṣedānīṃ maudgalyāyana, rakṣedānīṃ maudgalyāyana, eṣa gacchati devadattaḥ; idānīṃ eṣa mohapuruṣo mama purastād ātmanaivātmānaṃ vyākariṣyati; athāyuṣmān mahāmaudgalyāyanaḥ bhagavataḥ ( SBV II 75 ) pādau śirasā vanditvā tadrūpaṃ samādhiṃ samāpannaḥ, yathā samāhite citte veṇuvane 'ntarhito bhārgaveṣu pratyaṣṭhād śiśumāragirau bhīṣaṇikāvane mṛgadāve.
atha devadatto yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ; upasaṃkramya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā ekānte asthāt*; ekāntasthito devadattao bhagavantam idam avocat*: etarhi bhagavān jīrṇo vṛddho mahallakaḥ klāmyati catasraḥ parṣado 'vavaditum; aho vata bhagavān mama bhikṣusaṃghaṃ pratinisṛjet; ahaṃ bhikṣusaṃghaṃ parikarṣayeyaṃ; bhagavān alpotsuko viharet dṛṣṭadharmasukhavihārayogam anuyukta; śāriputramaudgalyāyanayos tāvad ahaṃ mohapuruṣa peśalayoḥ sabrahmacāriṇor api bhikṣusaṃghaṃ na pratinisṛjāmi; kutaḥ punas tvayi nisrakṣyāmi śave kheṭāśake?
atha devadattasyaitad abhavat*: bhagavān śāriputramaudgalyāyanayor varṇaṃ bhāṣate; māṃ ca śavakheṭāśakavādena samudācarati iti; tatra devadatto ( A 452b ) bhagavato 'ntike kopaṃ ca dveṣaṃ ca mānaṃ ca mrakṣaṃ ca āghātaṃ ca akṣāntiṃ ca apratyayaṃ ca prāviṣkārṣīt*; atha devadatto hum iti kṛtvā triḥ śiraḥ kampayitva bhagavato antikāt prakrāntaḥ.
The Buddha assembles the monks
The sermon on the five Teachers
tena khalu samayena āyuṣmān ānando bhagavataḥ pṛṣṭhataḥ sthito 'bhūd vyajanaṃ gṛhītvā ca bhagavantaṃ vījayamānaḥ; tatra bhagavān āyuṣmantam ānandam āmantrayate: gacchānanda yāvanto veṇuvanaṃ kalandakanivāpam upaniśritya viharanti tān sarvān upasthānaśālāyāṃ sannipātaya; evaṃ bhadanta ity āyuṣmān ānando bhagavataḥ pratiśrutya, yāvanto bhikṣavo veṇuvanaṃ kalandakanivāpam upaniśritya viharanti tān sarvān upasthānaśālāyāṃ sannipātya yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ; upasaṃkramya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā ekānte asthāt*; ekāntasthita āyuṣmān ānando bhagavantam ( SBV II 76 ) idam avocat*: yāvanto bhadanta bhikṣavo veṇuvanaṃ kalandakanivāpam upaniśritya viharanti, te sarve upasthānaśālāyāṃ sanniṣaṇṇāḥ, sannipatitāḥ; yasyedānīṃ bhagavān kālaṃ manyata iti.
atha bhagavān yenopasthānaśālā tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ, upasaṃkramya purastāt bhikṣusaṃghasya prajñapta evāsane niṣaṇṇaḥ; niṣadya bhagavān bhikṣūn āmantrayate sma; paṃceme bhikṣavaḥ śāstāraḥ santaḥ saṃvidyamānā loke; katame paṃca?
1) ihaikaḥ śāstā apariśuddhaśīla eva san pariśuddhaṃ me śīlam akliṣṭa iti pratijānīte; tam enaṃ śrāvakāḥ saṃvāsānvayāt pratijānanti: ayaṃ bhagavān śāstā apariśuddhaśīla eva san pariśuddhaṃ me śīlam asaṃkliṣṭa iti pratijānīte; vayaṃ ced enaṃ pareṣām ārocayema tenāsya syād amanāpaṃ; yenāsya syād amanāpaṃ kiṃ vayaṃ tena śāstāraṃ samudācariṣyāmaḥ? eṣa bhagavān śāstā svayam eva pratijānāti; smanvāharaty eṣo 'smān yaduta cīvarapariṇḍapātaśayanāsanaglānapratyayabhaiṣajyapariṣkāraiḥ; ity apy enaṃ śrāvakāḥ śīlavanto 'nurakṣitavyaṃ manyante; evaṃrūpaḥ śāstā śrāvakāṇām antikāt śīlānurakṣanaṃ pratyāśaṃsati; ayaṃ prathamaḥ śāstā san sanvidyamāno loke.

2) punar aparam ihaikaḥ śāstā apariśuddhajīva eva pariśuddho me ajīvaḥ akliṣṭa iti pratijānīte; tam enaṃ śrāvakāḥ saṃvāsānvayāt pratijānanti: ayaṃ bhagavān śāstā apariśuddhajīva eva san pariśuddho me ājīva asaṃkliṣṭa iti pratijānīte; vayaṃ ced enaṃ pareṣām ārocayema tenāsya syād amanāpaṃ; yenāsya syād amanāpaṃ kiṃ vayaṃ tena śāstāraṃ samudācariṣyāmaḥ? eṣa bhagavān śāstā svayam eva pratijānāti; smanvāharaty eṣo 'smān yaduta cīvarapariṇḍapātaśayanāsanaglānapratyayabhaiṣajyapariṣkāraiḥ; ity apy enaṃ śrāvakāḥ ājīvato 'nurakṣitavyaṃ manyante; evaṃrūpaḥ śāstā śrāvakāṇām antikāt śīlānurakṣanaṃ pratyāśaṃsati; ayaṃ dvitīyaḥ śāstā san sanvidyamāno loke.
3) punar aparam ihaikaḥ śāstā ( A 453a ) apariśuddhajñānadarśana eva san pariśuddhaṃ me jñānadarśanam akliṣṭa iti pratijānīte; tam enaṃ śrāvakāḥ saṃvāsānvayāt pratijānanti: ayaṃ bhagavān śāstā ( SBV II 77 ) apariśuddhajñānadarśana eva san pariśuddhaṃ me jñānadarśanam asaṃkliṣṭa iti pratijānīte; vayaṃ ced enaṃ pareṣām ārocayema tenāsya syād amanāpaṃ; yenāsya syād amanāpaṃ kiṃ vayaṃ tena śāstāraṃ samudācariṣyāmaḥ? eṣa bhagavān śāstā svayam eva pratijānāti; smanvāharaty eṣo 'smān yaduta cīvarapariṇḍapātaśayanāsanaglānapratyayabhaiṣajyapariṣkāraiḥ; ity apy enaṃ śrāvakāḥ jñānadarśanato 'nurakṣitavyaṃ manyante; evaṃrūpaḥ śāstā śrāvakāṇām antikād jñānadarśanānurakṣanaṃ pratyāśaṃsati; ayaṃ tṛtīyaḥ śāstā san sanvidyamāno loke.
4) punar aparam ihaikaḥ śāstā asaṃpannavyākaraṇa eva san saṃpannaṃ me vyākaraṇam asaṃkliṣṭam iti pratijānīte; tam enaṃ śrāvakāḥ saṃvāsānvayāt pratijānanti: ayaṃ bhagavān śāstā asaṃpannavyākaraṇa eva san saṃpannaṃ me vyākaraṇam asaṃkliṣṭa iti pratijānīte; vayaṃ ced enaṃ pareṣām ārocayema tenāsya syād amanāpaṃ; yenāsya syād amanāpaṃ kiṃ vayaṃ tena śāstāraṃ samudācariṣyāmaḥ? eṣa bhagavān śāstā svayam eva pratijānāti; smanvāharaty eṣo 'smān yaduta cīvarapariṇḍapātaśayanāsanaglānapratyayabhaiṣajyapariṣkāraiḥ; ity apy enaṃ śrāvakāḥ saṃpannavyākaraṇo 'nurakṣitavyaṃ manyante; evaṃrūpaḥ śāstā śrāvakāṇām antikāt saṃpannavyākaraṇānurakṣanaṃ pratyāśaṃsati; ayaṃ caturthaḥ śāstā san sanvidyamāno loke.
5) punar aparam ihaikaḥ śāstā durākhyātadharmavinaya eva san svākhyāto me dharmavinayaḥ asaṃkliṣṭa iti pratijānīte; tam enaṃ śrāvakāḥ saṃvāsānvayāt pratijānanti: ayaṃ bhagavān śāstā durākhyātadharmavinaya eva san svākhyāto me dharmavinayaḥ asaṃkliṣṭa iti pratijānīte; vayaṃ ced enaṃ pareṣām ārocayema tenāsya syād amanāpaṃ; yenāsya syād amanāpaṃ kiṃ vayaṃ tena śāstāraṃ samudācariṣyāmaḥ? eṣa bhagavān śāstā svayam eva pratijānāti; smanvāharaty eṣo 'smān yaduta cīvarapariṇḍapātaśayanāsanaglānapratyayabhaiṣajyapariṣkāraiḥ; ity apy enaṃ śrāvakāḥ svākhyātadharmavinayato 'nurakṣitavyaṃ manyante; evaṃrūpaḥ śāstā śrāvakāṇām antikāt svākhyātadharmavinayānurakṣanaṃ pratyāśaṃsati; ayaṃ paṃcamaḥ śāstā san sanvidyamāno loke.
atha khalu bhikṣavaḥ pariśuddhśīla eva san pariśuddhaṃ ( SBV II 78 ) me śīlam asaṃkliṣṭa iti pratijāne; na me śrāvakā śīlavato 'nurakṣitavyaṃ manyante; nāhaṃ śrāvakāṇām antikāt śīlānurakṣanaṃ pratyāśaṃsāmi; ayaṃ khalu bhikṣavaḥ pariśuddhajīva eva san pariśuddho me ajīvaḥ asaṃkliṣṭa iti pratijāne; na māṃ śrāvakā ājīvato 'nurakṣitavyaṃ manyante; nāhaṃ śrāvakāṇām antikād ājīvānurakṣaṇaṃ pratyāśaṃsāmi; ahaṃ khalu bhikṣavaḥ pariśuddhajñānadarśana ( A 453b ) eva san pariśuddhaṃ me jñānadarśanam asaṃkliṣṭa iti pratijāne; na māṃ śrāvakāḥ jñānadarśanato 'nurakṣitavyaṃ manyante; nāhaṃ śrāvakāṇām antikād jñānadarśanānurakṣanaṃ pratyāśaṃsāmi; ahaṃ khalu bhikṣavaḥ saṃpannavyākaraṇa eva san saṃpannaṃ me vyākaraṇam asaṃkliṣṭa iti pratijāne; na māṃ śrāvakāḥ saṃpannavyākaraṇato 'nurakṣitavyaṃ manyante; nāhaṃ śrāvakāṇām antikāt saṃpannavyākaraṇānurakṣanaṃ pratyāśaṃsāmi; ahaṃ khalu bhikṣavaḥ svākhyātadharmavinaya eva san svākhyāto me dharmavinayaḥ asaṃkliṣṭa iti pratijāne; na māṃ śrāvakāḥ svākhyātadharmavinayato 'nurakṣitavyaṃ manyante; nāhaṃ śrāvakāṇām antikāt svākhyātadharmavinayānurakṣanaṃ pratyāśaṃsāmi; nigṛhya nigṛhya vo 'haṃ bhikṣavaḥ pravakṣyāmi, prasahya prasahya; na ca vo dhanayiṣye, kumbhakāra ivāmabhājanānāṃ; yat sāraṃ tat sthāsyati; kṣamāś ca yūyaṃ bhagavato vacanapathānāṃ. ( SBV II 79 )
Devadatta decides to bring about schism in the congregation
atha devadattaḥ kokālikakhaṇḍadravyakaṭamorakatiṣyasamudradattan āmantrayate: eta evaṃ kokālikakhaṇḍadravyakaṭamorakatiṣyasamudradattāḥ; tiṣṭhate eva śramaṇasya gautamasya samagraṃ śrāvakasaṃghaṃ bhetsyāmaḥ; cakrabhedaṃ kariṣyāmaḥ; tad asmākam abhyatītakālagatānāṃ digvidikṣu udāraḥ kalyāṇaḥ kīrtiśabdaślokaḥ abhyudgamiṣyati; tiṣṭhata eva śramaṇasya gautamasya tāvanmahardhikasya tāvanmahānubhāvasya devadattena kokālikena khaṇḍadravyeṇa kaṭamorakatiṣyeṇa samudradattena samagraḥ śrāvakasaṃghaḥ bhinnaś cakrabhedaś ca kriyate iti; te kathayanti: na śakṣyāmo vayaṃ devadatta bhagavataḥ samagraṃ śrāvakasaṃghaṃ bhettuṃ; tat kasya hetoḥ? santy āyuṣman devadatta bhagavataḥ śrāvakāḥ mahardhikā mahānubhāvā divyacakṣuṣaḥ paracittavidaḥ; ye dūrād api paśyanti, antike 'pi na dṛśyante; te cetasā cittaṃ spharitvā manasā mano vijānanti; te asmān parisarpata eva jñāsyanti iti; sa kathayati: asti kokālika upāyaḥ; ete vayaṃ sthavirasthavirān bhikṣūn upasaṃkramāmaḥ sarvopakaraṇaiḥ alpotsukhā bhavantu sthavirā vayaṃ sthavirāṇāṃ sarvopakaraṇair avighātaṃ kariṣyāma iti; navakāṃś ca bhikṣūn upasthāpayāmaḥ upalāḍāyāmaḥ pātreṇa cīvareṇa śikyena saritena kāyabandhanena uddeśena pāṭhena svādhyāyena yogena manasikāreṇa; asty eṣa āyuṣman devadatta upāya iti; tatra devadattaḥ samagrasya saṃghasya bhedāya parākramitum ārabdhaḥ.
The behaviour of Devadatta is discussed in the congregation

sthavirasthavirair bhikṣubhiḥ parisarpann eva vijñātaḥ devadattaḥ, samagrasya saṃghasya bhedāya parākramati iti; etat prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣavaḥ bhagavata ārocayanti; bhadanta devadattaḥ samagrasya saṃghasya bhedāya parākramati iti; tān bhagavān bhikṣūn āmantrayate sma: ājñāpayata yūyaṃ bhikṣavo devadattaṃ ( SBV II 80 ) meṣakena iti, yo vā punar anyo 'py evaṃjātīyaḥ ( A 454a ) evaṃ ca punar ājñāpayitavyaḥ; mā tvaṃ devadatta samagrasya saṃghasya bhedāya parākrama; mā bhedakaraṇasaṃvartanīyam adhikaraṇaṃ samādāya pragṛhya tiṣṭha; sametu te devadatta sārdhaṃ saṃghena; samagro hi saṃghaḥ sahitaḥ saṃmodamānaḥ avivadamānaḥ ekāgraḥ ekoddeśaḥ ekakṣīrodakībhūtaḥ śāstuḥ śāsanaṃ dīpayan sukhasparśaṃ viharatu iti; ājñāpayanti te bhikṣavo devadattaṃ meṣakena; meṣakenājñāpyamānas tad eva vastu sthāmaśaḥ parāmṛśya abhiniviśyānuvyavaharati: idam eva satyaṃ moham anyad iti.
etat prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣavo bhagavata ārocayanti: ājñāpto 'smābhir bhadanta devadatto meṣakena; meṣakenājñāpyamānas tad eva vastu sthāmaśaḥ parāmṛśya abhiniviśyānuvyavaharati idam eva satyaṃ moham anyad iti; bhagavān āha: ājñāpayata yūyaṃ bhikṣavo devadattaṃ jñapticaturthena karmaṇā iti, yo vā punar anyo 'py evaṃjātīyaḥ evaṃ ca punar ājñāpayitavyaḥ.
śayanāsanaprajñaptiṃ kṛtvā gaṇḍīm ākoṭya pṛṣṭavācikayā bhikṣūn samanuyujya sarvasaṃghe sanniṣaṇṇe sannipatite ekena bhikṣuṇā jñaptiṃ kṛtvā karma kartavyaṃ.
śṛṇotu bhadantāḥ saṃghaḥ; ayaṃ devadattaḥ samagrasya saṃghasya bhedāya parākramate; bhedakaraṇasaṃvartanīyaṃ cādhikaraṇaṃ samādāya pragṛhya tiṣṭhati; sa eṣa saṃbahulair bhikṣubhir meṣakenājñaptaḥ; meṣakenājñāpyamānas tad eva vastu sthāmaśaḥ parāmṛśya anuvyavaharati idam eva satyaṃ moham anyad iti; sacet saṃghasya prāptakālaṃ kṣameta ānujānīyāt saṃgho yat saṃghaḥ devadattaṃ jñapticaturthena karmaṇā ājñāpayet mā tvaṃ devadatta samagrasya saṃghasya bhedāya parākrama; mā bhedakaraṇasaṃvartanīyam adhikaraṇaṃ samādāya pragṛhya tiṣṭha; sametu te devadatta sārdhaṃ saṃghena; samagro hi saṃghaḥ sahitaḥ saṃmodamānaḥ avivadamānaḥ ekāgraḥ ekoddeśaḥ ekakṣīrodakībhūtaḥ śāstuḥ śāsanaṃ dīpayan sukhasparśaṃ viharatu; niḥsṛja tvaṃ ( SBV II 81 ) devadatta idam evaṃrūpaṃ saṃghabhedakaraṃ vastu; ity eṣā jñaptiḥ; evaṃ ca karma kartavyaṃ.
śṛṇotu bhadantāḥ saṃghaḥ; ayaṃ devadattaḥ samagrasya saṃghasya bhedāya parākramate; bhedakaraṇasaṃvartanīyaṃ cādhikaraṇaṃ samādāya pragṛhya tiṣṭhati; sa eṣa saṃbahulair bhikṣubhir meṣakenājñaptaḥ; meṣakenājñāpyamānas tad eva vastu sthāmaśaḥ parāmṛśya abhiniviśyānuvyavaharati idam eva satyaṃ moham anyad iti; tat saṃghaḥ devadattaṃ jñapticaturthena karmaṇā ājñāpayati: mā tvaṃ devadatta samagrasya saṃghasya bhedāya parākrama; mā bhedakaraṇasaṃvartanīyam cādhikaraṇaṃ samādāya pragṛhya tiṣṭha; sametu te devadatta sārdhaṃ saṃghena; samagro hi saṃghaḥ sahitaḥ saṃmodamānaḥ avivadamānaḥ ekāgraḥ ekoddeśaḥ ekakṣīrodakībhūtaḥ śāstuḥ śāsanaṃ dīpayan sukhasparśaṃ viharatv iti; yeṣām āyuṣmatāṃ kṣamate devadattaṃ jñapticaturthena karmaṇā ājñāpayituṃ; mā tvaṃ devadatta samagrasya saṃghasya bhedāya parākrama; ( A 454b ) bhedakaraṇasaṃvartanīyam cādhikaraṇaṃ samādāya pragṛhya tiṣṭha; sametu te devadatta sārdhaṃ saṃghena; samagro hi saṃghaḥ sahitaḥ saṃmodamānaḥ avivadamānaḥ ekāgraḥ ekoddeśaḥ ekakṣīrodakībhūtaḥ śāstuḥ śāsanaṃ dīpayan sukhasparśaṃ viharatu iti te tūṣṇīṃ; na kṣamante bhāṣantām iyaṃ prathamā karmavācanā; evaṃ dvitīyā tṛtīyā karmavācanā.
ājñāpayanti te bhikṣavo devadattaṃ jñapticaturthena karmaṇā; ājñāpyamānas tad eva vastu sthāmaśaḥ parāmṛśyābhiniviśya anuvyavaharati: idam eva satyaṃ moham anyad iti.

The behaviour of the four monks followers of Devadatta is discused in the congregation
catvāraś cāsya bhikṣavaḥ sahāyakāḥ anuvartino vyagravāditāyāṃ, kokālikakhaṇḍadravyakaṭamorakatiṣyasamudradattāḥ; te bhikṣūn evaṃ vadanti: mā yūyam āyuṣmanto 'sya bhikṣoḥ kiṃcid vocata kalyāṇaṃ vā pāpakaṃ vā; tat kasya hetoḥ? eṣa hi bhikṣur dharmavādī vinayavādī; dharmaṃ caiṣa bhikṣur vinayaṃ ca samādāya pragṛhya anuvyavaharati; jānaṃś caiṣa bhikṣur bhāṣate, nājānan; ( SBV II 82 ) yac cāsmai bhikṣave rocate, kṣamate ca, asmākam api tad rocate kṣamate ca iti.
etat prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣavo bhagavata ārocayanti: ājñāpto 'smābhir bhadanta devadattaḥ jñapticaturthena karmaṇā ājñāpyamānas tad eva vastu sthāmaśaḥ parāmṛśya abhiniviśyānuvyavaharati idam eva satyaṃ moham anyad iti; catvāraś cāsya bhikṣavaḥ sahāyakāḥ anuvartino vyagravāditāyāṃ, kokālikakhaṇḍadravyakaṭamorakatiṣyasamudradattāḥ; te bhikṣūn evaṃ vadanti: mā yūyam āyuṣmanto 'sya bhikṣoḥ kiṃcid vocata kalyāṇaṃ vā pāpakaṃ vā; eṣa hi bhikṣur dharmavādī vinayavādī; dharmaṃ caiṣa bhikṣur vinayaṃ ca samādāya pragṛhyānuvyavaharati; jānaṃś caiṣa bhikṣur bhāṣate, nājānan; yac cāsmai bhikṣave rocate ca kṣamate ca, asmākam api tad rocate ca kṣamate ca iti.
bhagavān āha: ājñāpayata yūyaṃ bhikṣavaḥ kokālikakhaṇḍadravyakaṭamorakatiṣyasamudradattā meṣakena; evaṃ punar ājñāpayitavyāḥ: mā yūyaṃ kokālikakhaṇḍadravyakaṭamorakatiṣyasamudradattāḥ jānanto yo bhikṣusamagrasya saṃghasya bhedāya parākramate, bhedakaraṇasaṃvartanīyaṃ cādhikaraṇaṃ samādāya pragṛhya tiṣṭhati, tasyānuvartino bhavata vyagravāditāyāṃ; mā ca bhikṣūn evaṃ vadata: mā yūyam āyuṣmantaḥ asya bhikṣoḥ kiṃcid vocata kalyāṇaṃ vā pāpakaṃ vā; tat kasya hetoḥ? dharmavādī caiṣo āyuṣmanto bhikṣuḥ, vinayavādī ca; dharmaṃ caiṣa bhikṣur vinayaṃ ca samādāya pragṛhyānuvyavaharati; jānaṃś caiṣa bhikṣur bhāṣate, nājānan; yac cāsmai bhikṣave rocate ca kṣamate ca, asmākam api tad rocate ca kṣamate ca iti; mā yūyam āyuṣmantaḥ saṃghabhedaṃ rocayata; sametv āyuṣmatāṃ sārdhaṃ saṃghena; samagro hi saṃghaḥ sahitaḥ saṃmodamāno 'vivadamāna ekāgraḥ ekoddeśaḥ ekakṣīrodakībhūtaḥ śāstuḥ śāsanaṃ dīpayan sukhasparśaṃ viharatu; niḥsṛjantv ( A 455a ) āyuṣmantaḥ imām evaṃrūpaṃ saṃghabhedānuvartanīṃ vyagravāditām iti; ājñāpayanti te bhikṣavaḥ kokālikakhaṇḍadravyakaṭamorakatiṣyasamudradattān meṣakena; te meṣakenājñāpyamānas tad eva vastu sthāmaśaḥ parāmṛśyānuvyavaharati idam eva satyaṃ moham anyad iti.
etat prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣavo bhagavata ārocayanti: ājñāptā asmābhir bhadanta kokālikakhaṇḍadravyakaṭamorakatiṣyasamudradattāḥ ( SBV II 83 ) meṣakena; te meṣakenājñāpyamānas tad eva vastu sthāmaśaḥ parāmṛśya abhiniviśya anuvyavaharati idam eva satyaṃ moham anyad iti; bhagavān āha: ājñāpayata yūyaṃ bhikṣavaḥ kokālikakhaṇḍadravyakaṭamorakatiṣyasamudradattān jñapticaturthena karmaṇā iti, ye vā punar anye 'py evaṃjātīyaḥ evaṃ ca punar ājñāpayitavyāḥ.
śayanāsanaprajñaptiṃ kṛtvā gaṇḍīm ākoṭya pṛṣṭavācikayā bhikṣūn samanuyujya sarvasaṃghe sanniṣaṇṇe sannipatite ekena bhikṣuṇā jñaptiṃ kṛtvā karma kartavyaṃ.
śṛṇotu bhadantāḥ saṃghaḥ; ime kokālikakhaṇḍadravyakaṭamorakatiṣyasamudradattāḥ jānanto yo bhikṣuḥ samagrasya saṃghasya bhedāya parākramati, tasyānuvartino bhaviṣyanti vyagravāditāyāṃ; bhikṣūṃś caivaṃ vadanti: mā yūyam āyuṣmanto 'sya bhikṣoḥ kiṃcid vocata kalyāṇaṃ vā pāpakaṃ vā; tat kasya hetoḥ? dharmavādī caiṣo āyuṣmanto bhikṣuḥ, vinayavādī ca; dharmaṃ ca eṣa bhikṣur vinayaṃ ca samādāya pragṛhya anuvyavaharati; jānaṃś caiṣa bhikṣur bhāṣate, na ajānan; yac cāsmai bhikṣave rocate kṣamate ca, asmākam api tad rocate kṣamate ca iti; ta evaṃ saṃbahulair bhikṣubhir meṣakena ājñāpyamānās tad eva vastu sthāmaśaḥ parāmṛśyābhiniviśya anuvyavaharanti idam eva satyaṃ moham anyad iti; sacet saṃghasya prāptakālaṃ kṣameta anujānīyāt saṃgho yat saṃghaḥ kokālikakhaṇḍadravyakaṭamorakatiṣyasamudradattān jñapticaturthena karmaṇā ājñāpayati: mā yūyaṃ kokālikakhaṇḍadravyakaṭamorakatiṣyasamudradattāḥ jānanto yo bhikṣuḥ samagrasya saṃghasya bhedāya parākramati bhedakaraṇasaṃvartanīyaṃ cādhikaraṇaṃ samādāya pragṛhya tiṣṭhati; tasyānuvartino bhavata vyagravāditāyāṃ; mā ca bhikṣūn evaṃ vadata: mā yūyam āyuṣmanto 'sya bhikṣoḥ kiṃcid vocata kalyāṇaṃ vā pāpakaṃ vā; tat kasya hetoḥ? dharmavādī caiṣa bhikṣuḥ, vinayavādī ca; dharmaṃ ca eṣa bhikṣur vinayaṃ ca samādāya pragṛhya anuvyavaharati; jānaṃś caiṣa bhikṣur bhāṣate, na ajānan; yac cāsmai bhikṣave rocate ca kṣamate ca, asmākam api tad rocate ca kṣamate ca iti; tat kasya hetoḥ? naiṣa āyuṣmanto bhikṣur dharmavādī vinayavādī ca; adharmavādī caiṣa bhikṣur avinayavādī ca; adharmaṃ caiṣa bhikṣur avinayaṃ ca samādāya pragṛhya anuvyavaharati; ajānaṃś caiṣa bhikṣur bhāṣate, na ajānan; niḥsṛjantv āyuṣmantaḥ imām evaṃrūpāṃ saṃghabhedānuvartinīṃ ( SBV II 84 ) vyagravāditāyāṃ; sametv āyuṣmatāṃ sārdhaṃ saṃghena; samagro hi saṃghaḥ saṃmodamānaḥ avivadamānaḥ ekāgraḥ ekoddeśaḥ ekakṣīrodakībhūtaḥ śāstuḥ ( A 455b ) śāsanaṃ dīpayan sukhasparśaṃ viharatu; ity eṣā jñaptiḥ; evaṃ ca karma kartavyaṃ.

śṛṇotu bhadantāḥ saṃghaḥ; ime kokālikakhaṇḍadravyakaṭamorakatiṣyasamudradattāḥ jānanto yo bhikṣuḥ samagrasya saṃghasya bhedāya parākramati, tasyānuvartino bhaviṣyanti vyagravāditāyāṃ; bhikṣūṃś caivaṃ vadanti: mā yūyam āyuṣmanto 'sya bhikṣoḥ kiṃcid vocata kalyāṇaṃ vā pāpakaṃ vā; tat kasya hetoḥ? dharmavādī caiṣo āyuṣmanto bhikṣuḥ, vinayavādī ca; dharmaṃ ca eṣa bhikṣur vinayaṃ ca samādāya pragṛhya anuvyavaharati; jānaṃś caiṣa bhikṣur bhāṣate, na ajānan; yac cāsmai bhikṣave rocate kṣamate ca, asmākam api tad rocate kṣamate ca iti; ta evaṃ saṃbahulair bhikṣubhir meṣakena ājñāpyamānās tad eva vastu sthāmaśaḥ parāmṛśyābhiniviśya anuvyavaharanti idam eva satyaṃ moham anyad iti; tat saṃghaḥ kokālikakhaṇḍadravyakaṭamorakatiṣyasamudradattān jñapticaturthena karmaṇājñāpayati: mā yūyaṃ kokālikakhaṇḍadravyakaṭamorakatiṣyasamudradattā jānanto yo bhikṣuḥ samagrasya saṃghasya bhedāya parākramate bhedakaraṇasaṃvartanīyaṃ cādhikaraṇaṃ samādāya pragṛhya tiṣṭhati; tasyānuvartino bhavata vyagravāditāyāṃ; mā ca bhikṣūn evaṃ vadata: mā yūyam āyuṣmanto 'sya bhikṣoḥ kiṃcid vocata kalyāṇaṃ vā pāpakaṃ vā; tat kasya hetoḥ? dharmavādī caiṣa bhikṣuḥ, vinayavādī ca; dharmaṃ caiṣa bhikṣur vinayaṃ ca samādāya pragṛhya anuvyavaharati; jānaṃś caiṣa bhikṣur bhāṣate, na ajānan; yac cāsmai bhikṣave rocate ca kṣamate ca, asmākam api tad rocate ca kṣamate ca iti; tat kasya hetoḥ? naiṣa bhikṣur dharmavādī na vinayavādī; adharmaṃ caiṣa bhikṣur avinayaṃ ca samādāya pragṛhyānuvyavaharati; ajānaṃś caiṣa bhikṣur bhāṣate, na jānan; mā āyuṣmantaḥ saṃghabhedaṃ rocayantu; saṃghasāmagrīm eva rocayantu; sametv āyuṣmatāṃ sārdhaṃ saṃghena; samagro hi saṃghaḥ sahitaḥ saṃmodamānaḥ avivadamānaḥ ekāgraḥ ekoddeśaḥ ekakṣīrodakībhūtaḥ śāstuḥ śāsanaṃ dīpayan sukhasparśaṃ viharatu; niḥsṛjantv āyuṣmantaḥ imām evaṃrūpaṃ saṃghabhedānuvartinīṃ vyagravāditām iti.
yeṣām āyuṣmatāṃ kṣamante kokālikakhaṇḍadravyakaṭamorakatiṣyasamudradattān jñapticaturthena karmaṇā ājñāpayituṃ; mā yūyaṃ kokālikakhaṇḍadravyakaṭamorakatiṣyasamudradattāḥ jānanto yo bhikṣuḥ samagrasya saṃghasya bhedāya parākramate bhedakaraṇasaṃvartanīyaṃ cādhikaraṇaṃ samādāya pragṛhya tiṣṭhati; tasyānuvartino bhavata vyagravāditāyāṃ; mā ca bhikṣūn evaṃ vadata: mā yūyam āyuṣmanto 'sya bhikṣoḥ kiṃcid vocata kalyāṇaṃ vā pāpakaṃ vā; tat kasya hetoḥ? dharmavādī caiṣa bhikṣuḥ, vinayavādī ca; dharmaṃ caiṣa bhikṣur vinayaṃ ca samādāya pragṛhya anuvyavaharati; jānaṃś caiṣa bhikṣur bhāṣate, na ajānan; yac cāsmai bhikṣave rocate ca kṣamate ca, asmākam api tad rocate ca kṣamate ca iti; tat kasya hetoḥ? naiṣa bhikṣur dharmavādī na vinayavādī; adharmaṃ caiṣa bhikṣur avinayaṃ ca samādāya pragṛhyānuvyavaharati; ajānaṃś caiṣa bhikṣur bhāṣate, na jānan; mā āyuṣmantaḥ saṃghabhedaṃ rocayantu; saṃghasāmagrīm eva rocayantu; sametv āyuṣmatāṃ sārdhaṃ saṃghena; samagro hi saṃghaḥ sahitaḥ saṃmodamānaḥ avivadamānaḥ ekāgraḥ ekoddeśaḥ ekakṣīrodakībhūtaḥ śāstuḥ śāsanaṃ dīpayan sukhasparśaṃ viharatu; niḥsṛjantv āyuṣmantaḥ imām evaṃrūpaṃ saṃghabhedānuvartinīṃ vyagravāditām iti te tūṣṇīṃ; na kṣamante bhāṣantām iyaṃ prathamā karmavācanā; evaṃ dvitīyā tṛtīyā karmavācanā. ( SBV II 85 )
ājñāpayanti te bhikṣavaḥ kokālikakhaṇḍadravyakaṭamorakatiṣyasamudradattān jñapticaturthena karmaṇā; te bhkṣubhir jñapticaturthena karmaṇā ājñāpyamānas tad eva vastu sthāmaśaḥ parāmṛśya abhiniviśya anuvyavaharati: idam eva satyaṃ moham anyad iti.
The monks inform the Buddha of the result of the motion (jñapti).
Devadatta gets stronger in his resolution to bring about the schism in the congregation
etat prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣavo bhagavata ārocayanti: ājñāptā asmābhir bhadanta kokālikakhaṇḍadravyakaṭamorakatiṣyasamudradattāḥ jñapticaturthena karmaṇā; ājñāpyamānas te tad eva vastu sthāmaśaḥ parāmṛśyābhiniviśya anuvyavaharati: idam eva satyaṃ moham anyad iti; tatra bhagavān bhikṣūn āmantrayate sma: pratibalo me bhikṣavo devadattaḥ samagraṃ śrāvakasaṃghaṃ bhettuṃ cakrabhedaṃ ca kartuṃ; tathā cāsya catvāro bhikṣavaḥ sahāyakāḥ anuvartino vyagravāditāyāṃ kokālikakhaṇḍadravyakaṭamorakatiṣyasamudradattāḥ.
devadattena śrutaṃ vyākṛto 'haṃ śramaṇena gautamena pratibalo me bhikṣavo devadattaḥ samagraṃ śrāvakasaṃghaṃ bhettuṃ cakrabhedaṃ ca kartuṃ; tathā cāsya catvāro bhikṣavaḥ sahāyakāḥ anuvartino vyagravāditāyāṃ kokālikakhaṇḍadravyakaṭamorakatiṣyasamudradattāḥ iti; śrutvā ca punaḥ kokālikakhaṇḍadravyakaṭamorakatiṣyasamudradattān āmantrayate: ( A 456a ) yat khalu kokālikakhaṇḍadravyakaṭamorakatiṣyasamudradattāḥ jānīyāta, vyākṛto 'haṃ śramaṇena gautamena pratibalo devadattaḥ samagraṃ śrāvakasaṃghaṃ bhettuṃ cakrabhedaṃ ca kartuṃ; tathā cāsya catvāro bhikṣavaḥ sahāyakāḥ kokālikakhaṇḍadravyakaṭamorakatiṣyasamudradattā iti; yannv ahaṃ bhūyasyā matrayā saṃghabhedāya parākrameya iti; sa paṃcabhir bhikṣuśataiḥ sārdham ante ārāmasya gaṇabhojanaṃ bhuṅkte; etat prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣavo bhagavata ārocayanti.
bhagavān āha: kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavaḥ? kimarthaṃ tathāgatena trikabhojanam anujñātaṃ; gaṇabhojanaṃ pratikṣiptaṃ? nanu dvāv arthāu saṃpaśyatā, kulodayatāṃ ca pratītya, pāpecchānāṃ ( SBV II 86 ) ca pudgalānāṃ pakṣapralopanārthaṃ; mā haiva pāpecchaḥ pudgalaḥ saṃgham evāgamya, saṃgham evoddiśya, saṃgham evāvedayitvā pāṣaṇḍika iva kṛtvā saṃghenaiva sārdhaṃ vigṛhya vivādaṃ sthāpayet iti.
Devadatta loses his magical powers

yadā āyuṣmatā daśabalakāśyapena devadattasya ṛddher mārgo vyapadiṣṭaḥ, tadāsau bhikṣubhir ucyate: kasmāt tvayā sthavira devadattasya pāpecchasya ṛddher mārgo vyapadiṣṭaḥ? sa kathayati: nāham āyuṣmanto jāne yathāyaṃ pāpeccha iti; yadi mayā jñātam abhaviṣyat ṛkāro 'py asya mayā na vyapadiṣṭo 'bhaviṣyat; prāg eva ṛddher mārgaḥ iti; tato devadattaḥ bhikṣubhiḥ praṇayam āsthāyocyate; devadatta yā kācit śrīsaubhāgyasaṃpat, sarvāsau sthaviraṃ daśabalakāśyapam āgamya; na tvaṃ tasya sakāśam upasaṃkrāmasi iti; te saṃlakṣayanti: apy eva nāmāyam asmābhiḥ prabodhitaḥ tasya sakāśam upasaṃkrāmet; sa evaṃ pratinivartayet iti; sa evaṃ praticoditaḥ kathayati: kiṃ mama tena kṛtaṃ? nanu mayā vīryam ādhāya, pūrvarātrāpararātraṃ jāgarikāyogam anuyuktena viharatā prathamaṃ dhyānaṃ niśritya ṛddhir abhinirhṛtā iti; sa vākpravyāharaṇakālasamanantaram eva tayā akṛtajñatayā ṛddheḥ parihīṇaḥ.
bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: paśya bhadanta devadattaḥ akṛtajñatayā ṛddheḥ parihīṇaḥ iti; bhagavān āha: na bhikṣava etarhi, yathā atīte 'py adhvany eṣaḥ akṛtajñatayā vidyāyāḥ parihīṇaḥ; tac chrūyatāṃ.
The story of an out-caste versed in magic and of a brāhmaṇa student
(concerning a previous birth of Devadatta)
bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo vārāṇasyāṃ nagaryāṃ brahmadatto nāma rājyaṃ kārayati ṛddhaṃ ca yāvad ākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca; ( SBV II 87 ) tatra caṇḍālo vidyāmantradharo vidyāmantrakuśalaḥ gāndhārīvidyāṃ parivartya ṛddhyā gandhamādanāt parvatāt akālartukāni puṣpaphalāny ādāya rājñe brahmadattāyopanayati; rājā brahmadattas tasyābhiprasannaḥ abhisāram anuprayacchati; yāvad anyatamo māṇavo mantrārthī mantragavaṣī śravaparampayā janapadāt vārāṇasīm anuprāptaḥ; tato mārgaśramaṃ prativinodya tasya caṇḍālasya vidyāmantradhāriṇaḥ sakāśam upasaṃkrāntaḥ; upasaṃkramya kathayati: icchāmy aham upādhyāyasya śuśrūṣāṃ kartuṃ; kasyārthe? vidyāyāḥ; sa gāthāṃ bhāṣate: ( A 456b )
na vidyā kasyacid deyā martavyaṃ saha vidyayā /
prayacched vidyayā vidyāṃ śuśrūṣābhir dhanena vā // <iti>
sa kathayati: upādhyāya yady evam ahaṃ śuśrūṣāṃ karomi; kiyantaṃ kālaṃ kartavyā? sa kathayati: dvādaśabhir varṣaiḥ śuśrūṣayā dīyeta vā na vā; so 'tyarthaṃ vidyāpratipannaḥ anujñātavān; tata ārādhanaparamaḥ satkṛtya guruśuśrūṣāṃ kartum ārabdhaḥ; yāvad apareṇa samayenāsau caṇḍālo madyamadākṣipto gṛham āgataḥ; sa māṇavaḥ saṃlakṣayati; ayam upādhyāyaḥ atīva madyamadākṣiptaḥ; pārśve asya śayyā kalpayitavyā iti; yāvad asau caṇḍālaḥ saṃparivartitum ārabdhaḥ; tasya saṃparivartamānasya khaṭvāyā aṅgaṇikā bhagnā; māṇavaḥ śrutvā pratibuddhaḥ; sa saṃlakṣayati: upādhyāyaḥ duḥkhaṃ śayiṣyate; yannv aham aṅgaṇikāyāṃ pṛṣṭhaṃ datvā avasthitaḥ; dharmatā hy eṣā śauṇḍānāṃ yo balavāṃs tasya vāntir bhavati; tasya prathame yāme madyaṃ vigacchati; tena tīkṣṇamadyavegāt māṇavasya pṛṣṭhe vāntaṃ; sa saṃlakṣayati: yady ahaṃ kāyaṃ cālayeyaṃ vācaṃ vā niścārayeyaṃ sthānam etad vidyate yad upādhyāyaḥ śabdaṃ śrutvā pratibuddho na punaḥ śayyāṃ kalpayet; sa pratisaṅkhyānena avasthitaḥ; yāvad caṇḍālaḥ svayam eva pratibuddhaḥ paśyati taṃ tathā viprakṛtaṃ; tataḥ pṛcchati, ko 'yaṃ; sa kathayati: upādhyāya ahaṃ somaśarmā; vatsa ( SBV II 88 ) kim asy evaṃsthitaḥ? tena yathāvṛttaṃ samākhyātaṃ; so 'bhiprasannaḥ kathayati: vatsa parituṣṭo 'haṃ; gatvā snātvā āgaccha; vidyāṃ tubhyam anuprayacchāmi iti; somaśarmā āgataḥ; tena tasmai vidyā dattā; capalā brāhmaṇā bhavanti; sa vegam asahamānaḥ cintayati; ihaiva tāvad enāṃ vidyāṃ jijñāsayāmi, tato 'nyatra gamiṣyāmi iti; tena sā vidyā parivartitā; bhavanatalam utpatya, āśv eva gandhamādanaṃ parvataṃ gatvā, akālartukāni puṣpāny ādāya āgataḥ; tena tāni rājñaḥ purohitāya dattāni; tenāpi rājñe brahmadattāya; rājā kathayati: kutas tavaitāni; sa kathayati: viprakṛṣṭād deśān māṇavo 'bhyāgataḥ; tenaitāni mama dattāni; sa cātyarthaṃ vidyāmantradhārī akāmakaraṇīyaś ca brāhmaṇaḥ; kim anena caṇḍālena sarvalokapratyākhyātena? tasya vṛttim ācchidya asmai māṇavāya dīyatām iti; rājā kathayati: evaṃ kāraya iti; tataḥ purohitena caṇḍālād vṛttim ācchidya tasmai brāhmaṇāya dattā; sa tayā akṛtajñatayā tasya vidyāyāḥ parihīṇaḥ.
kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavaḥ yo 'sau caṇḍālaḥ eṣa evāsau daśabalakāśyapaḥ tena kālena tena samayena; so 'sau māṇavaḥ eṣa eva asau devadattaḥ tena kālena tena samayena; tadāpy eṣa vidyāyāḥ parihīṇaḥ; adyāpy eṣa ṛddheḥ parihīṇaḥ; tasmāt tarhi bhikṣavaḥ evaṃ śikṣitavyaṃ yat kṛtajñā bhaviṣyāmaḥ; svalpam api kṛtaṃ na nāśayiṣyāmaḥ prāg eva prabhūtataram; ity evaṃ vo bhikṣavaḥ śikṣitavyaṃ.
The Buddha goes to Gayā
atha bhagavān yathābhiramyaṃ rājagṛhe vihṛtya bhikṣugaṇaparivṛtaḥ bhikṣusaṃghapuraskṛtaḥ, magadheṣu janapadeṣu cārikāṃ caran gayām anuprāptaḥ gayāyāṃ viharati; ( A 457a ) rājñā bimbisāreṇa bhagavataḥ parṇopagūḍhasya śāleḥ paṃcamātrāṇi śakaṭaśatāni prāpitāni; devadattena ajātaśatrur abhihitaḥ: paśya vṛddharājā śramaṇasya gautamasya kīdṛśān kārān karoti; aham api janapadacārikāṃ cariṣyāmi; asmākam api tvayā piṇḍakena avighātaḥ karaṇīyaḥ. ( SBV II 89 )
atha devadatto 'pi paṃcaśataparivāro janapadacārikāṃ prakrāntaḥ; devadattasyājātaśatruṇā rājñā parṇopagūḍhasya śāleḥ paṃcamātrāṇi śakaṭaśatāni pratimārgaṃ preṣitāni; bhikṣavo dṛṣṭvā saṃlakṣayanti: kasyaitāni paṃca śakaṭaśatāny āgacchanti iti; taiḥ kutūhalajātaiḥ adhvagatapuruṣāḥ pṛṣṭāḥ; tair vistareṇa samākhyātaṃ.
bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: paśya bhadanta rājā ajātaśatrur apātram apātravarṣī ca iti; bhagavān āha: na bhikṣava etarhi, rājā ajātaśatrur apātram apātravarṣī, yathā atīte 'py adhvany eṣaḥ apātram apātravarṣī; tac chrūyatāṃ.
The story of a mango tree
(concerning a previous birth of prince Ajātaśatru)

bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavaḥ anyatamasminn agrāmake araṇyāyatane ṛṣīṇām āśramapadaṃ, nānāpuṣpaphalasalilasaṃpannaṃ; tatra ṛṣayaḥ prativasanti phalamūlāmbhubhakṣāḥ, jaṭāvalkaladhāriṇaḥ, pramuktaphalabhojinaḥ; yāvat tasminn āśramapade āmravṛkṣaḥ phalabhārāvanataśākhaḥ pakvaphalas tiṣṭhati; Ṛśayaḥ phalāni yācante; yā tasmin vṛkṣe adhyuṣitā devatā sā mātsaryābhibhūtā na prayacchati; tatas te ṛṣayaḥ mūlārthinaḥ ekam ṛṣim āśramapade sthāpayitvā bhrāntāḥ; tatsamanantaram eva paṃca coraśatāny āśramapadam anuprāptāni; tair asau vṛkṣo dattaḥ; te kathayanti: katham asmāt phalāni paribhoktavyāni iti; corasenāpatiḥ kathayati: vṛkṣaṃ paraśunā mūle chitvā phalāni bhakṣayata iti; evam ukte devatayā sarvāṇi phalāni bhūmyāṃ pātitāni; corā yāvadāptaṃ bhakṣayitvā prakrāntāḥ; ṛṣaya āgatāḥ pṛcchanti: kena tāny āmraphalāni bhakṣitāni? coraiḥ; sa ṛṣir gāthāṃ bhāṣate:
dadāti vṛkṣo na phalaṃ śāntānāṃ brahmacāriṇāṃ /
dadāti tu phalaṃ teṣāṃ corāṇāṃ pāpakāriṇāṃ // iti
te pṛcchanti: ṛṣe kim etat? tena yathāvṛttaṃ samākhyātaṃ; te avadhyātum ārabdhāḥ; mātsaryābhibhūtayā devatayā phalāni ṛṣīṇāṃ na dattāni; apātrāṇāṃ corāṇāṃ dattāni iti.
bhagavān āha: kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavaḥ yāsau devatā eṣa evāsav ajātaśatruḥ tena kālena tena samayena; tadāpy eṣa ajātaśatruḥ devatābhūtaḥ apātram apātravarṣī ca; etarhi apy eṣa apātram apātravarṣī ca iti. ( SBV II 90 )
The Buddha in Rājagṛha
atha bhagavān magadheṣu janapadeṣu cārikāṃ caran rājagṛham anuprāptaḥ rājagṛhe viharati veṇuvane kalandakanivāpe; devadatto rājagṛhanivāsino janakāyasya nityam evāparādhaṃ karoti; yasya yasyāparādhaḥ kriyate, sa bhagavata upālambhaṃ preṣayati; tatra bhagavān āyuṣmantam ānandam āmantrayate: gaccha ānanda saṃghāṭīm ( A 457b ) ādāya anyatamena bhikṣuṇā paścācchramaṇena rājagṛhe rathyāvīthīcatvaraśṛṅgāṭakeṣu brāhmaṇagṛhapatīnām ārocaya yad devadatto vā, devadattapakṣiko vā aparādhaṃ karoti; na tena buddho vā dharmo vā saṃgho vā saṃbadhyate iti; yadi kathayanti: mahardhiko devadatto mahānubhāvaḥ iti, vaktavyāḥ: āsīn mahardhikaḥ; idānīṃ parihīṇas tasyā ṛddheḥ iti; tena gatvā rājagṛhe nagararathyāvīthīcatvaraśṛṅgāṭakeṣu brāhmaṇagṛhapatīnām ārocitaṃ, te na bhūyo bhagavata upālambhaṃ preṣayanti.
The Buddho grows ill
bhagavato glānyam utpannaṃ; jīvakena bhagavate nārācaghṛtam upanītaṃ; tatra bhagavān jīvakaṃ vaidyarājam āmantrayate: āścaryaṃ jīvaka? āścaryaṃ bhagavan; adbhutaṃ jīvaka? adbhutaṃ bhagavan, jānāsi jīvaka? jānāmi bhagavan; na jānāsi jīvaka; na cāpi sugata; 1) kiṃ jīvaka āścaryaṃ? bhagavan gāvas tṛṇāni caranti; pānīyaṃ pibanti; tata idam amṛtaṃ samutpannaṃ; yenedaṃ nārācaghrtaṃ pakvan; 2) kim adbhutaṃ? bhagavan buddhotpādaḥ, saddharmasya ca deśanā, saṃghasya ca supratipattiḥ; 3) kiṃ jānāsi? bhagavan jātenāvaśyaṃ martavyaṃ; 4) kiṃ na jānāsi? bhagavan kena kutra martavyam iti.

bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: paśya bhadanta jīvakena bhagavataḥ saṃdhāya bhāṣitaṃ vijñātam iti; bhagavān āha: na bhikṣava etarhi, yathā atīte 'py adhvany anena mama saṃdhāya bhāṣitaṃ vijñātaṃ; tac chrūyatāṃ. ( SBV II 91 )
The story of a gṛhapati and his son
(concerning a previous birth of Jīvaka)
bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo 'nyatamasmin karvaṭake gṛhapatiḥ prativasati, āḍhyo mahādhano mahābhogaḥ; tena sadṛśāt kulāt kalatram ānītaṃ; sa tayā sārdhaṃ krīḍati ramate paricārayati; tasya krīḍato ramamāṇasya paricārayataḥ kālāntareṇa patnī āpannasatvā saṃvṛttā; sā aṣṭānāṃ va nāvānāṃ vā māsānām atyayāt prasūtā; dārikā jātā; tasyās trīṇi saptakāny ekaviṃṣatidivasān jātāyāḥ jātimahaṃ kṛtvā valayeti nāmadheyaṃ vyavasthāpitaṃ; bhūyo 'py asya krīḍato ramamāṇasya paricārayataḥ putro jātaḥ; tasyāpi kulasadṛśaṃ nāmadheyaṃ vyavasthāpitaṃ; sa saṃlakṣayati: jāto me ṛṇaharo dhanaharaś ca; gacchāmi paṇyam ādāya deśāntaram iti; bhūyaḥ sa saṃlakṣayati: iyaṃ mama patnī rūpavatī; yady aham asyāḥ prabhūtān kārṣāpaṇān datvā gacchāmi, sthānam etad vidyate yat parapuruṣaiḥ sārdhaṃ vikariṣyati; yannv aham asyāḥ svalpān kārṣāpaṇān datvā gaccheyam iti; sa tasyāḥ stokān kārṣāpaṇān datvā, avaśiṣṭaṃ suvarṇakalaśe prakṣipya, grīvāyāṃ muktāhāraṃ baddhvā śmaśāne aśvakarṇasya mūle nikhanya paṇyam ādāya deśāntaraṃ gataḥ; tasya tatra prabhūto lābhaḥ saṃpannaḥ; sa tatraiva dārasaṅgrahaṃ kṛtvā avasthitaḥ; tasya ca bahavaḥ putrā jātāḥ; tatas tayā pūrvikayā patnyā valayā sa ca dārakaḥ hastabalena jñātibalena ca pāyitau, poṣitau, saṃvardhitau; tau kathayataḥ: amba pitā asmākaṃ kva gataḥ? sā kathayati: putra asmin deśe amukam adhiṣṭhānaṃ tatra tiṣṭhati ( A 458a ) tasya ca mahatī dhanasaṃpattiḥ śrūyate, gaccha yadi kiṃcid asyojjīvanopāyas te bhaviṣyati iti; sa pitaraṃ samanveṣamāṇaḥ anupūrveṇa tasya sakāśaṃ gataḥ; sa vīthyām anvāhiṇḍamānaḥ pitrā mukhabimbakena pratyabhijñātaḥ; śabdayitvyā abhihitaḥ: kutas tvam ihāgacchasi? kutra vā gantum? iti; tena vistareṇa samākhyātaṃ; sa saṃlakṣayati: eṣa evāsau mama putraḥ iti; sa tena svagṛhītaḥ uktaś ca: putra na te kasyacid ākhyeyaṃ, mamāyaṃ pitā iti; sa tasyātyarthaṃ snehaṃ kartuṃ ārabdhaḥ; ( SBV II 92 ) tatas tair anyaiḥ putrair ucyate: tāta kasyāyaṃ dārakaḥ? sa kathayati: mamāyaṃ vayasyasya putraḥ iti; taiḥ saṃlakṣitaṃ: yathāyam asyātyarthaṃ snehavān nūnam asyaiva putraḥ iti; te parasparaṃ saṃjalpaṃ kartum ārabdhāḥ: ayam aparo bhrātā iti; sa saṃlakṣayati: preṣayāmy enaṃ; pratikruṣṭam etad vairāṇāṃ, yaduta sāpatnyakaṃ; sthānam etad vidyate yad enaṃ praghātayiṣyanti; yadi ca kiṃcid dāsyāmi antarmārge dāyādyakāraṇād ghātayiṣyanti; yannv aham evaṃ preṣayeyam iti viditvā cīrikā likhitvā dattā:
grāmaśmaśāne hayakarṇamūlaṃ prāgbhūmito yojanam antareṇa /
tasmin khanan vai nipuṇo 'pramatto dāyādyam ātmīyam upaiṣyasi tvaṃ //
kaṇṭhe tu yat tad valayāyā deyam iti.
sa cīrikām ādāya saṃprasthitaḥ; antarmārge bhrātṛbhir gṛhītaḥ; uktaś ca: kiṃ tvayā pituḥ sakāśāl labdhaṃ sa kathayati: na kiṃcid iyaṃ cīrikā; te saṃlakṣayanti: vyaṃśito 'yaṃ pitrā; gacchatu iti; sa tair muktaḥ; anupūrveṇa svagṛhe praviṣṭo mārgaśramaṃ prativinodayati; mātrā abhihitaḥ: kiṃ tvayā pituḥ sakāśāl labdham iti; sa kathayati: na kiṃcid api, kiṃtu iyaṃ cīrikā; sā kathayati: vyaṃśitas tvaṃ tena, mārgaśramaś ca jāto, na kiṃcit saṃpannam iti; sa kathayati: amba mahātmāsau; na māṃ vyaṃśayiṣyati iti; sa tāṃ cīrikāṃ vācayitum ārabdhaḥ: grāmeti, yatra jāyate so 'tra grāmo 'bhipretaḥ; śmaśāneti, yatra mṛto ( SBV II 93 ) dahyate; hayakarṇamūle iti, hayā ucyante aśvāḥ; tatkarṇanāmā vṛkṣaḥ; aśvakarṇamūle ity uktaṃ bhavati; prāgbhūmita iti, pūrvasyāṃ diśi; yojanam antareṇeti, yugamātram antarena iti; sa evaṃ gāthārthaṃ vicārya niḥsaṃpātavelāyāṃ śmaśānaṃ gataḥ; tatsamīpe paśyati, aśvakarṇavṛkṣaḥ, sa tasya pūrve digbhāge yugamātraṃ māpayitvā khanitum ārabdhaḥ; yāvat paśyati suvarṇakalaśaṃ; grīvāyāṃ cāsya hāraṃ baddhaṃ; sa tam ādāya āttamanāttamano gṛhaṃ gataḥ; muktāhāraṃ cāpanīya valayāyaiva dattavān.
kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavaḥ? yo 'sau gṛhapatir aham eva saḥ tena kālena tena samayena; yo 'sau tasya putraḥ eṣa evāsau jīvakaḥ tena kālena tena samayena; tadāpy anena mama saṃdhāya bhāṣitaṃ vijñātaṃ.
The sichness of the Buddha. The Buddha heals Devadatta
jīvakaḥ saṃlakṣayati: vajrakāyaśarīro bhagavān bṛhatkāyaś ca; na śakyam atyalpena ghṛtena cikitsāṃ kartuṃ; tena pātraṃ gṛhītvā dvātriṃśad ghṛtapalāni tulonmitāni kṛtvā bhagavate pradattāni; bhagavatā pātraśeṣaṃ bhikṣūṇāṃ cāryate; bhikṣavaḥ ( A 458b ) bhagavataḥ pātraśeṣam iti kṛtvā namasyanti.
devadattaḥ saṃlakṣayati: aham api ghṛtaṃ pibāmīti; tena jīvakaḥ pṛṣṭaḥ: jīvaka kiyati mātrā ghṛtasya śramaṇena gautamena pītā? iti; sa kathayati: dvātriṃśat palāni iti; sa kathayati: aham api dvātriṃśat palāni pibāmi iti; jīvakaḥ kathayati: vajramayaśarīro bhagavān bṛhatkāyaś ca; śaknoti iyatīṃ mātrāṃ jarayituṃ; tvaṃ punar na śakṣyasi jarayitum iti; sa kathayati: aham api vajraśarīraḥ; kimarthaṃ na jarayāmi? iti; tena dvātriṃśatpalikā mātrā balāt pītā; bhagavataḥ samyak pariṇataṃ; devadattasya na pariṇatam; aparasminn eva divase jīvakena bhagavato maṇḍo dattaḥ; devadattena mānād bhagavān pibatīti ajīrṇe eva ghṛte maṇḍaḥ pītaḥ; śūlaḥ samutpannaḥ; marmoparodhikī vedanā prādurbhūtā; sa tannimittaṃ duḥkhāṃ tīvrāṃ kharāṃ kaṭukām ( SBV II 94 ) amanāpāṃ vedanāṃ vedayate; na rātrau na divā nidrām āsādayati.

āyuṣmān ānando jñātivatsalaḥ; tena sa vṛttānto bhagavate niveditaḥ; tato bhagavatā gajabhujasadṛśaṃ bāhum abhiprasārya gṛdhrakūṭaṃ parvataṃ bhitvā caktasvastikanandyāvartena anekapuṇyaśatanirjātena bhītānām āśvāsanakaraṃ karaṃ devadattasya sthāpayitvā satyopayācanaṃ kṛtaṃ; yena satyena yathā rāhulabhadre priye ekaputrake cittam anūnānadhikaṃ tathaiva devadatte tena satyena rujā śamaṃ gacched iti; satyopayācanakālasamanantaram eva devadattasya rujā praśāntā; sa naṣṭopalabdhaprāṇo bhagavataḥ pāṇiṃ nirīkṣate; tena saṃprarijñātaṃ; sa saṃlakṣayati: śramaṇasya gautamasya pāṇir iti; so 'nalpakalpaśāṭhyasamudācāramadāvalepāvarjitasantaiḥ; tathāpi buddhamāhātmyopaśāntarujaḥ kathayati: śobhanaṃ te siddhārtha vaidyakam adhigataṃ; śakṣyasy anena jīvikāṃ kalpayitum iti; sāmantakena śabdo visṛtaḥ: devadatto bhagavatā satyopayācanayā pragāḍhavedanābhibhūtaḥ prāṇair viyujyamānaḥ svasthīkṛtaḥ iti; yaṃ śrutvā devadattapakṣyā apy atyantābhiniviṣṭā bhagavaty āścaryaṃ praveditavantaḥ: aho 'sya samyaksaṃpannā maitrī; aho satveṣu subhāvitā karuṇā iti.
bhikṣubhir devadatto 'bhihitaḥ: devadatta tvaṃ bhagavatā svasthīkṛtaḥ; anyathā prāṇair viyuktaḥ syāḥ iti; sa kathayati: jānāty asāv anvāvartanīṃ māyāṃ, yayā lokaṃ samanvāvartayati iti; bhikṣavaḥ kathayanti: devadatta alam anena vikatthitena; svacittaṃ pratilabhasva; svasthīkṛtas tvaṃ bhagavatā iti; sa kathayati: kiṃ mama tena kṛtaṃ? ghṛte pariṇate rujā vyupaśāntā iti.
akṛtajño 'yam akṛtavedī iti kṛtvā prakrāntāḥ; yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṃkrāntāḥ; upasaṃkramya saṃśayajātaḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: paśya bhadanta devadattaḥ akṛtajñaḥ akṛtavedī; bhagavān āha: na bhikṣava etarhi, yathā ( A 459a ) atīte 'py adhvani eṣa akṛtajña akṛtavedī; tac chrūyatāṃ. ( SBV II 95 )
uddānaṃ:
kauśiko mahendrasena āmrāṇi dārukoṭakaḥ /
dvau ṛkṣau śibirājā ca vidārā jujjukena ca //
The story of a Sage and of an ungrateful elephant
(concerning a previous birth of Devadatta)
bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo 'nyatamasminn agrāmake araṇyāyatane nānāvidhapuṣpaphalasalilasaṃpannam udyānaṃ; tasmin kauśikasagotro ṛṣiḥ prativasati; pramuktaphalabhojī mūlaphalāmbubhakṣaḥ ajinavalkalavāsāḥ; tasyāśramapadasamantake viśvastā mṛgapakṣiṇo yatheṣṭaṃ viharanti; tasya nātidūre hastinī prasūtā; tatprasavasamanantaraṃ siṃhena nādo muktaḥ; sā bhītā trastā kalabhaṃ parityajya mūtrapurīṣam utsṛjantī niṣpalāyitā; yāvad asau ṛṣir āśramapadān niṣkramya āśramapadasāmantakena diśo vyavalokayan saṃparibhramitum ārabdhaḥ; yāvat paśyati tam abhinavajātaṃ hastikalabhakaṃ; tato 'sau ṛṣiḥ kāruṇyād ākampitahṛdayaḥ tanmātṛsamanveṣaṇābhiniviṣṭabuddhiḥ samantato vyavalokayitum ārabdhaḥ; yadā sarvāvasthaṃ na paśyati tadā tam ādāyāśramapadaṃ praviṣṭaḥ; sa tena putravad āpāyitaḥ poṣitaḥ saṃvardhitaḥ; mahān saṃvṛttaḥ; tadā tasya ṛṣer āśramapade aparādhyate; puṣpaviṭapān utpāṭayati; phalavṛkṣān śākhāḥ bhinatti; etāni cānyāni cāparādhasahasrāṇi karoti; sa ṛṣis taṃ tarjayati; ṛṣiṇā santarjitaḥ saṃkocam āpadyate; sa yadā saṃjātarāgaḥ saṃvṛttaḥ tadā santarjyamāno 'py avajñāṃ karoti; yāvad apareṇa samayena ṛṣiṇā bhṛśaṃ tarjitaḥ, tam eva ṛṣiṃ hantuṃ pradhāvitaḥ; sa ṛṣer dehaikadeśaṃ bhaṅktvā niṣpalāyitaḥ; devatā gāthāṃ bhāṣate: ( SBV II 96 )
na saṃgatiḥ kāpuruṣeṇa bhadrika kṛtaghnasatvena sudāruṇena /
cirānuyāto 'pi karoti pāpikaṃ nāgo yathaivāśramakauśikasya // iti
kim ādarād durjanaṃ sevase tvam annena pānena tathobhayena /
avaśyam ante sa nihanti mitraṃ nāgo yathaivāśramakauśikasya // iti
bhagavān āha: kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavaḥ? yo 'sau ṛṣir aham eva saḥ tena kālena tena samayena; yo 'sau hastināgaḥ eṣa evāsau devadattaḥ tena kālena tena samayena; tadāpy eṣa akṛtajña akṛtavedī; etarhy apy eṣa akṛtajña akṛtavedī; punar api yathaiṣa akṛtajña akṛtavedī, tac chrūyatāṃ.
The story of Mahendrasena
(concerning a previous birth of Devadatta)
bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavaḥ atīte 'dhvani vārāṇasyāṃ nagaryāṃ mahendrasena nāma rājā rājyaṃ kārayati ṛddhaṃ ca sphītaṃ ca kṣemaṃ ca subhikṣaṃ cākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca; tasya candraprabhā nāma devī satyasvapnā; yat kiṃcit svapne paśyati sarvaṃ tat tathaiva bhavati; tasya ca rājño vijite suvarṇapārśvo nāma bodhisatvaḥ mṛgeṣūpapanno mṛgāṇām adhipatiḥ; so 'cintanīyarūpaprabhāvayogāt sarvalokamanonayanaprahlādanakaraḥ, prārthanīyaś ca; yas taṃ paśyati sa nirīkṣamānas tatraiva tiṣṭhati; so 'tyartham abhivīkṣyamānaḥ śaṅkī saṃvṛttaḥ; sa lubdhakabhayād anyalokabhayāc ca bhītaś carati; dharmatā hy eṣā aciravyativṛtte lokasanniveśe tiryañco 'pi vākpravyāharaṇasamarthā bhavanti; athānyataraḥ kākas ( A 459b ) tasya samīpam upasaṃkrāntaḥ; sa tena sārdhaṃ premapraṇayasaukhyaḥ kathayati: bho mātula kasmāt tvam evaṃ bhītabhītaś carasi? iti; sa kathayati: bhāgineya mamedaṃ rūpaṃ sarvalokaśubhaṃ saṃprārthanīyaṃ ca; so 'haṃ lokabhayāl lubdhakabhayāc ca bhītabhītaś ( SBV II 97 ) carāmi iti; sa kathayati: mamāpy atīvolūkabhayaṃ; tad anyonyaṃ rakṣāṃ kurvaḥ; ahaṃ tvāṃ divā rakṣāmi; tvaṃ māṃ rātrau rakṣa iti; tāv evaṃ kṛtamaryādau vyavasthitau; yāvad anyatamaḥ puruṣo dviṣadbhiḥ paścādbāhugāḍhabandhanabaddho navāmbupūrṇāyāṃ hemalohyāṃ hemamālinyāṃ śīghrasrotasi nadyāṃ prakṣiptaḥ; tatra uhyamāna ārtasvaraṃ vilalāpa: paryadevata:
bhavāmi kasya dāso 'haṃ kasya vā paricārakaḥ /
yo me 'dya jīvitaṃ dadyād yal lokeṣu sudurlabham // iti;

daivād asau mṛgādhipatiḥ salilāśayāt mṛgagaṇaparivṛto nadīsamīpam upasaṃkrāntaḥ; tataḥ puruṣavirāvaṃ śrutvā te mṛgāḥ samantād vidrutāḥ; dharmatā hy eṣā bodhisatvānāṃ yad api kāyena vinipatanti, no tu cittena; tataḥ sa mṛgādhipatiḥ kāruṇyād āmreḍitahṛdayaḥ sahasā nadīm avatartum ārabdhaḥ; kākaś cāsya pūrvamaryādāvadhṛtamatiḥ pṛṣṭhataḥ anubaddha eva saṃrakṣaṇāya; sa taṃ puruṣaṃ kṛtoddharaṇavyavasāyaṃ viditvā evam āha: alam alaṃ mṛgādhipate; mā sāhasaṃ kārṣīḥ; akṛtajñā hy ete manuṣyāḥ nopakāraṃ manyante iti; anivartakā bhavanti bodhisatvā mahāsatvāḥ; sa tasya vacanam avacanaṃ kṛtvā nadīm avagāhya taṃ puruṣaṃ priyam ivaikaputraṃ pṛṣṭham abhirohya, nadyās tīraṃ saṃprāpya, bandhanāny avamucya, muhūrtaṃ samāśvāsya, kathayati: vatsa anena pathā yatheṣṭaṃ gaccha iti; tato 'sau puruṣaḥ kṛtāṃjaliḥ pādayor nipatya taṃ mṛgādhipatim idam avocat:
tava dāso hy ahaṃ tāta tavaiva paricārakaḥ /
tvayā me jīvitaṃ dattaṃ yal lokeṣu sudurlabham // iti
sa kathayati
ma me tvam adya dāsaḥ syāḥ mā caiva paricārakaḥ /
na vācyas tv aham anyebhyo hanyur māṃ carmakāraṇāt //
api tu vatsa idaṃ tvayā kartavyaṃ; kṛte pratyupakārāt nāhaṃ tvayā kasyacin nivedyaḥ; atilobhanīyam idaṃ me śarīraṃ prārthanīyaṃ sarvalokasya iti; tatas sa puruṣa tatheti pratijñāya mṛgādhipatiṃ ( SBV II 98 ) triḥ pradakṣiṇīkṛtya pādayor nipatya prakrāntaḥ; yāvad apareṇa samayena candraprabhā devī ratiparikhedakhinnā mahāśayane atyarthaṃ middham avakrāntā rātryāḥ paścime yāme svapnam adrākṣīd atiparamaramaṇīyaśarīraṃ mṛgādhipatiṃ siṃhāsane niṣadya mahatyāṃ rājaparṣadi dharmaṃ deśayantaṃ; dṛṣṭvā ca punaḥ pratyakṣavat svapnadarśanasaṃjanitasaumanasyā laghu laghv eva mahāśayanād utthāya rājño niveditavatī; śrutvā rājā tasyāḥ satyasvapnāyāḥ paraṃ vismayam āpannaḥ: aniṣṭagatyupapannena satā kathaṃ nāma siṃhāsane niṣadya mahatyāṃ rājaparṣadi dharmo deśayitavyaḥ iti; tataś candraprabhā devī priyamadhuracāturyakathāsamudācārayogena muhūrtaṃ rājānam upalāḍya kathayati: deva kriyatāṃ yatnaḥ tasya mṛgasyānayanāya iti; tato rājñā amātyānām ( A 460a ) ājñā dattā: bhavanto yāvanto madviṣayanivāsino mṛgalubdhakās tiṣṭhanti te sarve matsakāśam upaneyāḥ iti; amātyaiḥ pratiprativiṣayeṣu rājapuruṣāṇām ājñā dattā: devaḥ samājñāpayati madviṣayanivāsibhir mṛgalubdhakair ihāgantavyam iti; tad yuṣmābhiḥ sarvamṛgalubdhakā iha preṣayitavyāḥ iti; taiḥ sarve viṣayanivāsino mṛgalubdhakā rājñaḥ sakāśaṃ preṣitāḥ; amātyai rajñe upanītāḥ; rājā kathayati: bhavanto śrutaṃ mayā madvijite paramaramaṇīyarūpavigraho mṛgo 'stīti; sa yuṣmābhir mṛduśithilabandhanopanibaddho matsakāśam akhedita upaneyaḥ iti; te kathayanti: deva vayaṃ tajjīvina eva; iyatā kālena devasya vijite paryaṭadbhir na kadācid evaṃvidho mṛgavaraḥ śrutapūrvaḥ; kimuta dṛṣṭaḥ tam arhati devaḥ śravaparamparayā samanveṣya amuṣmin deśe tiṣṭhatīti; asmākam ājñātum; evaṃ devasya vayaṃ niyatam ājñāṃ saṃpādayāmaḥ iti; tato rājñā amātyānām ājñā dattā: bhavanto vārāṇasyāṃ ghaṇṭāvaghoṣaṇaṃ kārayata samājñāpayati devaḥ; atiramaṇīyavigraho mṛgādhipatir asti; yo me tasya pravṛttiṃ nivedayati tam ahaṃ mahatā satkāreṇa satkaromi; paṃca cāsmai grāmavarān prayacchāmi iti; amātyai rājñaḥ pratiśrutya vārāṇasyāṃ ghaṇṭāvaghoṣaṇaṃ kāritaṃ: śṛṇvantu bhavanto vārāṇasīnivāsinaḥ paurā nānādeśābhyāgatāś ca janāḥ; deva evaṃ samājñāpayati madvijite atiparamaramaṇīyavigraho mṛgādhipatir asti; yo me tasya pravṛttiṃ nivedayati tam ahaṃ mahatā satkāreṇa satkaromi; paṃca cāsmai grāmavarān prayacchāmi iti; tatas taddarśinaḥ puruṣasya etad abhavat: kiṃ tāvat kuṭumbam anupālayāmi, āhosvit kṛtajñatām? iti; kāmān khalu pratisevamānasya ( SBV II 99 ) nāsti kiṃcit pāpakaṃ karma akaraṇīyam iti sa kāmanidānotthena dveṣavahnitīvreṇa santāpitahṛdayaḥ saṃlakṣayti: tiṣṭhatu kṛtajñatā; śatror vairaniryātanāya samupasthitaḥ kālaḥ; kiṃ mayā punas tādṛśī avasthā prāpayitavyā? tasya tāvad vairaniryātanaṃ karomi iti; sa prabhātāyāṃ rajanyāṃ rājñaḥ parṣadi sanniṣaṇṇasya rājakāryam adhitiṣṭhataḥ, anivārite rājakuladvāre nānāvicitrasurabhipuṣpāṇy ādāya dauvārikāmātyaparaṃparayā rājānaṃ saṃśrāvya parṣadam abhyavagāhya satkāravidhipūrvakeṇa rājño niveditayati: amuṣmin deśe nānātaruṣaṇḍamaṇḍite viśvastamṛgapakṣiṇi suvarṇapārśvo mṛgādhipatir anekamṛgagaṇaparivṛtas tiṣṭhati; ahaṃ taṃ devasya atiramaṇīyavigrahaṃ mṛgavaram upadarśayāmi iti; tato rājā tacchravaṇasaṃjanitasaumanasyaḥ anekāmātyaśatasahasraparivṛtaḥ kutūhalajātenānyena nānādeśābhyāgatena vārāṇasīnivāsinā ca paurajānapadena saṃpuraskṛtaḥ, deśitamārgas tena puruṣeṇa, anupūrveṇa taṃ pradeśam anuprāptaḥ; yāvad asau kākaḥ bodhisatvasya kṛtāvadhiḥ diśām avalokakaḥ tasmin vanaṣaṇḍavṛkṣaśikhare niṣaṇṇaḥ; yāvat paśyati vanaṣaṇḍābhimukhaṃ ( A 460b ) mahājanakāyaṃ; tvaritatvaritaṃ mṛgādhipateḥ sakāśam upasaṃkramya kathayati; mṛgarāja mayā tvaṃ pūrvam uktaḥ akṛtajñā manuṣyāḥ, akṛtavedinaḥ, nopakāraṃ manyate iti; ayaṃ sa puruṣo mahatā prābhṛtenāgataḥ iti; tacchabdapratisaṃvedino mṛgā bhītāḥ samantād pradrutāḥ; mṛgādhipatir bodhisatvaḥ saṃlakṣayati: yady aham etān na rakṣiṣyāmi, adyaiva nidhanam upayāsyanti; kāmaṃ svaprāṇavināśo na tu satvādhyupekṣaṇam iti viditvā rājānaṃ pratyudgataḥ; tataḥ sa puruṣo nirghṛṇahṛdayas tyaktaparaloko mṛgadarśanād āvarjitamatis taṃ mṛgavaram ubhābhyāṃ pāṇibhyām upadarśayann āha: deva ayaṃ sa mṛgādhipatir iti; atyudīrṇaparipūrṇāni hi karmāṇi na vipākakālam apekṣante; vākpravyāharaṇakālasamanantaram eva tasya puruṣasya ubhau pāṇī pṛthivyāṃ nipatitau;
tataḥ sa rājā saṃvegajātas taṃ puruṣaṃ pṛṣṭavān: bhoḥ puruṣa kim idam? iti; sa duḥkhavedanābhyāhataḥ sagadgadaṃ gāthāṃ bhāṣate:
nāsau coro mahārāja haraty arthaṃ nihatya yaḥ /

sa tu coro mahārāja yasya nāsti kṛtajñatā // ( SBV II 100 )
rājā kathayati: ko 'sya bhāṣitasyārthaḥ? iti; tena sarvaṃ yathāvistareṇa samākhyātaṃ; tato rājā akṛtajñapuruṣaṃ gāthayā pratyābhāṣata:
kathaṃ pṛthivyāṃ na nimajjase 'dhamaḥ
kathaṃ na jihvā śatadhā vidīryate /
kathaṃ na vajrāśaniśaktitomarais
taveha gātre praharanti guhyakāḥ // iti
tato rājā bodhisatvasya tāṃ prabhāvamahattāṃ jñātvā amātyān āmantrayate: satkārārtho 'yaṃ mṛgādhipatir mahātmā; gacchata; nagaraśobhāṃ mārgaśobhāṃ ca kārayata iti; tais tannagaram apagatapāṣāṇaśarkarakaṭhallaṃ vyavasthāpitaṃ, candanavāripariṣiktaṃ surabhidhūpaghaṭikopanibaddham ucchṛtadhvajapatākam āmuktapaṭṭādāmakalāpaṃ nānāpuṣpāvakīrṇaṃ ramaṇīyaṃ, devānām iva nandanavanodyānam; evaṃ mārgaśobhā kāritā; vārāṇasīnivasī janakāyaḥ malyopahāraśobhām ādāya pratyudgataḥ; tato rājñā asāv atiramaṇīyavigraho mṛgādhipatir mahatyā vibhūtyā vārāṇasīṃ nagarīṃ praveśya siṃhāsane niṣāditaḥ; tato mahatyā rājaṛddhyā mahatā rājānubhāvena rājā sāntaḥpurakumārāmātyapaurajānapadais parivārya niṣaṇṇaḥ; atha mṛgādhipatibodhisatvena samantāt tāṃ parṣadam avalokya rājñas tasyāś ca parṣadas tathāvidho dharmo deśitaḥ, yaṃ śrutvā rājñā saparivāreṇa paṃcaśikṣāpadāni gṛhītāni; anekaiś ca satvaiḥ kuśalamūlāny āsāditāni; tato rājñā sadā bodhisatvamṛgebhyo 'bhayaṃ dattaṃ; sarvaprāṇibhūteṣv abhayaṃ dattaṃ.
kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavaḥ? yo 'sau suvarṇapārśvo mṛgādhipatir aham eva saḥ tena kālena tena samayena; yo 'sau puruṣaḥ eṣa evāsau devadattaḥ tena kālena tena samayena; tadāpy eṣa akṛtajñaḥ akṛtavedī; etarhy apy eṣa akṛtajña akṛtavedī; punar api yathā devadattaḥ akṛtajña akṛtavedī tac chrūyatāṃ.
The story of a lord of monkeys and of a maker of garlands
(concerning a previous birth of Devadatta)
bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo 'nyatamasmin karvaṭake mālākāraḥ prativasati; ( A 461a ) tatra nadyāḥ pāre puṣpavāṭikā; sa divā divasam eva nadīpuṣpāṇy ( SBV II 101 ) uccinoti; yāvad apareṇa samayena nadīm uttaratā āmraphalam uhyamānam anārtavaṃ dṛṣṭaṃ; tena gṛhītvā dauvārikāya dattaṃ; dauvārikeṇa pratīhārāya; pratīhāreṇa rājñe; rājñā devyai; devyā tad āsvāditam; āsvādya rasābhigṛddhayā rājā vijñaptaḥ: deva īdṛśāny āmraphalāni dātum arhasi iti; rājñā pratīhāraḥ pṛṣṭaḥ: kutas tavāmraphalāni? iti; sa kathayati: dauvārikeṇa dattam iti; dauvārikaḥ pṛṣṭaḥ; sa kathayati: mālākāreṇa dattam iti; rājā kathayati: bhavanta aāhūyatāṃ mālākāraḥ iti; rājapuruṣair āhūtaḥ; rājā kathayati: mālākāra kutas tvayā āmraphalaṃ labdhaṃ? tena yathāvṛttaṃ samākhyātaṃ; rājñā tasyaivājñā dattā: gaccha, tādṛśāny āmraphalāny ānaya iti; akopyā narādhipāṇām ājñā; sa śaṅkāparihatahṛdayaḥ āmrāṇi samanveṣṭum ārabdhaḥ; tena pūrvakāmraphalānusāreṇa sambalam ādāya gacchatā parvataikadeśe sa āmravṛkṣo dṛṣṭaḥ; sa markaṭānāṃ gamyo, na manuṣyāṇāṃ; tataḥ sa mālākāras taṃ vṛkṣam itaś cāmutaś ca nirīkṣate samdhiroḍhuṃ; sa prapātābhivṛddhatvād agamyo manuṣyāṇāṃ; tasy tatra āmraphalāśayād bahavo divasā atikrāntāḥ; pathyadanaṃ parikṣīṇaṃ; sa saṃlakṣayati: evam ahaṃ pathyadanavirahāt prāṇāir viyokṣye; yathā vā tathā vā adhiruhāmi iti; sa pāṣāṇan avalambya avalambya adhiroḍhum ārabdhaḥ; aprāpyaiva āmraphalāni gartāyāṃ patitaḥ; tasmiṃś ca parvate vānarabhūto bodhisatvo vānarāṇām adhipatir babhūva; daivād asau tasmin parvate yūtham apahāya taṃ pradeśam anuprāptaḥ; yāvat tenāsau mālākāraḥ kṛcchrasaṅkaṭasaṃbādhaprāpto dṛṣṭaḥ; kuśalā bhavanti bodhisatvāḥ teṣu teṣu śilpasthānakarmasthāneṣu; sa tasya hitādhānatatparatayā na śakyate kramam antareṇa uddhartum iti pāṣāṇair abhyāsaṃ kartum ārabdhaḥ; yadāsya parividitaḥ śaknomy aham enam uddhartum iti tadā sa tena prapātāt krameṇoddhṛtaḥ; pāṣāṇavyāyāmāt tasya ca mālākārasyoddharaṇād atīva pariśrāntaḥ; tasmiṃś ca samaye tiryañco mānuṣapralāpinaḥ; tenāsu pṛṣṭaḥ; kimarthaṃ tvam evaṃvidhaṃ saṅkaṭam āpannaḥ? iti; tena yathāvṛttaṃ samākhyātaṃ; bodhisatvaḥ saṃlakṣayati: gato ( SBV II 102 ) 'py ayam āmraphalair vinā anarthaṃ prāpnoti; dadāmy aham asmai āmraphalāni iti; anikṣiptotsāhaḥ sa mahātmā parahitādhānatatparaḥ pariśrānto 'pi taṃ vṛkṣam adhiruhya āmraphalāni pātayitum ārabdhaḥ; tena puruṣeṇa yāvadāptam āmraphalāni bhakṣitāni; utsaṃgaṃ ca pūritaṃ; tadāsau vānarādhipatir avatīrṇaḥ; sarvasatvaviśvāsino bodhisatvāḥ; sa taṃ puruṣam uvāca: bhoḥ puruṣa digavalokanaṃ tāvat kuru; pariśrānto 'smi; muhūrtaṃ svapāmi iti; sa kathayati: evaṃ kuruṣva; sa middham avakrāntaḥ; puruṣaḥ saṃlakṣayati: kṣīṇapathyadano 'haṃ yady āmraphalaṃ bhakṣayan gamiṣyāmi rājñaḥ kiṃ mayā deyaṃ? ( A 461b ) tasmād etam eva vānaraṃ hatvā śuṇḍīvallūrakāṇi kṛtvā mārgaṃ gacchāmi iti; tenāsau nirghṛṇahṛdayena tyaktaparalokena mahatyā śilayā jīvitād vyaparopitaḥ; devatā gāthāṃ bhāṣate:
upakāralakṣaṇaṃ prāhur mitraṃ tathopakārajñam /
ekatyās tu manuṣyāḥ kṛtam upakāraṃ na jānanti //
kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavaḥ? yo 'sau markaṭādhipatir aham eva saḥ tena kālena tena samayena; yo 'sau mālākaraḥ eṣa evāsau devadattaḥ tena kālena tena samayena; tadāpy eṣa akṛtajñaḥ akṛtavedī; etarhy apy eṣa akṛtajña akṛtavedī; punar api yathaiṣa akṛtajña akṛtavedī tac chrūyatāṃ.
The story of a lord of a dārukoṭaka bird and a lion
(concerning a previous birth of Devadatta)

bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavaḥ aniyatarāśyavasthito bodhisatvaḥ anyatamasminn agrāmake araṇyāyatane parvatagiriguhāpravaṇe puṣpaphalasamṛddhe pakṣiṣūpapanno dārukoṭako babhūva; tasminn eva ca parvataikadeśe siṃho mṛgarājaḥ yatheṣṭapracāravihāratayā mṛgān praghātya praghātya bhakṣayati; tasyāpareṇa samayena māṃsaṃ bhakṣayataḥ asthi dantāntareṇa praviṣṭaṃ; sa śūlarujoparuddhyamānavigraho ( SBV II 103 ) vigatatrāsabhayo 'pi kāhalībhūtaḥ; āhāram āhartuṃ na śaknoto; daivāt sa dārukoṭako vṛkṣāntarasañcārābhyāsād yasmin pradeśe mṛgādhipatis taṃ pradeśam anuprāptaḥ; tena asau siṃho duḥkhavedanābhyāhato dṛṣṭaḥ; uktaś ca: mātula kim asi kāhalaḥ? iti? sa kathayati: bhāgineya duḥkhavedanābhyāhato 'smi; kīdṛśaṃ tava duḥkhaṃ? tena vistareṇa samākhyātaṃ; sa kathayati: mātula ahaṃ tava cikitsāṃ karomi; tvaṃ hi sarvacatuṣpadām adhipatiḥ; śaktaḥ sarvopakāraṃ kartuṃ; tat tvayā mama kālena kālaṃ yogodvahanaṃ kartavyaṃ; sa kathayati: evaṃ bhavatu; kariṣyāmi iti; sa dārukoṭakaḥ saṃlakṣayati: tathāsya cikitsāṃ karomi yathā kṛtam api na jānīte; svasthas tu saṃjānīte; sa tasyācāravihārasamanveṣaṇayā hitādhānatatparas tiṣṭhati; yāvad asau mṛgādhipatiḥ sukhavāyusaṃsparśaviṣkambhitāsyo mahatyāṃ pṛthivīśilāyāṃ vāmapārśvaṃ śirasy ādhāya middham avakrāntaḥ; tato 'sau dārukoṭakas tasya mṛgādhipates samīpam upasaṃkrāntaḥ; paśyati tathā tathā vipralambhavihāriṇaṃ; sa saṃlakṣayati: ayaṃ sa kālo 'sya cikitsāyāḥ; iti viditvā suparīkṣitaṃ kṛtvā dantānataravilagnam asthi pakṣanipātakrameṇa sahasā apakṛṣya mukhavivarān niṣkramya tam eva nirīkṣamāṇo vṛkṣe 'vasthitaḥ niṣaṇṇaḥ; tataḥ sa mṛgādhipatir asthiśalyāpahārasaṃjanitasaumanasyo nidrāklamaṃ prativinodya utthāya prakrāntaḥ; athāsau dārukoṭakaḥ taṃ mṛgādhipatiṃ vyapagataduḥkhadaurmanasyaṃ viditvā pramuditamanās tatsamīpam upasaṃkramya kathayati: mātula idaṃ tad asthi tava duḥkhanimittabhūtam iti; tato 'sau mṛgādhipatiḥ paraṃ vismayam āpannaḥ kathayati: bhāgineya asyopakārasya mayā tavāvaśyaṃ pratyupakāraḥ kartavyaḥ kālena kālam upasaṃkramethāḥ iti; śobhanam eva tathā bhavatu ity uktvā sa dārukoṭakaḥ prakrāntaḥ; yāvad apareṇa samayena sa ( A 462a ) mṛgādhipatir māṃsaṃ bhakṣayati; sa ca dārukoṭakaḥ śyenakasya pakṣiṇaḥ kramāntaraparibhraṣṭaḥ, mṛtam iva ātmānaṃ manyamānaḥ kṣudhāparigatahṛdayaḥ tasya mṛgādhipateḥ sakāśam upasaṃkrāntaḥ ārtinivedanaṃ kṛtvā kathayati: mātula kṣudhābhibhūto 'haṃ; māṃsastokaṃ ( SBV II 104 ) prayaccha iti; sa gāthāṃ bhāṣate:
prāṇātipātino me 'dya raudrasyāśubhakāriṇaḥ /
daṃṣṭrāntarālasaktas tvaṃ jīvan na bahumanyase // iti
so 'pi gāthāṃ bhāṣate:
naṣṭaṃ samudrapatitaṃ naṣṭaṃ svapne vicintitam /
naṣṭaṃ kāpuruṣe sevā akṛtajñe ca yat kṛtam // iti
bhagavān āha: kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavaḥ? yo 'sau dārukoṭakaḥ aham eva saḥ tena kālena tena samayena; yo 'sau siṃho mṛgarājaḥ eṣa evāsau devadattaḥ tena kālena tena samayena; tadāpy eṣa akṛtajñaḥ akṛtavedī; etarhy apy eṣa akṛtajña akṛtavedī; punar api yathaiṣa akṛtajña akṛtavedī tac chrūyatāṃ.
The story of a lord of a bear and a poor man
(concerning a previous birth of Devadatta)
bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo vārāṇāsyāṃ nagaryām anyatamo daridrapuruṣaḥ prativasati; sa kāṣṭhāni vikrīya jīvikāṃ kalpayati: so 'pareṇa samayena kālyam evotthāya paraśum ābhaṅgīm ādāya kāṣṭhārthī vanaṃ gataḥ; mahāṃś cākālamegho jalamucamārutapūrvarūpaḥ samāgataḥ; tataḥ sa puruṣaḥ yuktaṃ vāyuktaṃ vā idam iti sthānāntarasamanveṣaṇayā vṛkṣād vṛkṣāntaraṃ gacchati; tathāpy ativṛṣyata eva; sa vṛkṣāntaracāratayā anupūrveṇa parvataguhāṃ praviṣṭaḥ; tasyāṃ ca guhāyām ṛkṣas tiṣṭhati; sa taṃ dṛṣṭvā santrasto niṣpalāyitum ārabdhaḥ; ṛkṣaḥ kathayati: vatsa kiṃ trasto 'si; nāsti te matsakāśād bhayaṃ; tiṣṭha iti; sa jātaśaṅko 'pi sādhvasān na śaknoti gantuṃ; tatas tena ṛkṣeṇa bāhubhyām upagṛhya dhāritaḥ; mūlaphalaiś ca santarpitaḥ; saptāhadurdinaṃ ca saṃvṛttaṃ; varṣaty eva devaḥ, na tiṣṭhati; saptāhasyātyayād aṣṭame divase vyabhre dine vigatabalāhake deve ṛkṣeṇa caturdiśaṃ vyavalokya prabhūtāni mūlaphalāni datvā sa puruṣaḥ abhihitaḥ: vatsa apetaṃ durdinaṃ; vybhraṃ dinaṃ; vigatabalāhako devaḥ; yathāsukhaṃ gaccha iti; sa puruṣaḥ pādayor nipatya kathayati: tāta gacchāmi; api tu mayā tava pratyupakāraḥ kartavyaḥ iti; sa kathayati ( SBV II 105 ) vatsa etad eva me kṛtaṃ, yathā māṃ na kasyacin nivedayasi iti; sa kathayati: tāta evaṃ bhavatu utu; sa taṃ pradakṣiṇīkṛtya pādayor nipatya prakrāntaḥ; sa ca vārāṇasīṃ praviśati; anyatamaś ca mṛgalubdhako mṛgavadhāya nirgacchati; sa tena dṛṣṭaḥ uktaś ca: mitra tvam iyatā kālena ihāgataḥ; putradāraṃ te viklavībhūtam; atīva virauti: tvaṃ kilākālasāptāhikameghena śvāpadena vā praghātitaḥ iti; aneke mṛgapakṣinaḥ sāptāhikākālameghena praghātitāḥ; tvaṃ punaḥ kathaṃ paribhraṣṭaḥ? iti; tena yathāvṛtaṃ sarvam ārocitaṃ; sa kathayati: vayasya kāmaṃ yena vā tena vā jīvikaṃ kalpayāmi, na bhūyo vanaṃ praviśāmi iti; sa tena tathā tathā pratilobhito māṃsapratyaṃśadvayena yathā pratipanno mārgam upadarśayan saṃprasthitaḥ; yāvad anupūrveṇa ( A 462b ) guhām anuprāptaḥ yatrāsau mahātmā ṛkṣas tiṣṭhati; tato nairghṛṇyam āsthāya akṛtajñatāṃ ca kathayati: eṣā guhā yatrāsau tiṣṭhati iti; tatas tena lubdhena paraprāṇoparodhinā guhāyām agnir dattaḥ; atha sa mahātmā ṛkṣo dhūmavyākulīkṛtamanā aśruparyākuleṣaṇo gāthāṃ bhāṣate:
kasya kiṃ vyapanītaṃ me vasatā girigahvare /
phalamūlāmbubhakṣeṇa satveṣu hitabuddhinā //
idānīṃ kiṃ kariṣyāmi mṛtyukāla upasthite /
karma tv anuprasartavyam iṣṭāniṣṭaṃ śarīriṇām //

ity uktvā kālagataḥ; tatas tair viśasyamāṃsasya bhāgān kṛtvā sa kṛtaghnapuruṣo 'bhihitaḥ: gṛhāṇa māṃsasya pratyaṃśadvayam iti; tena hastau prasāritau grahīṣyāmīti; pṛthivyāṃ nipatitau; tatas tena mṛgalubdhakena taṃ tathā viprakṛtaṃ dṛṣṭvā hā kaṣṭaṃ hā kaṣṭam ity uktvā svakān api pratyaṃśān parityajya prakrāntam; etad atyadbhutaṃ śrutvā mahājanakāyas tasmin pradeśe sannipatitaḥ; rājā brahmadattaḥ kutūhalajātas tatraiva gataḥ; tasmiṃś ca parvataikadeśe saṃghāramaḥ; tato rājā brahmadattas tasya carma gṛhītva vismayotphullalocanaḥ ( SBV II 106 ) etam arthaṃ bhikṣusaṃghāya nivedayāmīti taṃ saṃghārāmaṃ gataḥ; carma puṣkariṇyāṃ sthāpayitvā vṛddhānte niṣaṇṇaḥ saṃghasyaitam arthaṃ vistareṇa rocayati; tatra ca saṃghasthavira arhan; sa gāthayā rājñaḥ kathayati:
naiṣa ṛkṣo mahārāja bodhisatva dyutiṃdharaḥ /
pūjanīyas tribhir lokaiḥ tvayāpy eṣa narottama // iti
rājā saṃlakṣayati: kartavyāsya pūjeti; bhikṣavaḥ kathayanti: deva bhadrakalpiko 'yaṃ bodhisatvaḥ; saṃvidhātavyāsya pūjā iti; tato rājā brahmadattaḥ sāntaḥpurakumārāmātyapaurajānapadaḥ sarvagandhakāṣṭhāny ādāya taṃ pradeśam abhigataḥ; sarvaṃ tan māṃsam asthi kalebaraṃ ca ekadhye kārayitvā kathayati: bhavantaḥ sarvagandhakāṣṭhaiś citāṃ citvā mahatā satkāreṇa dhyāpayata iti; tasmiṃś ca pradeśe mahān stūpaḥ pratiṣṭhāpitaḥ; chatradhvajapatākāś ca ropitāḥ; mahaś ca prasthāpitam –Ed. pratisthāpitam–; yaiś ca tatra kārāḥ kṛtāḥ te sarve mokṣaparāyaṇāḥ saṃvṛttāḥ.
kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavaḥ? yo 'sau ṛkṣaḥ aham eva saḥ tena kālena tena samayena; yo 'sāv akṛtajñaḥ puruṣaḥ eṣa evāsau devadattaḥ tena kālena tena samayena; tadāpy eṣa akṛtajñaḥ akṛtavedī; etarhy apy eṣa akṛtajña akṛtavedī; punar api yathaiṣa akṛtajña akṛtavedī tac chrūyatāṃ.
Another story of a bear of a poor man
(concerning a previous birth of Devadatta)
bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo vārāṇāsyāṃ nagaryām anyatamo daridrapuruṣaḥ prativasati; sa kāṣṭhāni vikrīya jīvikāṃ kalpayati: so 'pareṇa samayena kālyam evotthāya paraśum ābhaṅgīm ādāya kāṣṭhārthī vanaṃ gataḥ; tatparvatapradeśe vividhataruṣaṇḍamaṇḍite nānāpuṣpaphalasamṛddhe aniyatarāśyavasthito bodhisatvaḥ ṛkṣeṣūpapannaḥ; yāvad asau kāṣṭhahārakaḥ kāṣṭhāni paryeṣamāṇaḥ anyatamasmin pradeśe vyāghreṇābhidrutaḥ; maraṇabhayabhīto daivāt taṃ ( SBV II 107 ) vṛkṣam abhirūḍho yasminvṛkṣe sa ṛkṣo bodhisatvas tiṣṭhati; sa taṃ dṛṣṭvā bhūyaḥ santrastaḥ; tena mahātmanā samāśvāsya utsaṅgena dhāritaḥ; sa ca vyāghra āhāragṛddhas taṃ vṛkṣatalaṃ naiva muñcati; kathayati ( A 463a ) ca: bho mahātmann ete manuṣyāḥ kṛṣṇaśirasaḥ akṛtajñāḥ bhavanti; pātayainaṃ; bhakṣayitvā gacchāmi iti; prāyaḥ śaraṇāgatavatsalā anya 'pi manuṣyāḥ; prāgeva bodhisatvāḥ; sa kathayati: mamāyaṃ śaraṇāgataḥ; nāham etaṃ pātayāmi iti; tathāpy asau vyāghraḥ māṃsaśoṇitābhilāṣī tiṣṭhaty eva; na tasmād viprakrāmati; athāsau ṛkṣas taṃ puruṣam āha: śrānto 'haṃ; tvaṃ tāvat tiṣṭha; ahaṃ viśramāmi iti; sa tasyotsaṅganiṣaṇṇaḥ śramakheditapariṣrāntaś ca middham avakrāntaḥ; sa vyāhgraḥ kathayati: bhoḥ puruṣa kiyantaṃ kālaṃ tvayātra sthātavyaṃ? pātayainaṃ; bhakṣayitvā gamiṣyāmi: iti; sa nirghṛṇahṛdayaḥ pāpakarmā tyaktaparalokaḥ saṃlakṣayati: śobhanam eṣa kathayati; kiyantaṃ kālaṃ mayātra sthātavyaṃ? pātayāmi iti; sa tena pātitaḥ; tena mahātmanā patatābhihitaṃ hā nai vā te hā kiṃ cit dus se mi ity uktvā patitaḥ; vyāghreṇānayena vyasanam āpāditaḥ; sa tasya saṃdhāya bhāṣitaṃ śrutvā saṃlakṣayati: mamāyaṃ kenacit saṃvibhāgaṃ kartukāmaḥ, yenaivaṃ kathayati iti; tasya tṛṣṇāndhasya pralāpo lagnaḥ; kṣiptacittas tena tenānvāhiṇḍann evam āha: hā nai vā te hā kiṃ cit dus se mi iti; sa jñātibhir gṛhaṃ nītaḥ; pralapaty eva na santiṣṭhate; te vidyāmantradhāriṇo bhūtacikitsakān anyāṃś ca śramaṇabrāhmaṇān suhṛtsambandhibāndhavān pṛcchati; te bahudhā kathayanti; na kaścit cikitsāṃ karoti; tena khalu samayena vārāṇasyāṃ nātidūre āśramapade vividhataruṣaṇḍamaṇḍite puṣpaphalasalilasaṃpanne anekavihaganikūjite ṛṣiḥ paṃcābhijñaḥ prativasati; tasya puruṣasya jñātayas taṃ puruṣan ādāya tasya ṛṣeḥ sakāśaṃ gatāḥ pādayor nipatya kathayanti: maharṣe ayam asmākaṃ jñātiḥ; muhur muhur evaṃ pralapati; kim asya kartavyam iti; pāpakārī ayaṃ satvaḥ; anena durātmanā kṛtopakārī bodhisatvo vyāghrasya purastāt pātitaḥ; tena mahātmanā cintitam asmai dharmaṃ deśayāmi iti; so 'nena pātitaḥ; tasya patato bhrāntasya daśānāṃ ślokānām ekaikam akṣaraṃ pratibhātaṃ hā nai vā te hā kiṃ cit dus se mi iti; tasya ṛṣeḥ śiṣyaḥ ( SBV II 108 ) kathayati: upādhyāya kathayasva tāvat kīdṛśas te ślokāḥ iti; sa ṛṣir anupūrveṇa tān ślokān kathayitum ārabdhaḥ:
hā kāṣṭaṃ bata loke 'smin adharmaḥ khalu dāruṇaḥ /
asaty eṣu manuṣyeṣu hiṃsā mitreṣu vidyate // 1 //

naivāsane na śayane nāpi caiva ca caṅkrame /
na kasyāṃcid avasthāyāṃ mitradruk sukham edhate // 2 //
vāṇī te karuṇārttena tatā yā caiva bhāṣitā /
sā tvāṃ dahati durbuddhe khāṇḍavaṃ jvalitaṃ yathā // 3 //
tena hi tvaṃ pare loke 'nubhaviṣyasi vedanām //
asātāṃ duḥkhasaṃsparśāṃ karma kṛtvā sudāruṇām // 4 //
hā heti krandamānas tvaṃ raurave bhṛśadāruṇe /
saṃprāpsyasi mahad duḥkhaṃ nihīnam adhamādhama // 5 //
kiṃ te na prakṛtaṃ karma raudrasyāśubhakarmaṇaḥ /
asatyeṣu manuṣyeṣu hiṃsā mitreṣu vidyate // 6 //
cittaṃ pāpaṃ vyavasyanti dharmalopo ( A 463b ) hi dhāruṇaḥ /
smara ṛkṣaṃ ca vyāghraṃ ca yat pāpaṃ prakṛtaṃ tvayā // 7 //
durbuddhe tvaṃ na jānīṣe yathā mitreṣu vartitum /
hantāraṃ labhate hantā vairī vairāṇi paśyati // 8 //
sevitas tvaṃ ciraṃ kālaṃ prāpte vyāghramahābhaye /
rakṣitaś ca śayānas tvaṃ tvayāsau kiṃ na rakṣitaḥ // 9 //
mitrabhedaṃ paraṃ garhyaṃ bruvate dharmavādinaḥ /
kāyasya bhedād durbuddhe narakeṣūpapatsyate // 10 // iti
kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo? yo 'sau ṛkṣaḥ aham eva saḥ tena kālena tena samayena; yo 'sau kṛtaghnaḥ satvaḥ eṣa evāsau devadattaḥ tena kālena tena samayena; tadāpy eṣa akṛtajñaḥ akṛtavedī; etarhy apy eṣa akṛtajña akṛtavedī; punar api yathaiṣa akṛtajña akṛtavedī tac chrūyatāṃ.
The story of the king Śibi
(concerning a previous birth of Devadatta)
bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo śibighoṣāyāṃ rājadhānyāṃ śibir nāma rājā rājyaṃ kārayati ṛddhaṃ ca sphītaṃ ca kṣemaṃ ca subhikṣaṃ ( SBV II 109 ) cākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca; sa ca rājā śrāddho bhadraḥ kalyāṇāśayaḥ ātmahitapratipannaḥ kāruṇiko mahātmā dharmakāmaḥ prajāvatsalaḥ sarvapradaḥ sarvaparityāgi nissaṅgaparityāgī mahati ca tyāge vartate; tasya nāsti kiṃcid adattam aparityaktaṃ yaduta śramaṇabrāhmaṇebhyaḥ kṛpaṇebhyo vaṇīpakebhyaḥ adhvagebhyaḥ yācanakebhyaḥ; yadbhūyasā tu glānebhyaḥ ācaritaṃ tasya rājñaḥ; kālyam evotthāya mātāpitarāv abhivādya glānāvalokyanaṃ kṛtvā arthādhikaraṇe niṣīdati; yāvad anyataraḥ puruṣo glānaḥ; sa sarvavaidyapratyākhyāto nirapekṣo jīvite maraṇābhimuktaḥ tena tenānvāhiṇḍamānaḥ śibighoṣāṃ rājadhānīm anuprāptaḥ; tasmiṃś ca samaye rājā saṃprāpte vasantakālasamaye saṃpuṣpitaphaliteṣu pādapeṣu haṃsakrauñcamayūraśukākokilajīvañjīvonnādite vanaṣaṇḍe antaḥpuraparivṛtaḥ udyānabhūmiṃ saṃprasthitaḥ; sa ca vyādhitas tīvrarujopatāpasaṅjanitadaurmanasyo muhuḥ śvāsoparudhhyamānatanur aśruparyākulekaṇo daṇḍapāṇiḥ śanaiḥ śanai rājñaḥ sakāśam upasaṃkrāntaḥ; śiraḥpraṇāmaṃ kṛtvā kathayati: deva paritrāyasva mām asmād vyādheḥ; prayaccha jīvitam iti; tataḥ śibirājā karuṇadīnavilambitair akṣarair ucyamānas tadāturavacanaṃ śrutvā kāruṇyād ākampitahṛdayaḥ tatra eva pratinivṛttaḥ amātyān āmantrayate: āhūyantāṃ madviṣayanivāsino vaidyāḥ iti; tais sarve vaidyā āhūtāḥ; rājña upanītāḥ; tato rājā taṃ puruṣaṃ śabdayitvā kathayati: bhavantaḥ kurutāsya cikitsām iti; vaidyā vicāryaikamatena kathayanti: deva yaḥ puruṣaḥ janmano na kasyacid ruṣitapūrvaḥ tasya rudhireṇa yavāgūṃ sādhayitvā yadi bhojyate, evam ayaṃ svasthībhavati; nānyathā iti; śrutvā rājā saṃlakṣayati: kiṃ mamānena evaṃvidhena jīvitena, rājyaiśvaryādhipatyena vā? īdṛśena yo 'haṃ pareṣāṃ duḥkhārtānāṃ na śaknomi śāntiṃ kartum iti; evaṃ vicintya rājā svasantatiṃ pratyavekṣitum ārabdhaḥ; tena dhātrī pṛṣṭā: amba asty ahaṃ kasyacid ruṣitapūrvaḥ? sā kathayati: deva yadā ( A 464a ) tvaṃ mamāṃsagatas tadā aham api na kasyacid ruṣitapūrvā; prāgeva tvam iti; tato mātuḥ sakāśam upasaṃkramya kathayati: putra yadā tvaṃ mama kukṣigatas tadā aham api na kasyacid ruṣitapūrvā, prāgeva tvam iti; rājā kathayati: idānīṃ saṃpannaṃ bhaiṣajyam iti; tena vaidyā uktāḥ: mama paṃcasu gātreṣu śirāṃ ( SBV II 110 ) muñcata iti; te kathayanti: deva na vayaṃ prākṛtapuruṣasyārthāya devasya kāye śastraṃ nipātayāmaḥ iti; kuśalā bhavanti bodhisatvās teṣu teṣu śilpasthānakarmasthāneṣu; tena svayam eva paṃcasu gātreṣu śirā muktā; rudhirasya karparaḥ pūrṇaḥ; tataḥ peyā sādhayitvā dattā; anuraktapaurajānapadaḥ sa rājā; antaḥpurakumārāmātyapaurajānapadā vikroṣṭum ārabdhāḥ; nānādeśābhyāgataś ca janakayo vivācayitum ārabdhaḥ: kathaṃ nāma ekasya prākṛtasatvasyārthāya iyantaḥ satvāḥ parityajyante? iti; tato rājñā sa janakāyaḥ samāśvāsitaḥ; tad anenopāyena ṣaṇ māsān paṃcasu gātreṣu śirā muktā; yavāgūṃ bhojitaḥ; rājñaḥ śibeḥ taccharīraṃ cālanīsadṛśaṃ saṃvṛttam; ojaḥ parihātum ārabdhaḥ; śuddhāvāsakāyikā devāḥ saṃlakṣayanti: yady evaṃ bhadrakalpiko bodhisatvaḥ parihīyate, na śobhanaṃ; te tasya pratyaham oja upaharanti, yenāsau yāpayati; yadā tasya puruṣasya vyādhir upaśāntaḥ, tadā śibinā rājñā paṃcabhir grāmavaraiḥ saṃvibhaktaḥ, vārāṇasyāṃ pradhānasaṃmato jātaḥ; tadā sāmantakena śabdo visṛtaḥ; śibinā rājñā paṃcasu gātreṣu śirā muktā; svarudhireṇa glānasya iyantaṃ kālam upasthānaṃ kṛtaṃ; sa ca svasthīkṛtaḥ iti; tataḥ kutūhalajātaḥ satvā āgamya taṃ puruṣaṃ pṛcchanti: bhoḥ puruṣa satyaṃ tava kila śibinā rājñā iyantaṃ kālam upasthānaṃ kṛtam? iti; sa kathayati: kiṃ mamānena kṛtaṃ? duṣṭaśoṇitaṃ pṛthivyāṃ vā choryeta anyasya vā dīyeta, kim atra āścaryam iti; vaco 'vasānasamanantaram evāsya gṛhe agnir nipatitaḥ; yenāsya gṛhaṃ sarvaṃ ca svāpateyaṃ dagdhaṃ.
kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo? yo 'sau śibī rājā aham eva saḥ tena kālena tena samayena; yo 'sau kṛtaghnaḥpuruṣaḥ eṣa evāsau devadattaḥ tena kālena tena samayena; tadāpy eṣa akṛtajñaḥ akṛtavedī; etarhy apy eṣa akṛtajña akṛtavedī; punar api yathaiṣa akṛtajña akṛtavedī tac chrūyatāṃ.
The story of Kalyāṇakārin
(concerning a previous birth of Devadatta)

bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo 'nyatamasyāṃ rājadhānyām anyatamo rājā rājyaṃ kārayati ṛddhaṃ ca sphītaṃ ca kṣemaṃ ca subhikṣaṃ ca ākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca; so 'pareṇa samayena devyā sārdhaṃ krīḍati ramate paricārayati; tasya krīḍato ramamāṇasya paricārayataḥ ( SBV II 111 ) kālāntareṇa devī āpannasatvā saṃvṛttā; sā aṣṭānāṃ va nāvānāṃ vā māsānām atyayāt prasūtā; dārako jātaḥ abhirūpo darśanīyaḥ prāsādiko gauraḥ kanakavarṇaḥ chatrākāraśirāḥ pralambabāhur vistīrṇalalāṭaḥ saṃgatabhrūs tuṅganāso ( A 464b ) sarvāṅgapratyaṅgopetaḥ; janmani cāsya anekāni kalyāṇasahasrāṇi prādurbhūtāni; tasya jātau jātimahaṃ kṛtvā nāmadheyaṃ vyavasthāpyate; kiṃ bhavatu dārakasya nāma? iti; amātyāḥ kathayanti: devāsya janmani anekāni kalyāṇasahasrāṇi prādurbhūtāni; tasmād bhavatu dārakasya kalyāṇakārīti nāma iti; tasya kalyāṇakārīti nāmadheyaṃ vyavasthāpitaṃ; kalyāṇakārī dārakaḥ aṣṭābhyo dhātrībhyo 'nupradattaḥ; dvābhyām aṃśadhātrībhyāṃ dvābhyāṃ kṣīradhātrībhyāṃ dvābhyāṃ maladhātrībhyāṃ dvābhyāṃ krīḍanikābhyāṃ dhātrībhyāṃ; so 'ṣṭābhir dhātrībhir unnīyate kṣīreṇa dadhnā navanītena sarpiṣā sarpirmaṇḍena anyaiś cottaptottaptair upakaraṇaviśeṣair āśu vardhate hradastham iva paṅkajam; bhūyaḥ sa rājā devyā sārdhaṃ krīḍati ramate paricārayati; tasya krīḍato ramamāṇasya paricārayataḥ devī āpannasatvā saṃvṛttā; sā aṣṭānāṃ va nāvānāṃ vā māsānām atyayāt prasūtā; dārako jātaḥ; tasyāpi janmani akalyāṇasahasrāṇi prādurbhūtāni; tasya akalyāṇakārīti nāmadheyaṃ vyavasthāpitaṃ; so 'pi unnīto mahān saṃvṛttaḥ; kalyāṇakārī kumāro maitryātmakaḥ kāruṇikaḥ sarvasatveṣu dayāvān dānarucir dānābhirataḥ; sa śramaṇabrāhmaṇakṛpaṇavaṇīpakayācanakebhyo dānaṃ dadāti; sa pitrā ucyate: putra mā tvaṃ satataṃ dānam anuprayaccha; kuto 'smākam etāvad dhanajātaṃ bhaviṣyati yannv aham anvaham evaṃ dāsyāmīti; dharmatā hy eṣā dātur dānapater yad bahujanasya priyo bhavati manāpaś ca; digvidikṣu cāsya udāraḥ kalyāṇakīrtiśabdaśloko 'bhyudgacchati; tasyānyatareṇa bhūmyantareṇa rājñā guṇamāhātmyaṃ śrutvā duhitā dattā; rājñā mahatā śrīsamudāyena pratīṣṭā; kalyāṇakārī kathayati: na tāvad ahaṃ bhāryopādānaṃ karomi, yāvan na dhanopārjanaṃ kṛtaṃ; tad anujñātum ārhasi tāta, mahāsamudram avatarāmi iti; sa kathayati: evaṃ kuruṣva iti; sa paṇyam ādāya mahāsamudraṃ saṃprasthitaḥ; so 'sya bhrātā akalyāṇakārī saṃlakṣayati: ayaṃ bahujanasya priyo manāpaś ca; yadi mahāsamudrāt samṛddhayānapātro 'bhyāgacchati bhūyasā bahujanapriyo bhavati ( SBV II 112 ) manāpaś ca; sthānam etad vidyate yat tiṣṭhata eva pituḥ rājyaiśvaryādhipatyaṃ kārayati; sarvathā kim atra prāptakālam? aham apy anena sākam avatarāmi: atraivainaṃ jīvitād vyaparopayiṣyāmi; evaṃ mamākāmasyāpi yauvarājyābhiṣekaḥ; iti viditvā pituḥ sakāśam upasaṃkramya kathayati: deva kalyāṇakārī mahāsamudraṃ saṃprasthitaḥ; aham api tena sārdhaṃ gacchāmi iti;sa kathayati evaṃ kuruṣveti; tataḥ kalyāṇakāriṇā sve 'dhiṣṭhāne ghaṇṭāvaghoṣaṇaṃ kāritaṃ; śṛṇvantu bhavanto nagaranivāsino vaṇijaḥ; kalyāṇakārī kumāro mahāsamudraṃ saṃprasthitaḥ; yo yuṣmākam utsahate kalyāṇakāriṇā sārthavāhena sārdham aśulkena agulmena atarapaṇyena mahāsamudram avatartuṃ ( A 465a ) mahāsamudragamanīyaṃ paṇyaṃ samudānayatu iti; anekair vaṇikchatair mahāsamudragamanīyaṃ paṇyaṃ samudānītaṃ; tataḥ kalyāṇakārī sārthavāhaḥ akalyāṇakāriṇā bhrātrā sārdhaṃ kṛtakutūhalamaṅgalasvastyayanaḥ anekavaṇikśataparivāraḥ śakaṭair bhārair mūṭaiḥ piṭakaiḥ uṣṭrair gobhir gardabhaiḥ prabhūtaṃ mahāsamudragamanīyaṃ paṇyam ādāya saṃprasthitaḥ; so 'nupūrveṇa grāmanigamarājarāṣṭradhānīṣu paṭṭanāny avalokya samudratīram anuprāptaḥ; sa paṃcabhiḥ purāṇaśatair vahanaṃ kṛtvā paṃca pauruṣeyān gṛhītvā āhārakaṃ nirhārakaṃ nāvikaṃ kaivartaṃ karṇadhāraṃ ca trir ghaṇṭāvaghoṣaṇaṃ kṛtvā mahāsamudram avatīrṇaḥ; saṃprasthite vahane bhrātur akalyāṇakāriṇaḥ kathayati: mahāsamudramadhyagatānāṃ yadi tad vahanaṃ vipadyeta, mama gale lageḥ; mā kāhalībhaviṣyasi iti; sa kathayati: śobhanam evaṃ bhavatu iti; yāvat tad vahanam anuguṇena vāyunā ratnadvīpam anuprāptaṃ; karṇadhāraḥ kathayati: śṛṇvantu bhavanto jambūdvīpakā vaṇijaḥ; yo 'sau śrūyate ratnadvīpo nāma vajravaiḍūryendranīlamarakatādīnāṃ ratnānām ākaraḥ iti tam anuprāptāḥ sma; yatheṣṭaṃ ratnasaṅgrahaṃ kuruta iti; tatas taiḥ pramuditamanobhiḥ upaparīkṣya, tad vahanaṃ ratnānāṃ pūritaṃ ( SBV II 113 ) tadyathā tilataṇḍulakolakutthānāṃ; nipuṇā bhavanti bodhisatvāḥ kuśalaś ca; kalyāṇakāriṇā kumāreṇa mahārhāṇi ratnāni kaṭyām upanibaddhāni; yāvat tad vahanaṃ viparivṛttaṃ; tīrasya nātidūre makareṇa matsyajātena anayena vyasanam āpāditaṃ; tataḥ akalyāṇakārī kalyāṇakāriṇo gale lagnaḥ; sa tena mahatā yatnena uttāritaḥ; sa tāvat kṛtapariṣramo middham avakrāntaḥ; tasya parivartamānasya akalyāṇakāriṇā kaṭyupanibaddhāni ratnāni dṛṣṭāni; sa saṃlakṣayati: ayaṃ nāma ratnāni gṛhītvā gamiṣyati; ahaṃ riktapāṇir gamiṣyāmi;

iti viditvā tena tasya gāḍhamiddhāvaṣṭabdhasya tāni ratnāny apahṛtāni; kaṇṭakaiś ca akṣiṇī utpāṭite; sa tam andhaṃ samudratīre chorayitvā prakrāntaḥ; daivāt gopālakā gāś cārayantas taṃ pradeśam anuprāptāḥ; tair asau dṛṣṭaḥ pṛṣṭaś ca: bhoḥ puruṣa kas tvam īdṛśaḥ iti; tena yathāvṛtaṃ samākhyātaṃ; śrutvā teṣāṃ kāruṇyam utpannaṃ; tair asau pālabandhor gṛhe nītaḥ; sa tena viṇām āśrāvayitum ārabdhaḥ; tasya pālabandhor bhāryā yauvanamadākṣepāt vīṇāsvanaṃ śrutvā taṃ prārthayituṃ pravṛttā; sa kṛtaghnaceṣṭitam anusmṛtya karṇau pidhāyāvasthito nādhivāsayati; kāmādhyavasitānāṃ nāsti kiṃcid akaraṇīyam iti tayā svāmi vigrāhitaḥ: mām ayam andhaḥ puruṣaḥ prārthayati iti; ( A 465b ) īdṛśānāṃ tvaṃ saṃgrahaṃ karoṣi iti; pratikruṣṭam etad vairāṇāṃ yaduta strīvairaṃ; sa saṃlakṣayati: kṛtanigraho 'yaṃ; nāsti kiṃcid asya karaṇīyam ṛte nirvāsanād iti; sa tena gṛhān nirvāsitaḥ rathyāvīthīcatvaraśṛṅgāṭakeṣu vīṇayā jīvikāṃ kalpayati; tasya pitā kālagataḥ; bhrātā asya akalyāṇakārī rājyaiśvaryādhipatye pratiṣṭhitaḥ; so 'py anupūrveṇa sīmāntarasya rājño nagaram anuprāptaḥ yenāsya pūrvaṃ duhitā dattā; sā ca mahatī saṃvṛttā; tasyā nānādeśanivāsino rājaputrāḥ purohitaputrāś ca varakā āgacchanti; sāpi tātenocyate: putri yasya tvaṃ dattā sa kalyāṇakārī kumāro mahāsamudraṃ ( SBV II 114 ) gataḥ; tatraiva ca anayena vyasanam āpannaḥ; tava cedānīṃ yācakā āgacchanti; yasyaiva tvāṃ na dāsyāmi sa visukho bhaviṣyati; katham atra pratipattavyam? iti; sā kathayati: tāta yady evaṃ nagaraśobhāṃ kāraya; ahaṃ svayaṃvarāya avatarāmi iti; rājā kathayati: putri evaṃ kuruṣva iti; tato nānādeśeṣu nānādhiṣṭhāneṣu svayaṃvaraṇaṃ śrāvitaṃ; tac ca nagaram apagatapāṣāṇaśarkarakaṭhallaṃ vyavasthāpitaṃ candanavāripariṣiktaṃ surabhidhūpaghaṭikopanibaddham ucchritadhvajapatākam āmuktapaṭṭadāmakalāpaṃ nānāpuṣpāvakīrṇaṃ ramaṇīyaṃ devānām iva nandanavanodyānaṃ; ghaṇṭāvaghoṣaṇaṃ ca kāritaṃ: śṛṇvantu bhavato nagaranivāsinaḥ paurā, nānādeśābhyāgataś ca janakāyaḥ; śvo rājakumārī svayaṃvarāya avatariṣyati; tad yuṣmābhir yathāvibhavena sannipatitavyam iti; tataḥ prabhātāyāṃ rajanyāṃ sā rājakumārī nānālaṃkāravibhūṣitā anekakumārīparivṛttā vanadevateva kusumitavanamadhye atīva vibhrājamānā mahatā śrīsamudāyena madhye nagarasya anekeṣu prāṇiśatasahasreṣu sannipatiteṣu svayaṃvarāya avatīrṇā; sa kalyāṇakārī anyatamasmin pradeśe vīṇām āśrāvayaṃs tiṣṭhati; karmāṇy eva satvānāṃ parasparaṃ saṃyojakāni; balavad api hetubalaṃ pratyabalam apekṣata iti; tataḥ sā rājakumārī vīṇāsvanāvarjitahṛdayā vīṇāvādake kalyāṇakāriṇy ākṣiptā; tayā tasya sragdāma kṣiptam: eṣa mama svāmī iti; janakāyo durmanāḥ saṃvṛttaḥ; kecid vegam asahamānāḥ avadhyātum ārabdhāḥ: kathaṃ nāma nānādeśābhyāgatān rājāmātyapurohitaputrān anyāṃś ca nagaranivāsinaḥ pradhānapuruṣān pratyākhyāya rājakumāryā evaṃrūpayauvanakalāsaṃpadyuktayā andhalakaḥ svāmī vṛtaḥ iti; pauruṣeyair daurmanasyavimukhai rājño niveditaṃ; deva kumāryā svayaṃvarāvatīrṇayā svāmī vṛtaḥ iti; rājā kathayati: kīdṛśaḥ? deva andhalakaḥ; so 'pi śrutvā durmanāḥ saṃvṛttaḥ; tatas tena sā āhūyoktā; putri saṃvidyante rājāno dhaninaḥ śreṣṭhinaḥ sārthavāhāḥ amātyaputrāḥ purohitaputrāś ( A 466a ) ca rūpayauvanavibhavasaṃpannāḥ; kasmāt tvayā evaṃvidhaḥ svāmī vṛtaḥ? iti; sā kathayati: tāta sa eva me rocate iti; rājā kathayati: yady evaṃ kimarthaṃ tiṣṭhasi iti; sā tasya sakāśam upasaṃkrāntā kathayati: tvaṃ mayā svāmī ( SBV II 115 ) vṛtaḥ iti; na te śobhanaṃ kṛtaṃ; kiṃ tvaṃ cintayasi? eṣo 'ndhalakaḥ; ahaṃ parapuruṣaiḥ sārdhaṃ paricārayiṣyāmi it: sā kathayati: nāham evaṃvidhasya karmaṇaḥ kāriṇī iti; sa kathayati: kathaṃ jñāyate? sā satyopayācanaṃ kartum ārabdhā: yena satyena satyavacanena tasya kalyāṇakāriṇo rājakumārasya tava cāntike rāgaḥ samutpannaḥ, nānyasya kasyacit, anena satyena satyavacanena tavaikam akṣi yathāpaurāṇaṃ syād iti; satyādhiṣṭhānasamanantaram eva tasyaikaṃ cakṣuḥ yathāpaurāṇaṃ saṃvṛttaṃ: sa kathayati: sa evāhaṃ kalyāṇakārī; akalyāṇakāriṇā bhrātrā etāṃ daśāṃ nītaḥ; sā kathayati: kathaṃ jñāyate tvam evāsau kalyāṇakārī iti; so 'pi satyopayācanaṃ kartum ārabdhaḥ: yena satyena satyavacanena tasya mamākṣiṇī samutpāṭayato 'ntike īṣad api na praduṣṭaṃ cittaṃ me, anena satyena satyavacanena mama dvitīyam akṣi yathāpaurāṇaṃ bhaved iti; tasya saha satyayācanayā dvitīyam akṣi yathāpaurāṇaṃ saṃvṛttaṃ; tataḥ sā rājakumārī kalyāṇakāriṇam avikalendriyam ādāya rājñaḥ sakāśaṃ gatā kathayati: tāta eṣa evāsau kalyāṇakārī iti; rājā na śraddhatte; tena yathāvṛttam ārocitaṃ; rājā paraṃ vismayam āpannaḥ; tatas tenāsau duhitā mahatā śrīsamudāyena pariṇītā; sa ca kalyāṇakārī mahatā balasamudāyena tannagaraṃ gatvā akalyāṇakāriṇaṃ cyāvayitvā pitṛke
rājye pratiṣṭhāpitaḥ.
kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavaḥ? yo 'sau kalyāṇakārī aham eva saḥ tena kālena tena samayena; yo 'sau akalyṇakārī eṣa eva sa devadattaḥ tena kālena tena samayena; tadāpy eṣa akṛtajñaḥ akṛtavedī; etarhy apy eṣa akṛtajña akṛtavedī; punar apy eṣa yathā akṛtajña akṛtavedī tac chrūyatāṃ.
The story of Viśākha
(concerning a previous birth of Devadatta)

bhūtapūrvam anyatamasyāṃ rājadhānyām anyatamo rājā rājyaṃ kārayati ṛddhaṃ ca sphītaṃ ca kṣemaṃ ca subhikṣaṃ cākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca; sa devyā sārdhaṃ krīḍati ramate paricārayati; tasya krīḍato ramamāṇasya paricārayataḥ kramaśaś catvāraḥ putrā jātāḥ, śākhaḥ praśākhaḥ anuśākhaḥ viśākhaś ca; te unnītā vardhitā mahāntaḥ saṃvṛttāḥ; bhūmyantarāṇāṃ ca rājñāṃ duhitṛbhiḥ pariṇītāḥ; te rājño vikartum ārabdhāḥ; tato rājñā nirvāsitāḥ svakasvakā ( SBV II 116 ) patnīr ādāya nirgatāḥ; yāvat kāntāramārgaṃ pratipannāḥ; teṣāṃ pathyadanaṃ parikṣīṇaṃ; taiḥ parasparaṃkriyākāraḥ kṛtaḥ: ekaikāṃ striyaṃ jīvitād vyaparopya tanmāṃsena kāntāramārgān nistarema iti; viśākhaḥ ( A 466b ) saṃlakṣayati: kāmaṃ svaprāṇavināśo, na tu paraprāṇoparodhaḥ; kim atra prāptakālaṃ bhāryām ādāya niṣpalāyeya iti; sa bhāryām ādāya niṣpalāyitaḥ; sāsya bhāryā annapānaviyogān mārgaśramakhedāc ca kāhalībhūtā kathayati: āryaputra prāṇair viyokṣye iti; viśākhaḥ saṃlakṣayati: mayā rākṣasamadhyāt paritrātā; idānīṃ yadi mariṣyati, na śobhanam iti; tena ūrumāṃsaṃ chitvā tasyā bhakṣaṇāya dattaṃ; bāhubhyāṃ ca śire muktvā rudhiraṃ pāyitā; so 'nupūrveṇa tām ādāya anyatamaṃ parvatam upasṛptaḥ; tatra ca mūlaphalair yāpayati; tasya ca parvatasya sannikṛṣṭe nadī vahati; tasyāṃ puruṣaḥ śatruṇā hastapādavikalaḥ kṛtvā pravāhitaḥ; sa srotasāpahriyamāṇaḥ ārtasvaraṃ krandati; viśākhaś cānyatamasmin pradeśe mūlāny utpāṭayati; tenāsau puruṣavirāvaḥ śrutaḥ; sa karuṇāmreḍitacittasantatiḥ parvatam abhiruhya samantād vyavalokayitum ārabdhaḥ; yāvat paśyati taṃ puruṣam uhyamānaṃ; sa laghu laghv eva parvatād avatīrya nadīm abhyavagāhya taṃ puruṣaṃ pṛṣṭham abhirohya nadīm uttīrya tīre sthāpayitvā taṃ duḥkhasantāpitahṛdayaḥ kathayati: vatsa kim idam iti; tena yathāvṛttaṃ samākhyātaṃ; tatas tenāsau samāśvāsitaḥ; mūlaphalaiś ca santarpya patnyāḥ samarpitaḥ; tayā tasyopasthānaṃ kṛtaṃ; sā tasyopasthānaṃ kurvatī praṇayasaumukhyā muhur muhur upasaṃkramya vividhābhiḥ kathābhir upatiṣṭhati; dharmatā hy eṣā prakṛtyā mandarāgiṇo bhavanti bodhisatvāḥ; viśākhas tayā sārdhaṃ kadācit paricārayati kadācin na paricārayati; bodhisatvānubhāvena ca tāni kandamūlaphalāni atīva vīryavanti; tāny asau paribhuṃjānā kleśaprābalyāt taṃ hastapādavikalaṃ prārthayitum ārabdhā; sa na saṃpratipadyate; kathayati ca: ahaṃ tāvad idānīṃ gatapratyāgataprāṇaḥ kathaṃcij jīvitaḥ; yadi punar īdṛśaṃ karomi sthānam etad vidyate yad ayaṃ tava bhartā māṃ sarveṇa sarvaṃ jīvitād vyaparopayati iti; sa bhūyo bhūyas tayā prārthyate; durjayāḥ kleśāḥ; sā tayā sārdhaṃ vipratipannaḥ; sā tena sārdham ānandasaumanasyād eva atīva saṃraktā preṣyamāṇāpi tatsakāśān na gacchati; sa saṃlakṣayati: yathaiveyam ( SBV II 117 ) adhyavasitā, pratikruṣṭam etad vairāṇāṃ yaduta strīvairam: idānīm ahaṃ naṣṭaḥ; tena tayā sārdhaṃ saṃjalpaḥ kṛtaḥ; ayaṃ tava svāmī yadi jānīte āvayoḥ saṃprayogaṃ niyataṃ tava anarthaṃ karoti, māṃ ca jīvitād vyaparopayati iti; sā saṃlakṣayati: śobhanam ayaṃ kathayati; upāyasaṃvidhānaṃ kartavyam iti; asitapaṇḍito mātṛgrāmaḥ; sā śiro vastreṇa veṣṭayitvā parvataśilāyāṃ niṣadyāvasthitā; yāvan mūlaphalāny ādāya viśākha āgataḥ; paśyati tāṃ tathā viprakṛtāṃ; tataḥ pṛcchati: bhadre kim etad iti; sā kathayati: āryaputra śirorujā me 'tīva bādhate iti; viśākhaḥ kathayati: kimatra kartavyam iti; tayā pāṣāṇabhedakaḥ parvataprāgbhāre dṛṣṭaḥ iti sā ( A 467a ) kathayati: āryaputra pūrvam apy eṣā śirorujā āsid vaidyena pāṣāṇabhedako vyapadiṣṭaḥ; tena svasthīkṛtā iti; viśākhaḥ kathayati: pāśāṇabhedakaṃ samanveṣāmi iti; sā kathayati: āryaputra eṣa parvataprāgbhāre dṛśyate; ahaṃ tvāṃ rajvā dhārayāmi; tvam utpāṭaya iti; ṛjuko 'sau mahātmā tasyāḥ śāṭhyaṃ na vetti; sa pratipannaḥ: evaṃ bhavatu dhāraya utpāṭayāmi iti; sa tayā rajvā osāritaḥ; tena caikena pāṇinā rajjur muktā; tayā ca muktā; nadyāṃ patitaḥ; dīrghāyuḥ sa satvaḥ; rājyasukhaṃ ca pratyanubhavitavyaṃ; na mṛtaḥ; srotasā uhyamānaḥ anyatamāṃ rājadhānīm anuprāptaḥ; tatra ca rājā aputraḥ kālagataḥ; amātyāḥ sapaurajānapadāḥ sarve sannipatya vicārayanti: bhavanto rājā kālagataḥ; kam idānīṃ rājye pratiṣṭhāpayāmaḥ iti; tair lakṣaṇajñāḥ puruṣāḥ prayuktāḥ: bhavantaḥ samanveṣata; yaḥ puṇyamaheśākhyaḥ satvaḥ taṃ rājye pratiṣṭhāpayāmaḥ iti; te samnatataḥ samanveṣitum ārabdhāḥ;
na praṇaśyanti karmāṇy api kalpaśatair api /
sāmagrīṃ prāpya kālaṃ ca phalanti khalu dehinām //

viśākhaḥ pratyupasthitavipākatvād rājyasaṃvartanīyasya karmaṇaḥ nadīm uttīrya ekasmin pradeśe niṣaṇṇaḥ; bodhisatvānubhāvena sa pradeśo 'laṅkṛtaḥ ivāvasthitaḥ; yāval lakṣaṇaparīkṣakāḥ puruṣāḥ taṃ ( SBV II 118 ) pradeśam āgatāḥ paśyanti taṃ mahātmānaṃ rājyalakṣaṇasaṃpannaṃ; te pramuditamanasaḥ amātyānāṃ sakāśaṃ gatāḥ kathayanti: samanveṣitaḥ asmābhiḥ puṇyamaheśākhyaḥ satvo yo rājyam arhati iti; tatas tair amātyair mārgaśobhāṃ nagaraśobhāṃ ca kṛtvā mahatā śrīsamudāyena nagaraṃ praveśya divasatithimuhūrtanakṣatrānupūrvyā rājye 'bhiṣiktaḥ; tasya devī nāstīti amātyāḥ purohitāḥ bhūmyantararājānaḥ anye ca dhaninaḥ śreṣṭhinaḥ sārthavāhāḥ svakasvakā duhitṝn sarvālaṅkāravibhūṣitāḥ ādāya tannagaram āgatāḥ rājā pariṇeṣyatīti; sa rājā striyā vipralabdho na pratipadyate; amātyāḥ kathayanti: deva antaḥpurakumārāmātyapaurajānapadāḥ dhanino rājāno bhavanti; antaḥpuram upasthāpyatāṃ; nānādeśanivāsinaḥ pradhānapuruṣāḥ bhūmyantarāś ca rājānaḥ itastyāś ca pradhānapuruṣāḥ kanyāḥ sajjīkṛtya vyavasthitāḥ; abhimukhībhavatu iti; tathāpy asau na pratipadyate; sa bhūyasā ca striyo jugupsate; puṇyānubhāvāt satvānām upabhogā vīryavanto bhavanti saṃpadyante ca; yadā bodhisatvas tasmāt parvatāt kṛtaghnastriyā muktas tadā tasmin parvate mūlaphalāni tanūbhūtāni; nirvīryāṇi ca saṃvṛttāni; tataḥ sā strī durbhikṣākālamṛtyubhayabhītā taṃ hastapādavikalaṃ puruṣaṃ skandhe āropya grāmāntaṃ samavasṛtā; rathyāvīthīcatvaraśṛṅgāṭakeṣu bhikṣām aṭati; pṛṣṭā ca kathayati ahaṃ pativrateti; asti caiṣa lokadharmo yā strī pativratā sā loke pūjyate; sā yatra praviśati tatra bhikṣāṃ labhate; yāvad asāv anupūrveṇa tāṃ rājadhānīm anuprāptā; śrutvā lokaḥ ( A 467b ) paraṃ vismayam āpannaḥ; kecit kutūhalajātāḥ tāṃ draṣṭuṃ bahir nirgatāḥ; nagaranivāsinā janakāyenāvatāro labdhaḥ; te 'vadhyāyanti kṣipanti vivācayanti: bhavantaḥ ayaṃ rājā sarvāḥ striyo jugupsate; na paśyatīmāṃ satīṃ pativratāṃ hastapādavikalaṃ puruṣaṃ skandhenādāya paribhramatīm iti; sa vṛttāntaḥ purohitena rājño niveditaḥ; rājñā ca saṃlakṣitaṃ; sa kathayati: āhūyatāṃ sā strī paśyāmi iti; sā āhūtā, rājñā dṛṣṭā; vipuṣpitaṃ gāthā coktā:
bhakṣayitvorumāṃsāni pītvā ca mama śoṇitam /
skandhena vahase ruṇḍam idānīṃ tvaṃ pativratā //
pātayitvā prapāte māṃ śilodbhedasya kāraṇāt / ( SBV II 119 )
skandhena vahase ruṇḍam idānīṃ tvaṃ pativratā // iti
kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavaḥ? yo 'sau rājakumāraḥ aham eva saḥ tena kālena tena samayena; yāsav bhāryā eṣa eva sa devadattas tena kālena tena samayena; tadāpy eṣa akṛtajñaḥ akṛtavedī; etarhy apy eṣa akṛtajña akṛtavedī; punar apy yathaiṣa akṛtajña akṛtavedī tac chrūyatāṃ.